|
Education and Treatment of Children Editorial Board Meeting |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Skyway 273, Hyatt Regency, Blue East |
Chair: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The purpose of this meeting is to review the annual report of the journal, Education and Treatment of Children, and to discuss the overall goals, performance, and directions of the journal. This is an open meeting and all interested individuals (potential authors and reviewers) are invited to attend, in addition to Editorial Review Board members. |
Keyword(s): children, editorial board, Education, treatment |
|
|
|
|
Kentucky Association for Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Zurich C, Swissotel |
Chair: Stephen Foreman (Lee Specialty Clinic) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Kentucky Association for Behavior (KYABA) meets each year at the ABAI annual convention to review and update members and potential members on the chapter’s recent accomplishments, update on current issues and activities concerning the state and practice of behavior analysis in Kentucky, and the focus for the upcoming year. This year, there will be continued emphasis on increased membership involvement, events with top-notch presenters, and dissemination of behavior analysis across the Commonwealth of Kentucky. If unable to attend, please check out our website kentuckyaba.org |
Keyword(s): Kentucky KYABA |
|
|
|
|
Hawai'i Association for Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: Amanda N. Kelly (Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis ) |
Presenting Authors: |
Aloha! The Hawaii Association for Behavior Analysis (HABA) is a professional organization dedicated to the practice, research, and dissemination of applied behavior analysis (ABA). HABA’s mission is to expand behavioral knowledge, advocate for community needs, support service providers, educate community leaders and promote the advancement of behavior analysis locally. HABA works diligently on legislative and policy issues that impact our community (e.g., autism insurance, behavior analyst licensure, sustainability initiatives) and aims to educate local policymakers about our science. HABA offers several in person- and online- workshops for educators, parents, students, and practitioners. In addition, every Fall HABA hosts an annual convention, located on Oahu. We hope you will stop by and talk story with us for a bit. We would love to hear what you've been up to! |
Keyword(s): Autism Insurance, Hawaii ABA, Legislative Initiatives, State Licensure |
|
|
|
|
Neuroscience Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel |
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Presenting Authors: |
We will highlight the main objective and the four missions of our SIG. That is, to bring together researchers, academics, clinicians, and students interested in the intersections of behavior analysis and neuroscience and to: (1) introduce behavior analytic research to the neurosciences and vice versa; (2) provide a meeting place and training environment for students and professionals alike interested in basic and applied neuroscience research; (3) provide a forum for collaborative relationships and the sharing best practices; and (4) advocate for and promote high standards in the application of behavior analytic treatments for individuals with neurological dysfunction. Those interested in contributing to our efforts in increasing the relevance and visibility of this SIG or with ideas for initiatives to do this are encouraged to attend the business meeting. |
Keyword(s): brain injury, neurodevelopmental disorders, neuroimaging, neurotransmitter |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Development Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Alpine, Swissotel |
Chair: Per Holth (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Presenting Authors: |
The SIG promotes behavior analytic empirical and conceptual analyses of issues related to behavioral development, and it encourages examination of how methodological and theoretical positions outside behavior analysis approach these issues empirically and conceptually. These kinds of analyses have often dealt with complex kinds of behavior such as stimulus equivalence, relational frames, language, and problem solving, as well as normal and problematic feeding behaviors and social interactions, and with historical bases of behaviorism and behavior analysis as basic science and applied practice. The Business Meeting will review activities over the last year and discuss plans for the next. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Gerontology Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Behavioral Gerontology SIG (https://bgsig.wordpress.com/) provides an open forum for students, practitioners, and researchers who have an interest in applying the science, practice, and philosophy of behavior analysis to problems encountered by adults in later life, typically referring to ages 65 and older. The goal is to promote the development, implementation, and evaluation of behavior analytic approaches to a wide variety of topics of high public health significance in this population, such as self-management for health promotion and disease prevention, and functional assessments of and interventions for behavioral changes commonly associated with neurocognitive disorders (e.g., due to Alzheimer's disease). The meeting will explore attendees’ interests and needs and foster collaborations and the sharing of information, to encourage education, training, practice, and research. Further business items consist of the selection of officers, and feedback on student presentations in the area of behavioral gerontology to help determine the recipient of the annual Student Researcher Award. |
Keyword(s): aging, gerontology, neurocognitive disorders, older adults |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis and Technology Special Interest Group (BAT SIG) |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Zurich AB, Swissotel |
Chair: Kenneth J. Killingsworth (Killingsworth Consulting) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Behavior Analysis and Technology SIG (BATech SIG) mission is to advance the science of behavior through the development, dissemination, and application of technology in basic and applied settings. Technology can refer to developments in behavioral science, as well as developments in computer science, information technology, and related fields. Technology is defined as “…the use and knowledge of tools, techniques, systems or methods in order to solve a problem or serve some purpose” (Twyman, 2011). The organization will also serve as an outlet for open-source hardware and software technologies relevant to behavioral research and application. Membership is open to researchers, practitioners, parents, academicians, students, and others who are actively engaged or have a vested interest in the dissemination, development, and application of technology. The BAT SIG will consist of three classes of members: voting, affiliate, and student. The members of all classes are entitled to the rights and privileges as they correspond to their membership category. |
Keyword(s): Computer Programming, Modern Technology |
|
|
|
|
Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel |
Chair: Genevieve M. DeBernardis (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Presenting Authors: |
We welcome current and new members to attend the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis business meeting. Business items will be reviewed along with updates on our Chapters' events. This meeting is open to all current members of Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis and those who are interested in joining! |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Association of Mississippi |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: Neelima Duncan (Mississippi Children's Home Services) |
Presenting Authors: |
The meeting will serve has the annual business meeting for the chapter. All necessary and pertinent chapter business will be discussed, included membership, conference development, and updates to the constitution and bi-laws. |
Keyword(s): Behavior Analysis, Chapter Affliate |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Medicine Special Interest Group of ABAI Annual Business Meeting |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons College) |
Presenting Authors: |
The Behavioral Medicine SIG of ABA-I focuses on the application of behavior analytic methodology to the prevention and treatment of behaviors associated with chronic illness and disease, and the promotion of behaviors associated with improved health and treatment adherence. The role of behavior analysis is important in the field of behavioral medicine. It is the mission of the SIG to encourage interdisciplinary research in the areas of behavioral health promotion, emphasizing the need for function-based and empirically validated treatments for chronic health disorders. The Behavioral Medicine SIG offers students, researchers, practitioners, and consumers opportunities to discuss issues related to public health promotion and disease prevention. All are welcome to join the Behavioral Medicine SIG. We hope that the SIG will help consumers and practitioners better understand the role of behavior analysis in the field of behavioral medicine, and provide an outlet for discussions of current and developing research within the field. The annual business meeting is open to all conference attendees interested in behavioral health and medicine. The meeting will be conducted to discuss various administrative matters relevant to the Behavioral Medicine SIG. Goals include: voting on SIG officers, discussing methods to increase communication and research collaboration among SIG members, and enhancing benefits of SIG membership. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Health, Behavioral Medicine, Health Psychology |
|
|
|
|
Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
St. Gallen, Swissotel |
Chair: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Fielding Graduate University and Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts) |
Presenting Authors: |
Annual business meeting |
Keyword(s): diversity, multicultural |
|
|
|
|
Association for Science in Autism Treatment: Opportunities for Collaboration |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: David A. Celiberti (Association for Science in Autism Treatment) |
Presenting Authors: |
A business meeting will be held to provide a forum for networking, to outline the Association for Science and Autism Treatment (ASAT)’s current goals and objectives, and to discuss collaboration opportunities between ASAT and ABAI members. All interested individuals are encouraged to attend this meeting. As there is not a shared commitment to empirical validation, research, and data-based decision making amongst provider, ASAT strives to be an important resource for individuals with autism, family members, professionals, and paraprofessionals interested in reliable, science-based and accurate information about autism and its treatments. Founded in 1998, the mission of the ASAT is to promote safe, effective, science-based treatments for individuals with autism by disseminating accurate, timely, and scientifically-sound information; advocating for the use of scientific methods to guide treatment; and, combating unsubstantiated, inaccurate and false information about autism and its treatment. For more information please visit ASAT's website at www.asatonline.org. To receive Science in Autism Treatment, ASAT's free quarterly newsletter, subscribe at www.asatonline.org/signup |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) Special Interest Group |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Chair: Julia H. Fiebig (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Presenting Authors: |
The behavior analysis for sustainable societies (BASS) special interest group was formed to advance applications of behavior analysis to environmental issues that contribute to the development of solutions to climate change, pollution, over-consumption of resources, and imbalances in environmental sustainability. Objectives include to (a) encourage and support research that promotes the application of behavior analysis to green/environmental issues, (b) collaborate with environmental scientists, environmental groups, and other SIGs within ABAI who have an interest in addressing behavior change and sustainability/environmental issues, (c) disseminate research and practices that support solutions to environmental issues through the application of behavioral interventions, (d) develop curriculum, textbooks, and additional educational resources that address sustainability and the application of behavior analysis, (e) compile resources for individuals interested in behavior change and environmental issues, and (f) develop an information base of current effective practices/initiatives, government policies, and employment for behavior analysts interested in behavior change and environmental issues The business meeting is open to anyone interested in sustainability and environmental issues. |
Keyword(s): sustainability, environment |
|
|
|
|
Yoga: Revive and Refresh (Sponsored by the HSF SIG) |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Monte Rosa, Swissotel |
|
|
JOYCE C. TU (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
|
Revive and refresh from the busy conference with this yoga session open to all. No experience necessary to participate. A certified instructor will take you through this 1 hour long mixed level yoga class. Bring a mat or towel and wear comfortable clothes (no shoes). |
|
|
|
|
New Non-U.S. Program Accreditation |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Chair: Erick M. Dubuque (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
Presenting Authors: |
This is an open meeting sponsored by the Behavior Analysis Accreditation Board (BAAB) to disseminate information to non-U.S. programs interested in pursuing accreditation with the BAAB. All are welcome to attend. |
|
|
|
|
ABAI Program Board Meeting |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
7:00 AM–7:50 AM |
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Domain: Theory |
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: A meeting of board members to discuss the annual convention program. |
Keyword(s): ABAI Program, Program Committee |
|
AAB Applied Animal Behavior |
SUSAN D. KAPLA (Northern Michigan University) |
|
AUT Autism |
Jennifer Lynn Hammond (Intercare Therapy, Inc.), JESSICA L. THOMASON-SASSI (New England Center for Children), Nicole Heal (Melmark New England) |
|
BPN Behavioral Pharmacology and Neuroscience |
PAUL L. SOTO (Texas Tech University), Matthew W. Johnson (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
|
CBM Clinical, Family, Behavioral Medicine |
STEVEN R. LAWYER (Idaho State University), Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
|
CSE Community Interventions; Social and Ethical Issues |
ANGELA SANGUINETTI (University of California, Davis), Todd A. Ward (bSci21 Media, LLC) |
|
DDA Developmental Disabilities |
ANDREW W. GARDNER (Northern Arizona University), Eric Boelter (Seattle Children's Autism Center) |
|
DEV Human Development |
PER HOLTH (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
|
EAB Experimental Analysis of Behavior |
ERIC S. MURPHY (University of Alaska Anchorage), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University) |
|
EDC Education |
FLORENCE D. DIGENNARO REED (University of Kansas), Scott P. Ardoin (University of Georgia) |
|
OBM Organizational Behavior Management |
JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Minnesota Duluth), Doug Johnson (Western Michigan University) |
|
PRA Practice |
MARK D. SHRIVER (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services) |
|
SCI Science |
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University) |
|
TBA Teaching Behavior Analysis |
NICOLE LUKE (Surrey Place Centre), Amoy Kito Hugh-Pennie (The Harbour School-Hong Kong) |
|
TPC Theoretical, Philosophical, and Conceptual Issues |
EDWARD K. MORRIS (The University of Kansas), Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
|
VRB Verbal Behavior |
BARBARA E. ESCH (Esch Behavior Consultants, LLC), Judah B. Axe (Simmons College) |
|
|
|
|
Classroom Assessment of Behavioral Attributes and Competencies |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:20 AM |
Regency Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC |
Chair: Francis Mechner (The Mechner Foundation) |
|
Classroom Assessment of Behavioral Attributes and Competencies |
Domain: Service Delivery |
FRANCIS MECHNER (The Mechner Foundation), Laurilyn Dianne Jones (The Mechner Foundation) |
|
Abstract: 20 behavioral competencies and attributes, covering social interaction, self-management, classroom performance, subject matter competency, and certain thinking skills and learning skills are assessed by means of teacher ratings. The research was conducted in three small schools. Most of the data were based on ratings by multiple teachers, each of whom had daily individualized contact with each of the students, and rated every student on the 20 categories on a ten-point scale. The ratings were then analyzed statistically to determine the probability that they were due only to chance, and the degree to which different raters agreed. A consensus is said to exist when there is a probability of less than 5% that a number of ratings for a given student on a given behavioral category, can be considered as being due to chance. When the ratings of a category for a student do not reflect a statistical consensus, the definition of the category was considered inadequate for a reliable assessment of that category and the category was considered unsatisfactory. This method of assessment is made possible by a team approach, in which several teachers have daily contact with every student. The results of applying this assessment method will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Advancements in Activity Schedule Research |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jessica Akers (Utah State University) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Akers, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Activity schedules consist of visual and/or auditory supports that function as discriminative stimuli to engage in an activity or a series of activities. Lately, the utility of activity schedules has been extended beyond teaching individuals with autism to complete basic tasks, and this symposium highlights three examples of such innovation. The first study assessed whether four 15 to 17- year old individuals diagnosed with autism remained on-task and completed tasks independently when using self-reinforcement compared to teacher-delivered reinforcement in the presence of an activity schedule. The second study examined the effectiveness of an activity schedule, embedded within an iPad, in promoting varied engagement with academic applications. The final study used activity schedules to train children with autism to play hide-and-seek in a group with typically developing peers. Researchers were able to fade several components of the activity schedules, and responding maintained in a novel environment and during a 2-weeks follow-up session. |
Keyword(s): activity schedule, script training, technology |
|
Self-Reinforcement Compared to Teacher-Delivered Reinforcement During Activity
Schedules on the iPod Touch |
BRITTANY BEAVER (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: The present study assessed whether four 15 to 17- year old individuals diagnosed with autism remained on-task and completed tasks independently when using self-reinforcement compared to teacher-delivered reinforcement in the presence of an activity schedule. The three conditions were teacher-delivered reinforcement, self-reinforcement, and a control. An adapted alternating treatments design with a control condition was used. The participants followed a text-based activity schedule on the iPod touch to complete a vocational, daily living, and, leisure task. To promote independence, the proximity of the instructor was increased until the instructor was completely removed during self-reinforcement. Results of this study demonstrated high percentages of on-task behavior and schedule completion for both conditions. Overall, during the self-reinforcement condition, proximity of the instructor was increased in the same number or fewer sessions than during the teacher-delivered reinforcement condition. The results of this study established a novel method for implementing self-reinforcement and expanded upon past research on activity schedules and the use of portable technology by presenting schedules on an iPod touch. |
|
An Evaluation of Group Activity Schedules to Train Children With Autism to Play Hide-and-Seek With Their Typically Developing Peers |
JESSICA AKERS (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Kristina Gerencser (Utah State University), Azure Pellegrino (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Children with autism often avoid engaging in play activities with typically developing peers. The purpose of this study was to identify the utility of photographic activity schedules, with embedded scripts, to teach three children with autism to play a complex social game. In this study we used activity schedules to train children with autism to play hide-and-seek in a group with typically developing peers. Once the activity schedules were introduced all of the participants were able to play hide-and-seek. A secondary purpose of this study was to systematically fade the activity schedules to the least intrusive version necessary. We were able to fade all of the scripts and several components of the activity schedules. The participants were able to continue to play hide-and-seek with the faded versions of the schedules, in a novel environment and 2-weeks after treatment concluded. |
|
The Use of an Electronic Visual Activity Schedule to Promote Engagement and Varied Application Play With Children With Autism |
WILLIAM TIM COURTNEY (Little Star Center), Matthew T. Brodhead (Purdue University), Jackie Thaxton (Little Star Center) |
Abstract: Children with autism often engage in repetitive behaviors and often have restricted interests. In the classroom, these features may inhibit a child's ability to vary the types of academic games they engage in. This may be particularly difficult for a child when he or she has access to items that are more preferred than academic games, such as an iPad. The purpose of this study was to embed an activity schedule within an iPad and examine the effects of that activity schedule on promoting varied application engagement with three children with autism. During baseline, participants engaged in only one application and did not vary their play. When participants were taught how to follow the activity schedule, which was embedded within the iPad, they varied their play between four applications. When the activity schedule was removed, all three participants engaged in responding that was similar to baseline. Responding increased and maintained when the activity schedule was re-introduced. |
|
|
|
|
Outcomes of Behavioral Intervention in School Settings and Adolescence |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Dean Smith (UK Young Autism Project) |
CE Instructor: Sigmund Eldevik, Ph.D. |
Abstract: We will present outcome data on behavioral interventions for children with autism in school settings. One school in the United Kingdom reports outcome on children between 4 and 7 years at intake receiving low-intensity behavioral interventions based in the British Early Special School Teaching Model. We will also present outcome data from a school base behavioral intervention model in Norway. All children received early intervention in pre-schools. One group have continued to receive intervention well into school age, while another group was provided with generic special education when they started school. Outcome at the age of 9 years will be compared between these groups. We will also present long-term outcome data - at the age of about 15 years - from the Young Autism Project in the United Kingdom. We report long-term outcome for 19 children with ASD who initially received EIBI and subsequently received long-term school- and home-based behavioral intervention. |
Keyword(s): intervention school, long-term outcome |
|
Outcomes of the BESST Special Education Model in the United Kingdom |
DENISE FORAN (Bangor University), Marguerite L. Hoerger (Bangor University), Hannah Philpott (Bangor University), Elin Mair Walker Jones (Bangor University, North Wales Trust, GwyneddLEA) |
Abstract: The current research describes the evidence for the British Early Special School Teaching Model (BESST), which aims to provide an education based on the principles of ABA to all young children enrolled in a special needs school.TheBESSTmodelcanbeimplementedeffectively and affordably making it available to all children who would benefit. Behaviour analysts work in a multi-disciplinary context to provide an education based on the principals of Applied Behaviour Analysis to children under the age of seven years old. Children receive 7 hours a week of 1:1 teaching, which is supplemented by group teaching. Each child has an individualised behaviour plan. Interventions are designed by Behaviour Analysts and implemented by teaching staff. Outcome data from the Vinelands Adaptive Behavior Scales, the Stanford Binet Intelligence Scales, and the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills Revised will be presented for 13 children ages 4-7 years old. Results show that children make statistically and clinically significant gains within this model. We will discuss the data in context of providing cost effective behavioural interventions in maintained special educational needs school in the United Kingdom. |
|
Effects of Continued Behavioral Intervention Well Into School Age for Children With Autism |
SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Cathrine Olsson (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)), Astri Valmo (Centre for Early Intervention (STI)) |
Abstract: Effects of continued behavioral intervention into school age for children with developmental disorders We found better outcome in intelligence and adaptive behavior scores for those children who continued to receive behavioral intervention in school compared to those children who ended their intervention. We compare the two groups of children during intervention in preschool, at eight and nine years of age. The group of children (n=12) who received behavioral intervention in school continued to gain in intelligence and adaptive behavior scores, whereas the group that stopped (n=10) lost points. This finding supports the hypotheses that behavioral intervention can continue to benefit some children with autism and other developmental disorders well into school age. We have not been able to detect any clear indications for stopping behavioral intervention, although it appears that children with scores in the normal range have more stable scores. |
|
Outcome in Adolescence for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder Who received Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention |
DEAN SMITH (UK Young Autism Project), Svein Eikeseth (Oslo and Akershus University College), Diane W. Hayward (UK Young Autism Project), Catherine Gale (UK Young Autism Project) |
Abstract: This paper reports long-term outcome for 19 children with ASD who initially received EIBI and subsequently received long-term school- and home-based behavioral intervention. Mean intake age was 2 years and 11 months and mean follow-up age was 14 years and 11 months. Mean intake IQ was 55, IQ after one year of EIBI was 78, and mean follow-up IQ was 68. Mean intake Vineland Adaptive Behavior (VABS) Score was 64, VABS after one year of EIBI was 74, and VABS at follow-up was 70. Eleven of the 19 children received an IQ score and VABS score of 70 or above (Mean IQ 94 and mean VABS 86). Autism symptoms at follow-up (as assessed by the ADI-R and the CARS) is presented, so is data on the type of services the children had received after EIBI. |
|
|
|
|
Widescale Implementation for Children With Autism and Adults With Intellectual Disabilities Using the PEAK Relational Training System |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Leah Verkuylen (Southern Illinois University- Carbondale) |
CE Instructor: Karen R. Harper, M.A. |
Abstract: Several treatment protocols that are applied behavior analytic have become available to consumers over the past decade, conferring the advantages of large scale implementation and dissemination of behavior analytic techniques for teaching a variety of skills. The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) is one such protocol that incorporates aspects of verbal behavior therapy and contemporary advances in the application of Stimulus Equivalence and Relational Frame Theory. Several studies have recently been published that support the psychometric reliability and validity of the PEAK assessments, as well as the effectiveness of the corresponding PEAK curricula. The present set of studies will outline how to modify the PEAK curriculum for implementation at an agency level, how to use empirical evaluations of PEAK to maximize insurance reimbursement, and how to train staff at an agency in order to improve implementation fidelity and increase corresponding participant outcomes. |
Keyword(s): Insurance, OBM, PEAK, Procedural Integrity |
|
PEAK for IBI: Effectiveness of the PEAK Relational Training System Guides on Strengthening Procedural Integrity in Intensive Behavioral Intervention in Ontario |
SARAH M. DUNKEL-JACKSON (Kinark Child and Family Services) |
Abstract: In Ontario, the Ministry of Children and Youth Services (MCYS) funds Intensive Behavioural Intervention (IBI) for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder aged 0 to 18 years. By utilizing evidence- based best practices founded upon the principles of behavior analysis (ABA), IBI service providers implement intervention programs to increase the developmental trajectory of children diagnosed with ASD. Curriculum assessments based primarily on Skinner’s (1957) Verbal Behavior and procedures such as discrete trial training (DTT) have proven useful to service providers when designing IBI programming. A new curriculum guide based on a contemporary behavior-analytic approach, the PEAK Relational Training System, may prove to further enhance quality IBI services for children with ASD in Ontario. The current study will provide an examination of the effectiveness of the PEAK curriculum and assessment guides on the procedural integrity of IBI staff conducting PEAK DTT sessions. Supplemental staff training resources and data management systems will also be discussed. |
|
PEAK on the Front Lines: A System-Wide Roll Out in a Large Organization |
MARK R. DIXON (Southern Illinois University), Brooke Diane Walker (Easter Seals Bay Area), Puja Chocha (Easter Seals Bay Area), Liza Marquie (Easter Seals Bay Area) |
Abstract: When ABA providers seek financial reimbursement from insurance companies, they must justify the need for services as well as the intensity of such services. Less than optimal funding may occur when behavior analysts rely on single case designs, assessments with little to no reliability or validity, or clinical opinion about treatment intensity. This presentation will walk through how our agency was able to maximize insurance authorizations using service requests built upon data via PEAK's correlations with IQ, randomized control trials, and norm referencing data. Sample authorization requests will be presented along with a brief review of PEAK's extensive psychometric evidence as an effective ABA assessment and curriculum. |
|
Real World Implementation of PEAK With Adults in a Large Multi-State Community-Based ABA Provider |
KAREN R. HARPER (ABA of Illinois, LLC), Dena Kime (Southern Illinois University), Jaime A. Rische (ABA of Illinois, LLC), Jamie Matas (ABA of Illinois, LLC) |
Abstract: Transferring ABA technologies from laboratory to practice is a daunting task. Too often the clinician on the front line is left with either a complex experimental procedure to extract utility, or an overly basic practice technique which fails to account for the complete needs of the client. This presentation will tell the tale of a large multiple-state organization who has successfully implemented the PEAK Relational Training System to teach new skills to adults with intellectual disabilities. Using a series of randomized controlled trials we were able to produce effective clinical outcomes for our consumers by implementing PEAK and comparing it to treatment as usual. These data suggest that learning does not stop when an individual ages out of the educational system, and also suggests that the curriculum presented in PEAK has utility for adults with disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
Being Part of the Solution: Antecedent Interventions for Students With Anxiety-Related Behaviors |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
PSY/BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
Presenting Authors: : JESSICA MINAHAN (Boston University) |
Abstract: The National Institutes of Health (NIH) reports that one in four thirteen-eighteen year olds has had an anxiety disorder in their lifetime. In 1998, Friman and colleagues encouraged behavior analysts to study anxiety but very few behavior analysts have done so. Anxiety creates a unique set of prior learning experiences, discriminative stimuli for reinforcement and punishment, and establishing operations. In this tutorial, a behavioral analysis of anxiety-related behaviors including the identification of: the effect of prior learning history of reinforcement and punishment for anxiety-related behaviors, discriminative stimuli that signal anxiety-related behaviors and establishing operations for anxiety-related behaviors will be provided. When anxiety-related behaviors are due to skill deficits, explicitly teaching coping skills, self-monitoring, and alternative responses is crucial. Using antecedent interventions with these children may be more effective than reward and punishment-based consequences from traditional behavior plans. The reduction of self-reported anxiety-related behavior by use of antecedent management and explicit instruction in self-regulation and self-monitoring strategies will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBAs, psychologists, counselors, health care providers, social workers and/or teachers who serve children with developmental disabilities or children who are typically-developing who exhibit anxiety-related and challenging behaviors. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the tutorial, the participant will be able to: (1) explain why antecedent interventions for children with anxiety-related behaviors may be more effective than reward and punishment-based consequences from traditional behavior plans; (2) describe how to explicitly teach coping skills, self-monitoring, and alternative responses for anxiety-related behaviors; (3) describe how to implement antecedent strategies and interventions for reducing anxiety-related behaviors. |
|
JESSICA MINAHAN (Boston University) |
Jessica Minahan, BCBA, is an author and special educator with experience in both urban and suburban public school systems. She has worked with students who exhibit challenging behavior at home and in school; she specializes in creating behavior intervention plans for students who demonstrate explosive and unsafe behavior. She also works with students who have emotional and behavioral disabilities, anxiety disorders, or high-functioning autism. Jessica is currently an adjunct professor at Boston University and offers independent consultations to schools nationwide. |
|
|
|
|
Advancements in the Area of Functional Analysis: Complex Models in Public School Settings |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mark J. Palmieri (The Center for Children with Speical Needs) |
CE Instructor: Amanda P. Laprime, Ph.D. |
Abstract: With the Individuals with Disabilities Education Act (IDEA) requiring public school settings to provide least restrictive environments for students with disabilities, behavior analytic work within these settings is impacted by the increased complexity of clinical cases. In addition, IDEA requires the use of evidence-based practices in public school systems. Consequently, it is important for clinicians to utilize the most contemporary, effective, and efficient assessment and treatment tools available. Functional analysis methodology has time and time again proven to provide conclusive results regarding the function of behavior, and led to interventions informed by this clear understanding of behavior. Recent research in the area of functional analysis has included modified functional analyses, latency-based functional analyses, analyses of response classes and precursor behaviors, as well as methods for training public school staff to be involved in assessment. The expansion of the literature has made functional analyses more efficient and accessible in public school environments. With easier to access methods and clear conclusions regarding behavior, the role of functional analysis models and their effects on treatment decisions in public school settings is an important issue for behavior analysts to consider in their practice. |
Keyword(s): Education, Functional analysis |
|
Functional Analysis and Treatment of Precursor Behavior for Self-Injury in a Student With Angelman Syndrome |
AMANDA P. LAPRIME (The Center for Children with Special Needs; Northeastern University), Solandy Forte (The Center for Children with Special Needs; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Precursor behaviors are those which both precede, and often predict the occurrence of a target response (Fahmie & Iwata, 2011). It is frequently assumed that precursor behaviors are part of the same response class as those behaviors that they precede. The role of precursors in treating potentially dangerous behavior such as self-injury, has received high levels of attention in the research, as responding to precursor responses may interrupt or decrease the probability of higher intensity behaviors (Herscovitch et al., 2009). In the current study, a brief functional analysis with a latency analysis, was conducted in a public school setting, to evaluate the degree to which precursor behaviors were part of the same response class as self-biting in a 9-year-student with Angelman syndrome. Data showed that precursor behaviors functioned as part of the same response class as self-biting. The shortest latencies to pre-cursor responses occurred during the tangible condition as compared to the attention, demand, and control conditions. While many other treatments had failed to effectively reduce self-biting, these data led to a treatment in which pre-cursor behaviors were reinforced as a method to effectively decrease self-biting across environments. These data show the importance of both assessing and treating precursor responses, particularly when faced with dangerous behaviors. |
|
Assessing the Role of Attention in the Functional Analysis and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
SHAUNESSY M. EGAN (The Center for Children with Special Needs) |
Abstract: When given complex problem behavior, procedural modifications to functional analysis (FA) methodology has led to a better understanding of the environmental variables that maintain behavior. One area, specifically, the parameters of positive reinforcement in the form of attention, has been the focus of several studies (e.g., Broussard & Northup, 1997; Mueller et al., 2001). In the current study, a functional analysis with a latency analysis was conducted to assess behavioral episodes in a 6-year old boy with Fragile-X syndrome. A previous functional behavior assessment hypothesized that behavioral episodes functioned due to both escape from demands and staff attention. The FA included four phases; control, test, standard reinforcement, and a secondary reinforcement, which evaluated the role of attention combined with the standard reinforcement for the demand and tangible conditions. Data showed that in both demand and tangible conditions, the standard consequence paired with preferred types of attention, reinforced behavior, as compared to the demand and tangible conditions without the addition of attention as a consequence. These data, in conjunction with a preference assessment of specific types of adult attention, were used to inform a clinical treatment program that was assessed using a multiple baseline across settings design. |
|
Teacher-Led Functional Analysis and Treatment of Stereotypic Behavior in a Public School Setting |
KIMBERLY MARSHALL (The Center for Children with Special Needs) |
Abstract: As functional analyses (FA) expand to applied settings there is an increased need for school teams to use this well-researched technology to improve their assessment and treatment of problem behavior. In the current study, a special education teacher was trained to run all conditions of a brief FA with a latency analysis to assess the function of motor and vocal stereotypy in an 11-year old boy with an autism spectrum disorder. A functional behavior assessment, which preceded the FA, concluded that stereotypic behavior was automatically maintained; consequently the team was utilizing response interruption and redirection to decrease stereotypy. The present analysis allowed the school team to consider that behavior which may appear to be automatically-maintained, may still be differentiated across environmental variables, which could be of significant importance in treatment selection. Treatment will be informed by the results of the functional analysis and implemented by school staff. These data show the importance of training school staff to run assessment and intervention for complex behaviors in a school system with the oversight of a Board Certified Behavior Analyst© to assess treatment fidelity. |
|
|
|
|
How to Improve Learning in Every Classroom: Right Here, Right Now |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC/PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: William L. Heward (The Ohio State University) |
CE Instructor: William L. Heward, Ed.D. |
Abstract: How can behavior analysts best help the world’s 60 million teachers and 1.4 billion students? How would you answer a teacher who asks, “How I can improve learning in my classroom tomorrow?” Attendees in this interactive symposium will experience as students strategies and tactics teachers can use to immediately improve learning by 1 student or 100 students. Cost-free strategies applicable in any classroom--dirt floor and windowless or digitally wired--and effective regardless of students' age and skill levels or curriculum content will be presented. |
|
Using Low-Tech Teaching Tools to Improve Learning in Non-Digital Classrooms |
WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Group instruction, whether an entire class or smaller groups, presents teachers with five major challenges: maintaining students’ attention, giving every student sufficient opportunities to respond, providing feedback for students’ responses, monitoring students’ learning, and preventing and dealing with disruptive behavior. Several, research-based tactics that help teachers meet these challenges will be presented. The featured tactics are low-tech (i.e., inexpensive, easy to use, no equipment to breakdown or software to maintain), can be implemented immediately in any classroom, and effective from preschool to graduate school. |
|
Maximizing the Effectiveness of Digital Technology in the Classroom |
JANET S. TWYMAN (University of Massachusetts Medical School; Center on Innovations in Learning) |
Abstract: This presentation will show how teachers can incorporate tenets of behaviorally informed instruction to maximize the effectiveness of digital technology in the classroom. Several free technology tools that help teachers meet the same challenges of group instruction described in the preceding presentation will be demonstrated with audience members as students. Attendees will receive information for accessing each of the tools presented. |
|
Some Critical Variables Influencing Technology Adoption in the Classroom |
SATORU SHIMAMUNE (Hosei University) |
Abstract: Technology adoption is often a slow and, for developers certain their mousetrap is far and away the best ever, frustrating process. Behavior analysts working in education are no different than most technology developers in lamenting the research-to-practice gap. This presentation will highlight critical variables to increase the adoption and use of evidence-based practices in the classroom. |
|
|
|
|
PDS: Breaking the Barriers to Inclusion: Educating Students in the General Education Setting |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Kelly Mercorella (Teachers College Columbia University) |
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
JOANN PEREIRA DELGADO (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
JENNIFER WEBER (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: In the United States, every student has the right to a free and appropriate education in the least restrictive environment possible. The least restrictive environment, inclusion into the general education setting, allows for students to learn the academic and social repertoires necessary for educational success in the presence of general education peers. However, for students with disabilities, there are many obstacles that prevent them from fully accessing the general education curriculum. The CABAS Accelerated Independent Learner Model (AIL) has identified verbal developmental cups/capabilities and academic literacy skills that increase the likelihood of academic and social success for students with disabilities in an inclusive setting. Through implementing protocols to induce the relevant cusps, capabilities, and skills, the AIL model has created procedures through which students are taught the necessary skills to be successfully included into the general education setting. The purpose of the present discussion is to explain the cusps/capabilities necessary for inclusion, the ways in which students are instructed in order to increase their likelihood of success, and the criterion utilized to allow students access to the general education setting. |
Keyword(s): CABAS AIL, Cusps/Capabilities, Elementary Education, Inclusion |
|
|
|
|
Organizational Behavior Management Meets Supervision: A Perfect Match for Effective Supervision |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
St. Gallen, Swissotel |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Janet Vasquez, M.S. |
Chair: Janet Vasquez (World Evolve Therapy, Inc.) |
ANA LIMIA (World Evolve Therapy, Inc.) |
AILEEN MADERAL (World Evolve Therapy, Inc.) |
JANET VASQUEZ (World Evolve Therapy, Inc.) |
Abstract: Effective supervision is vital when delivering quality applied behavior analysis services. However, understanding and adhering to the BACB experience standards in addition to providing effective supervision can be a challenging endeavor for behavioral practitioners at all levels. This panel will discuss two critical levels in which the provision of quality supervision is required, line therapists and supervisors. Important questions will be reviewed, such as how to select the right therapists for an ABA organization and how to ensure that supervisors are providing quality supervision. Moreover, the panel will discuss the utility of organizational behavior management and the role of a leadership team in building and implementing performance management systems that can significantly impact the efficacy of supervision, which in turn, can impact the quality of service. Each member of the panel will present systems used at each respective level, discuss findings, and contribute their own unique experiences as they pertain to each of these key areas. |
Keyword(s): OBM, performance management, supervision |
|
|
|
|
Final Fusillade |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Montreux, Swissotel |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Julie M. Slowiak, Ph.D. |
Chair: Julie M. Slowiak (University of Minnesota Duluth) |
BRADLEY E. HUITEMA (Western Michigan University) |
Dr. Brad Huitema is professor of psychology, a member of the general faculty, and statistical consultant for businesses and several units of Western Michigan University. His 1980 text, The Analysis of Covariance and Alternatives, has been well received in the field. He is a member of the editorial board for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and the Journal of Behavioral Assessment. He is also a referee for several journals including The American Statistician; Behavioral Research Methods, Instruments, and Computers; the Journal of Psychopathology and Behavioral Assessment; Psychological Bulletin and Psychometrika. His research interests include time series analysis, evaluation of preventitive health practices, and single organism and quasi-experimental design. His international travel includes teaching several short courses in Mexico. |
Abstract: A bevy of current methodological topics relevant to psychological researchers working in diverse areas is presented. Many of them are widely misunderstood. Among these topics are: (1) the recent efforts to ban null hypothesis significance tests (NHST), (2) interpretation problems surrounding both conventional (i.e., Fisher and Neyman-Pearson) and Bayesian statistical inference, (3) the relationship between p-values and replication, (4) unjustified hand wringing regarding effect declines (often claimed to cast doubt on scientific methods in general) that appear to occur in many or most areas of science, (5) the increasing salience of single-case research designs and associated analyses, and (6) the stunning effect of complex black-box statistical methods on judgment. The historical context for several of these topics is presented in order to facilitate an understanding how we have ended up in our current state. |
Target Audience: Behavioral researchers with a strong interest in research methodology. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe at least one reason that treatment effects tend to decline; (2) provide an example of a major public health problem solved with a very small n design; (3) identify a study in which a single-case design is very convincing. |
|
|
|
|
From Research to Practice: Current Procedural Advances in the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
CE Instructor: Michele D. Wallace, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will include recent research on the assessment and treatment of problem behavior with a focus on implications for practice. The first study will present the translation process that was undertaken to produce a reliable and valid indirect assessment in Japanese. The second paper, will highlight the development and utilization of a flow-chart for interpreting transitional functional analyses. The third paper, will present on the effects of an FCT+DRA intervention aimed at decreasing problem behavior maintained by social negative reinforcement, while increasing both communication and compliance. All presenters will provide insight on implications related to both future research and practice. |
Keyword(s): Application, Assessment, Treatment |
|
Translation, Reliability, and Validity of the IFA-Japanese |
SARAH KAGAWA (Seek Education), Michele D. Wallace (Seek Education), Yuki Ikezaki (Seek Education), Kae Yabuki (SEEK Education, Inc.) |
Abstract: Functional behavior assessments used to identify functions of problem behavior rely on three main categories of assessment methodology: Indirect Assessments, Descriptive Assessments, and Functional Analysis. In fact, best practice suggests that these assessments are necessary to effectively reduce behavior problems. Most of these assessment methodologies are mainly only available in English. However, problem behavior is not only seen in individuals whose main language is English. Given the various cultural and languages encountered in the treatment of problem behavior, translations of these instruments and assessment methodology is best clinical practice and is in need of our efforts. This study presents the steps taken to translate and test for reliability and validity of the Indirect Functional Assessment (IFA) – Japanese assessment. Results are presented as well as a dissemination of the IFA – Japanese. |
|
Systematic Process for Analyzing Transition Functional Analyses |
SARAH CONKLIN (Family ABA), Michele D. Wallace (Seek Education, Inc.), Sarah Gonzalez (Seek Education) |
Abstract: Over the last 30+ years researchers have extended the methodology of Functional Analyses to incorporate a number of procedural and behavioral variations. One such advancement was the development of the transition functional analysis (McCord, Thomson, & Iwata, 2001) to effectively analyze function and aspects of transitions. Although this advancement has been important in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior related to transitions, there are no current systematic rules or instructions for analyzing the results of this assessment. Moreover, the rules applied to analyzing multielement functional analyses do not simply convert to analyzing transition functional analyses. This study developed a flow chart to interpret transition functional analyses. This flow chart was utilized to interpret 2 transition functional analyses prior to treatment development and resulted in accurate determination of function of problem behavior as well as selection of intervention and reduction in problem behavior. Moreover, we have also successfully utilized this flow chart and went back and utilized it to determine function of transition functional analyses published in behavioral journals. Using the flow chart was both valid in interpreting function as well as reliable. Results as well as dissemination of the flow chart will be provided. |
|
Using a Concurrent Reinforcement Schedule to Eliminate Escape-Maintained Problem Behavior and Increase Compliance |
KATHRYN WHITE (Behavior Services of the Rockies), Michele D. Wallace (Behavior Services of the Rockies), Travis Blevins (Behavior Services of the Rockies) |
Abstract: Functional Communication Training with extinction is one approach to eliminating problem behavior and increasing appropriate behavior. When applied to problem behavior maintained by social positive reinforcement, it produces rapid decreases in problem behavior as well as socially significant increases in appropriate behavior (e.g., asking for attention or tangible items). It is equally effective for eliminating problem behavior maintained by social negative reinforcement in the form of escape; however, most caregivers are not satisfied with only increasing asking for a break. In fact, when treating problem behavior maintained by escape from tasks, socially significant behavior changes would include increasing compliance as well as asking for a break. The purpose of this study was to utilize FCT (1 min break) + Differential Reinforcement of Alternative Behavior (5 min break contingent on compliance) to decrease problem behavior and ultimately increase compliance. Results demonstrate that the intervention was highly successful. Implications for practice as well as avenues for future research will be |
|
|
|
|
Supervising Supervision: Designing, Monitoring, and Supporting Supervision in ABA |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Susan Ainsleigh (Bay Path University) |
CE Instructor: Susan Ainsleigh, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Supervision is a critical component of the development of future practitioners of applied behavior analytic services, and required for all individuals seeking credentialing in ABA. All future professionals seek excellence in supervision, however, despite increasingly structured guidelines provided by certification and licensure organizations, variation exists in the quality and rigor of supervision experiences. Indeed, not all supervision experiences are created equal. For those developing or supporting supervision for the future behavior analyst, minimal guidance exists thus far in behavioral literature related to effective supervision management. Related disciplines have much to offer in the development of quality supervision models, and behaviorally-based literature related to training and instruction, specifically, literature on competency-based training and behavioral skills training models, can support and strengthen the development of quality supervision experiences. Finally, invested constituents have beneficial feedback to add to the supervision process. This symposium targets the developers of supervision in ABA, offering models and guidance for creating quality supervision experiences. |
Keyword(s): competency training, graduation education, instructional design, supervision |
|
Supervision in the Workplace: Bridging the Gap Between Coursework and Applied Practice in Professional Settings |
GINETTE WILSON BISHOP (Advances Learning Center) |
Abstract: Bridging the gap between theory and applied practice can pose a challenge for many graduate Applied Behavior Analysis students. Employers of these scholars face the unique challenge of accommodating rigorous supervision requirements, changing course schedules and other graduate work commitments that often complicate the landscape. This presentation will discuss several strategies that employers can utilize to support graduate ABA students as they progress through the supervision requirements associated with eventual Board Certification. Specific examples of employer driven initiatives to improve quality of services provided, employee retention, and outcomes for graduate students will be provided. Methods to incentivize employees considering graduate coursework to create a larger more diverse pool of productive clinicians will be reviewed. Finally, opportunities for collaboration with local college programs and course sequences will be discussed with the ultimate priority being the quality of the overall experience for both the student and recipients of the behavior analytic services they provide. |
|
Incorporating Modeling Into Supervision of Behavior Analytic Practitioners |
ROBYN M. CATAGNUS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Susan Ainsleigh (Bay Path University) |
Abstract: Modeling is a component of Behavioral Skill Training, and has been shown to be effective in evoking desired behavior. Modeling, both in live and video formats, has been incorporated into many models of training successfully. Evidence suggests, however, that modeling is often omitted from supervision experiences, particularly when distance or remote supervision is utilized. This presentation reviews strategies for successfully incorporating modeling into supervision sessions for applied behavior analytic graduate students. Characteristics of the competent model are reviewed, and technical aspects of designing effective models are presented. A model for training supervisors to utilize modeling in supervision is presented. |
|
Behavior Skills Training in ABA Supervision |
NOELLE NEAULT (Bay Path University), Melissa Hunsinger Harris (Bay Path University) |
Abstract: Supervision can be defined as an intervention that is provided by a senior member of a profession to a junior member in the same profession (Bernard & Goodyear, 1998). It has multiple purposes, including improving the skills and repertoires of the junior member, monitoring and facilitating the delivery of high quality services, serving as a gatekeeper to those who enter the profession, and modeling effective supervision practices (Behnke, 2005). Behavioral Skills Training (BST) has been demonstrated as an effective training model and is required by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (2012) when providing fieldwork/practicum supervision. BST is a system for training performance skills in human service staff. It includes written and verbal instructions, modeling, repeated practice to mastery, and performance feedback (Parsons, Rollyson & Reid, 2010). Its effectiveness in educational and clinical settings has been well-documented; however, its use in supervision remains unexamined. The current study focuses on the evaluation of behavior analytic supervision sessions to identify which aspects of behavioral skills training are routinely included or omitted. Participants in this study included supervisors of graduate students in applied behavior analysis. Individual supervision sessions were directly observed. Data was summarized to examine components of BST that are routinely utilized in supervision sessions and those that are consistently omitted. Implications for supervision effectiveness and recommendations for supervisor training are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
The Cognitive Consequences of Children's Exposure to Lead Revealed by Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: M. Christopher Newland, Ph.D. |
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
DEBORAH CORY-SLECHTA (University of Rochester Medical Center) |
Dr. Deborah Cory-Slechta is a Professor of Environmental Medicine, Pediatrics and Public Health Sciences at the University of Rochester Medical School, Acting Chair of the Department of Environmental Medicine and PI of its NIEHS Core Center Grant. Her research, which includes both animal models and human studies, has focused largely on the behavioral consequences of developmental exposures to environmental chemicals. This work has examined the effects of developmental exposures to metals, pesticides and air pollutants in animal models and human cohort studies. Current efforts include development of animal models of behavioral toxicology that better simulate the context of the human environment, including assessment of behavioral consequences of the interactions of lead with prenatal stress, and with early behavioral adversity. A newer focus of the laboratory has been on the adverse impacts on the central nervous system of exposures to air pollution during development. These efforts have resulted in over 155 peer-reviewed publications. She previously served as Dean for Research at the University of Rochester Medical School, and as Director of the Environmental and Occupational Health Sciences Institute of Rutgers University. Dr. Cory-Slechta has served on advisory panels of the NIH, the FDA, the Environmental Protection Agency, the National Academy of Sciences, the Institute of Medicine, and the Agency for Toxic Substances and Disease Registry, and on the editorial boards of the journals Environmental Health Perspectives, Neurotoxicology, Toxicology, Toxicological Sciences, Toxicology and Applied Pharmacology and Neurotoxicology and Teratology. |
Abstract: Years of using lead in paint and gasoline resulted in widespread environmental contamination and human exposure. The particular vulnerability of the developing brain to lead puts children at particular risk for detrimental effects and numerous studies have documented the association of elevated blood lead in children with reduced IQ scores. Behavior analysis (BA)has been critical to the delineation of the specific cognitive deficits that underlie the IQ loss.BA hasrevealed deficits in learning/reversal learning that appear to result from increases in response perseveration and disruption of attention-related behaviors, particularly the ability to wait for reward. In the human environment, lead exposure occurs with many other risk factors for cognitive deficits, particularly in low socioeconomic status communities where lead levels are highest. Two such risk factors—high levels of maternal stress and early behavioral adversity in children—share pathways of brain mediation with lead, and thus could enhance or alter its behavioral toxicity. Indeed, studies in animal models show that lead-induced deficits in cognitive behaviors can be enhanced by, or even unmasked, in the presence of prenatal stress. Further, early behavioral adversity can further exacerbate the adverse effects of lead on learning. |
Target Audience: Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the specific behavioral deficits that underlie the reductions in IQ associated with exposure to elevated levels of lead in children; (2) cite examples of the cumulative neuro- and behavioral toxicity produced by combined exposures to gestational lead exposure, prenatal stress and early behavioral adversity; (3) describe a biological algorithm for understanding the potential for the cognitive deficits produced by lead to be enhanced by other environmental risk factors for cognitive deficits. |
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior Interventions With Older Adults |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–8:50 AM |
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: VBC/DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: Mark L. Sundberg (Sundberg and Associates) |
CE Instructor: Jonathan C. Baker, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The presence and impact of age-related language deficits have been acknowledged both the field within the field of behavior analysis (e.g., Gross, Fuqua, Merritt, 2013; Skinner, 1957; Sundberg 1991) as well as the broader field of gerontology (Cohen-Mansfield & Werner, 1997), though relatively little research has focused on remediation of those deficits. This dearth of intervention research is partly related to the notion that age-related language deficits are the result of biological processes, as well as the limited number of behavior analysts trained to work with older adults. However, there is growing support that environmental variables can and do play a role in language deficits among older adults. This talk symposium will include to empirical talks reviewing data from a studies aimed at the assessment and treatment of age-related language deficits among older adults. |
Keyword(s): Aphasia, Dementia, Older Adult, Verbal Behavior |
|
Transferring Stimulus Control in Teaching Mands to Older Adults With Dementia |
TAYLOR SWEATT (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Little is known about the functional deterioration of language in older adults with dementia and in particular, about the weakening of the mand repertoire. Skinner hypothesized that operants maintained by specific sources of reinforcement (i.e., the mand) might be less susceptible to deterioration, though it appears the opposite may be true (i.e., the mand is more susceptible to weakening and the most resilient operants are the echoic and textual) (Skinner, 1957; Gross, Fuqua, Mettitt, 2013). The current study employs a multiple-baseline across participants design to examine the effects of echoic and visual prompts, along with an interrupted-behavior chain procedure to teach mands to elders with dementia and aphasia, as well as a history of strokes. For one participant, visual and echoic prompts were faded completely and independent mands were emitted to the mastery criterion. Data will be collected on additional participants. |
|
The Efficacy of Different Stimulus Fading Procedures to Teach Verbal Operants to an Older Adult With Aphasia |
LILITH REUTER-YUILL (Western Michigan University), Hannah Ritchie (Southern Illinois University - Carbondale), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Aphasia can severely impact an individual's ability to communicate. However, existing research on interventions is limited. The current study compared different stimulus fading procedures with an older adult diagnosed with aphasia. A multielement within a multiple baseline design across behaviors was used to measure the efficacy of each approach. Results showed that the time delay procedure was more efficient at fading prompts when teaching intraverbals. |
|
|
|
|
Navigating the Social World: Innovations in Social Skills Treatment for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Discussant: Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos) |
CE Instructor: Marjorie H. Charlop, Ph.D. |
Abstract: For children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), having severe deficits in social skills prevent them from functioning in typical situations and properly navigating the social world in which we live. This symposium will consist of four research studies that use innovative behavioral approaches to address some of the pervasive challenges children with ASD face. In the first study, researchers use video modeling to teach children with ASD how to assertively respond to different bullying situations. The second study uses theatre-play as a method to teach appropriate social skills behaviors to dyads of children with ASD. The third study focuses on the need to reduce vocal stereotypy and aims to decrease inappropriate vocalizations by replacing them with appropriate singing. Finally, the last study provides a spin on teaching joint attention to lower functioning children with ASD. In these studies, multiple baseline designs were used to analyze treatment effects, generalization was assessed, and inter-observer reliability was calculated. These four studies provide new ideas to ameliorate the social challenges that children with ASD display, provide evidence-based procedures for treating a range of functioning levels of children on the spectrum, and provide potential approaches for children with ASD to navigate their social world. |
Keyword(s): autism, bullying, play, social skills |
|
Using Video Modeling to Teach Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Assertive Responding to Bullying Scenarios |
Catherine Rex (Claremont McKenna College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College), VICKI SPECTOR (Claremont Graduate University) |
Abstract: Bullying is related to depression, loneliness, and social anxiety (Hawker & Boulton, 2000), and unfortunately, children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are at a higher risk than their typically developing peers for becoming victims of bullying (Wainscot et al., 2008). The current study involved a video modeling intervention that aimed to teach six children with ASD how to assertively respond to physical and verbal bullying, social exclusion, and to report instances of bullying to a parent. Using a multiple baseline design, measures of appropriate responding to bullying were assessed in baseline, intervention, and generalization probes. During baseline sessions, participants appropriate responses to bullying were either nonexistent or inconsistent. Following baseline, participants were asked to watch a video of an adult assertively responding to three different types of bullying (i.e., physical bullying, verbal bullying, and social exclusion). Results showed that following the introduction of video modeling, all six participants met criterion for appropriate responding to bullying, with four participants demonstrating generalization of learned skills to a novel setting. Findings from this study have implications for the use of video modeling in teaching children with ASD the proper skills to respond to bullying. |
|
Using Theatre-Play to Teach Social Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Melisa Rojas (Pomona College), NATALY LIM (Claremont McKenna College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: Theatre-based programs have been shown to improve the social skills in high-functioning children with ASD, such as increased positive interaction, decreased solitary play (Guli, Semrud-Clikeman, Lerner, & Britton, 2013) and increased social perception (Corbett et al., 2011). The present study was conducted to teach social skills behaviors to children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) via a theatre intervention conducted in dyads. Specifically, a multiple baseline design across three dyads of children with ASD was used to assess the efficacy of a theatre intervention on increasing verbal social skills, nonverbal social skills, and appropriate sociodramatic play behaviors. Measurements of social skills behaviors were taken during naturalistic play sessions and baseline, as well as after theatre intervention sessions. The theatre intervention involved sessions of learning how to act out and also do improvisation of theme-based plays in dyadic pairs for several weeks. Results showed that all participants reached at least 80% criterion performance for one or more targeted social behaviors. The current study demonstrates that a theatre-based procedure, a largely untapped therapeutic technique, is an effective social skills intervention for children with ASD. |
|
Effects of Singing on Vocal Stereotypies in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
BENJAMIN R. THOMAS (Claremont Graduate University), Catelyn Gumaer (Claremont Graduate University), Nataly Lim (Claremont McKenna College), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: Vocal stereotypy can be disruptive and interfere with social opportunities; yet, it is often a preferred activity for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Decreasing motivating operations to engage in inappropriate forms of the behavior (e.g., sounds, high pitched speaking or singing) while increasing topographically similar appropriate behaviors might be an indicated course of treatment. In this study, we taught three children with ASD who engaged in inappropriate forms of vocal stereotypy to sing appropriately. We used a changing criterion design plus a backward chaining procedure to increase the word length of their singing phrases. After the children learned to sing a song through this procedure, we used multi-element comparisons to determine if pre-session singing sessions would decrease vocal stereotypy in their subsequent intervention sessions. Preliminary results showed that participants learned to sing appropriately, and all forms of vocal stereotypy occurred less frequently immediately after singing sessions. Discussion will focus on implications for teaching pro-social vocal behaviors as replacements for vocal stereotypies. |
|
Joint Attention in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Using Play and the Natural Language Paradigm |
Taylor Basso (Claremont McKenna College), CATELYN GUMAER (Claremont Graduate University), Marjorie H. Charlop (Claremont McKenna College) |
Abstract: A key deficit in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is underdeveloped joint attention skills. Joint attention is a pivotal social communication skill that is very complex and can be difficult to teach in isolation. It may behoove us to find other ways in which joint attention might be easier to teach. In Experiment I, basic functional play was taught to three children with ASD through imitation, with joint attention embedded within the procedure. Reinforcement was contingent on joint attention during the play imitation sessions, compared to baseline in which joint attention without play was reinforced. The results demonstrated that play-based treatment can increase joint attention and that generalization of joint attention across person and setting occurred. In Experiment II, the Natural Language Paradigm (NLP; Laski, Charlop, & Schreibman, 1988), which has been shown to increase both speech and play (Gillett & LeBlanc, 2007), will be assessed to determine whether NLP can also generate and increase joint attention in children with ASD. Together, the results of these studies may hold implications for alternative ways for teaching joint attention via procedures that evoke motivating operations. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advancements in Caregiver and Staff Training |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Discussant: Linda A. LeBlanc (Trumpet Behavioral Health) |
CE Instructor: Samantha Bergmann, M.A. |
Abstract: Effective and efficient caregiver and staff training procedures are critical to the field of behavior analysis to ensure fidelity of implementation of interventions. The procedures evaluated in the current studies expand the reach of behavior analytic interventions and allow a larger population to access efficacious teaching strategies. First, Toussaint, Fernandez, Cowan, and Horsch utilized a computer-based training package to teach novice behavioral therapists to implement a naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention (NDBI). Therapists’ implementation of the NDBI intervention improved. Next, LeBlanc et al., examined the effects of video modeling to teach parents to implement the naturalistic language paradigm (NLP) with their children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Integrity of NLP implementation with an adult confederate and their children improved. In the third study, Giannakakos, Vladescu, and Simon evaluated written instructions, video modeling with voiceover instruction, and direct training to teach parents to correctly identify, install, and use child car seats. Finally, Cordova, Phillips, Fritz, and Lerman investigated a train-the-trainer model in which caregivers, who were trained by professionals, trained other caregivers to implement FCT with their children diagnosed with ASD. Caregivers’ integrity of implementation improved following training. Directions for future research and implications for clinical applications will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): caregiver training, computer-based training, staff training, video modeling |
|
Evaluation of a Computer-Based Training Package on Novice Instructors' Implementation of a Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Intervention |
KAREN A. TOUSSAINT (University of North Texas), Karen Fernandez (University of North Texas), Landon Cowan (University of North Texas), Rachel Horsch (The University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The current evaluation assessed the effects of a computer-based training package to teach novice behavioral therapists to implement a naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention (NDBI). A multiple baseline design across two trainee-child dyads indicated that training resulted in improved implementation of techniques for the staff participants and that these skills maintained over a one-month follow-up period. In addition, child-participants’ unprompted requests increased with increases in staff performance. |
|
Using Video Modeling to Teach Parents to Use the Natural Language Paradigm |
BRITTANY LEBLANC (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Stephanie Zettel (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Brittany Benitez (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Sophie Knutson (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Ashley Shannon-Jackson (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Abstract: There is paucity of research examining the use video modeling to train parents to implement formats of early intervention such as Naturalistic Environmental Training (NET). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the efficacy of video modeling to train parents to implement the Naturalistic Language Paradigm (NLP), a specific format of NET, with their children diagnosed with or suspected of having autism spectrum disorder and to extend the current literature on NLP. All three parents demonstrated accurate performance of the components of NLP with the confederate and met the mastery criterion in two or three video modeling sessions. We measured the parents accurate implementation of each NLP component skill across phases of the study. Results showed that video modeling did not teach all component skills to mastery. We also measured the generalization of the parents NLP implementation to their child and to the home setting. Generalization of the NLP component skills to sessions with their child was observed for all three participants, and generalization to the home was observed for two of the three participants. Maintenance probes conducted one and three weeks after training showed continued high levels of accurate implementation of NLP with for two parents. Implications for the use of video modeling to teach NLP to parents will be discussed. |
|
Training Individuals to Teach Correct Identification, Installation, and Use of Child Car Seats |
RACHEL SIMON (Livingston High School), Antonia Giannakakos (Caldwell College), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell College) |
Abstract: Vehicle crashes are the leading cause of death in children. The correct use of child safety restraint systems such as car seats can reduce the likelihood that a child will be injured or killed during a crash. Unfortunately, approximately 70 percent of car seats are misused in a way that could increase the risk of injury during a crash. Given the seriousness of this problem, the purposes of the current study were threefold. First, we sought to evaluate the use of a job aid to teach participants to correctly identify the appropriate car seat arrangement (e.g., forward- or rear-facing) based on hypothetical child characteristics. Second, we evaluated the use of video modeling with voiceover instruction to train participants to correctly install a car seat in the forward- and rear-facing position using two methods (seat belt and LATCH). Last, we evaluated teaching participants to correctly harness a child into a car seat. Next steps in this line of research and implications for car seat installation instructions will be discussed. |
|
Improving Access to Care for Challenging Behavior Using a Parent-to-Parent Mentoring Approach |
SAMANTHA CORDOVA (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Lauren Phillips (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) are more likely to engage in challenging behavior, such as aggression and self-injury, than children without ASD. If left untreated, these behaviors can increase in severity over time, causing significant stress on families. Numerous studies over the 30 years have demonstrated the efficacy of behavioral treatments for these challenging behaviors, particularly an intervention called functional communication training (FCT). Furthermore, caregivers have been able to effectively implement FCT in home settings to reduce their children's challenging behavior. However, all caregivers to date have been trained by professionals. The waiting lists to obtain these professional services can be quite lengthy, and these services are even less accessible to ethnically diverse, low-income families due to language and financial barriers. In this study, we evaluated a model of training in which caregivers trained by professionals then trained other parents to implement FCT with their children in the home setting. This model has the potential to expand clinical service availability in rural, low-income communities, as well as to more diverse ethnic groups who face barriers to receiving services for their children’s challenging behavior. |
|
|
|
|
Scaling up Assessment Quality and Treatment Outcomes of ABA for Children With Autism |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Megan Galliford (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
Discussant: Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University) |
CE Instructor: Alyssa N. Wilson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) is the first behavior analytic assessment and curriculum that is designed to promote the emergence of derived relational responding in individuals with- and without- disabilities. PEAK is grounded in Stimulus Equivalence theory and Relational Frame Theory accounts of human language and cognition, and provides an assessment of participants relational abilities with a set of curricular programs that target socially relevant skills and derivational abilities. The present set of studies will evaluate how the PEAK Equivalence assessment relates to standardized measures of intelligence, and will provide demonstrations of how programs in the PEAK curriculum can be used to teach several skills, as well as lead to corresponding changes in IQ. In addition, a demonstration of how advances in Relational Frame Theory can be incorporated into the PEAK curriculum will be provided, and the potential relationship between these more advanced relational abilities and intelligence will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Intelligence, RFT, Verbal Behavior |
|
Moving Toward a Behavioral Analysis of Intellect: The Relationship Between the PEAK Relational Training System and Intelligence |
JORDAN BELISLE (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Kyle E Rowsey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jacob H. Daar (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The psychological construct of intelligence encompasses a variety of capacities (ex., logic, abstract thought, understanding, self-awareness, learning, emotional knowledge, and memory) that have been captured in contemporary psychometric measures. The most well-known surveys of intelligence provide a measure of intelligence in terms of the intelligence quotient (IQ). Standardized IQ tests have been used for placement and diagnostic purposes for over a century due to their predictive validity across several socially significant outcomes. Although purely psychometric evaluations of intelligence have generated strong results, surveys of intelligence do not provide researchers and clinicians with a framework that breaks down the behavioral units of intellect. The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training system (PEAK) is a behavior analytic assessment and curriculum that targets responsivity to direct training, as well as generalization and derived relational abilities. Several studies detail the relationship between the PEAK assessment and standardized measures of IQ, specifically in application with individuals with autism and other neurodegenerative disabilities. By reducing the construct of IQ into specific and measurable behavioral units, the PEAK curriculum has the potential to improve identified cognitive and language skills deficits that are related to contemporary measures of human intelligence. |
|
The Effectiveness of PEAK in Promoting the Emergence of Derived Relational Responding and Corresponding Increases in IQ |
CALEB STANLEY (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Kyle E Rowsey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Ryan C. Speelman (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK) is a recently developed assessment and curriculum protocol that uses behavior analytic principles to teach language, academic skills, and social skills. The PEAK incorporates both contingency based learning, and a contemporary behavior analytic approach to teach necessary skills to individuals with autism and other intellectual and developmental disabilities. Recently, data have emerged that suggest a strong correlation between the PEAK assessment and IQ. Several studies also detail the utility of the PEAK assessment and curriculum in teaching academic skills and categorical responding, establishing cross-sensory equivalence classes, and increasing IQ in individuals with autism and related disabilities. By increasing necessary skills and intelligence, there is the potential of making significant gains in an individual’s repertoire. |
|
Using PEAK to Teach Metaphorical Emotions and Contextually Distorted Tacts to Children With Emotional Disorders |
ALYSSA N. WILSON (Saint Louis University), Victoria Frescura (St. Louis University) |
Abstract: Preliminary research has shown the effectiveness of the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) curriculum in teaching a range of verbal skills, including metaphorical emotions. However, to date, minimal research has evaluated the effectiveness of PEAK in teaching children with emotional disorders contextually distorted tacts related to private emotional events metaphorically. Therefore, the current study used a concurrent multiple baseline design to train three children to make correct word-picture and vocal-picture matches between stimuli of emotional states and pictures (e.g., happy, sad, and angry; sunshine, rain, and steaming kettle). Two arbitrary stimuli served as contextual cues for relations of sameness (Context One) and opposition (Context Two). Distorted metaphorical tacts where extinguished during Context One, and reinforced during Context Two. Trial-by-trial interobserver agreement data was collected for 25% of sessions (total agreement = 100%). Following training, all students demonstrated higher than baseline accuracies on response selection and intraverbal emissions to WH questions related to emotions, for both metaphorical and distorted tacts. The results replicate and extend previous on the PEAK curriculum. |
|
Using Relational Frame Theory to Teach Perspective-Taking in Developmentally Delayed Children During in an Elementary School Setting |
AUTUMN N. MCKEEL (Aurora University), Margaret Sanders (Aurora University) |
Abstract: The current study used multiple exemplar training (MET) to teach perspective-taking skills to two early elementary school age children with identified developmental delays. Using a multiple probe design, participants were trained using a testing and training protocol developed for the purpose of this study, and was based on previous protocols. This protocol taught the three deictic relational frames I-YOU, HERE-THERE and NOW-THEN through the use of childrens books. Results show that relational responding can be achieved using MET as evidenced by posttest probes meeting criteria without being directly trained. Procedures were shown to not only be successful at training perspective-taking skills but the use of childrens books was a natural means to train this skill. Implications of this study give professionals in a public school a protocol to train basic skills related to empathy while also providing an objective measurement of behavior as a result of the training. |
|
|
|
|
Empirical Studies for Understanding and Helping Persons With Autism and Developmental Disabilities in Korea |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kyong-Mee Chung (Yonsei University) |
Discussant: Jinhyeok Choi (Pusan National University) |
CE Instructor: Kyong-Mee Chung, Ph.D. |
Abstract: For the past several years, awareness for the ABA services has been increased dramatically in Korea. Although limited, few BCBA approved programs have launched, and the number of BCBAs/BCaBAs has been increased up to approximately 30. Much efforts are made to improve direct services, educational system, treatment delivery and staff-training. In this symposium, 4 different research projects are presented, and the topics are need assessment, FA, staff-training and face perception. Although these topics are not quite related, their results provide useful information for service delivery, on-going research and treatment outcome study in Korea. Specific implications and suggestions are discussed and practical issues will be shared. |
Keyword(s): Functional Analysis, Race-contingent aftereffect, staff training, unmet needs |
|
Unmet Needs Among Caregivers of Persons With Developmental Disabilities and Autism Spectrum Disorder Who Show Problem Behaviors: Descriptive Analysis Nationwide in South Korea |
SOO YOUN KIM (Yonsei University), Daesung Seo (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: High percentages of individuals with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorders engage in problem behaviors, yet effective treatment has not been provided in Korea. As a first step to establish suitable and efficient service system for problem behaviors, need assessment among direct caregivers appears necessary. The purpose of this study is to investigate the common strategies currently in practice for remediating problem behaviors in Korea and unmet psychological, educational and practical needs among caregivers. The participants included parents, teachers and para-professionals (n=172, n=324, n=474, respectively). The results are as follows. Most frequently observed problem behaviors were noncompliance and tantrum. Teachers evaluated problem behaviors more severely with slightly higher stress levels compared to other groups. Next, majority of teachers and para-professionals were willing to spend a short-term training program to enhance their ability to deal with problem behaviors. All 3 groups recognize behavior therapy as the most effective method for remediating behavior problems, yet are using different methods to deal with them in real life setting, mainly due to lack of resources. They also expressed the need for building effective consultation and referral system and systematic support to use them in their settings. |
|
Evaluating Differences Between Direct and Indirect Measures for Identifying the Function of Problem Behaviors Among Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
DONGHYUN OH (Yonsei University), Na-young Shin (Yonsei University), Soo Youn Kim (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: Functional Analysis (FA) is an assessment for identifying the underlying function of the problem. Despite of its utility, its use has been limited due to costs and lack of experts. Instead, Questions About Behavior Function (QABF), an indirect assessment utilizing the parents reports, has been commonly used. Nonetheless, the interchangeability of two measures has not been investigated enough. The purpose of this study is to identify the interchangeability of the FA and the QABF. Twenty four participants with Developmental Disabilities(DD) aged from 4 to 16 were recruited. Data of 16 participants who completed both measures and assessed same problem behaviors were analyzed. Each functions of behaviors identified from the QABF was compared to the one from the FA for each participants. Also, the correlations between the results of FA and QABF were conducted. As a results, congruency between the measures were found only in 3 participants(18.75%). The correlation between the measures was highest on the Attention function(r = .333) and lowest on the Tangible function(r = .004). These results indicate that the incongruity exists between direct(FA) and indirect(QABF) measures, suggesting that the use of both measures are recommended to identify the function of problem behaviors. Practical difficulties and concerns are further discussed. |
|
Effects of a Short-Term Staff Training for Improving Behaviors Among Individuals With Developmental Disabilities in a Residential Facility |
JIYOUNG NOH (Yonsei University), Hyeonsuk Jang (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: Applied Behavioral Analysis(ABA) is an evidence-based treatment for persons with problem behaviors among developmental disabilities(DD) population. Typically, ABA service is provided individual bases to maximize its effectiveness. Due to high costs associated with ABA, however, there is a need for more cost-effective short-term staff training, especially in Korea where limited resources are available. The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of a short-term staff training to improve behavior among individuals with DD in a residential facility. A 4 week short-term staff training was administered by an ABA specialist weekly bases. Training focused on conducting functional analysis for problem behaviors, developing and implementing function-based assessment Additionally, homework was given along with feedbacks on each staff's compliance. Data on the individual's degree of problem behaviors, staff's stress and quality of life and knowledge of behavior principles were collected through the self-reported questionaires before and after the intervention to examine the effects of the training. The results showed that significant difference in pre and post scores on knowledge of behavior principles. No differences were found in other measures. The implications and limitations of this study, with directions for future research, are also discussed. |
|
Race-Contingent Aftereffects in Persons With High Functioning Autism |
HYANGKYEONG OH (Yonsei University), Yumin Seo (Yonsei University), Euihyun Kwak (Yonsei University) |
Abstract: Persons with Autism Spectrum Disorder(ASD) are characterized by deficits in face perception. Recent studies have investigated an underlying mechanism of this characteristics by utilizing the adaptation paradigm which is based on norm-based coding model. These studies found that persons with ASD showed diminished aftereffects in identity, gender, and emotion perception. The purpose of this study is to investigate race-contingent aftereffects of persons with ASD compared to those of typically developing (TD) people using the adaptation paradigm. Ten children with ASD and 9 TD children were participated in this study. Morphed anti-emotional faces (happy and sad) of Asian and Caucasian were randomly presented for 4000ms as the adaptor. After the adaptation phase, participants were shown the neutral face of the same identity as the adaptor and asked to choose the most appropriate label of emotion for the face. The results showed significant interaction effect between the group (ASD and TD) and the race(Asian and Caucasian). Further analyses revealed that the aftereffects of TD group was marginally larger for Asian than the Caucasian face. No difference of size of aftereffect between races were found in ASD group. This suggests atypical race-contingent aftereffect in ASD group. Implications and limitations are further discussed. |
|
|
|
|
The Efficacy of Stimulus Control Technologies to Increase Skill Acquisition |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center) |
Discussant: Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
CE Instructor: Russell W. Maguire, Ph.D. |
Abstract: It is critical that the relevant features of discriminative stimuli come to predict and control learner responding. However, use of inadequate transfer of control procedures and inappropriate training structures often result in prompt dependency and lack of skill acquisition. These four studies employed various transfer of control methods and innovative training structures, based on a stimulus control analysis. In study 1, participants demonstrated both trained and emergent stimulus-stimulus relations following an errorless teaching protocol. The errorless protocol was shown to be more effective for acquiring skills than a trial-and-error strategy. Study 2 utilized errorless teaching procedures to teach novel conditional discriminations for stimulus classes comprised of non-auditory stimuli. The instructional design was arranged such that emergent topography-based verbal behavior was demonstrated. The third study analyzed the relative effectiveness of response prompts versus stimulus prompts to increase conditional discriminations. Results showed that participants acquired skills more rapidly when provided with stimulus prompts. In the 4th study, control by multiple elements was assessed through a stimulus equivalence paradigm. It was demonstrated that participants demonstrated both trained and emergent stimulus-stimulus relations when presented with both complex and simple sample stimuli. |
Keyword(s): equivalence, errorless, verbal behavior |
|
The Formation of Equivalence Classes Following Errorless Instruction and Trial-and–Error Teaching |
RUSSELL W. MAGUIRE (Simmons College), Kelly O'Loughlin (RCS Learning Center), Christina M. Boyd-Pickard (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College), Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting/Simmons College) |
Abstract: The emergence of untrained stimulus- stimulus relations indicative of equivalence class formation typically occurs following the teaching of specific conditional discriminations. Past research has suggested that instruction of the prerequisite relations via an errorless protocol, as opposed to typical trial-and-error training resulted in fewer trials-to-criterion, fewer errors, and the formation of more stimulus classes. Despite this evidence, trial-and-error strategies are often still part of instructional practice. In the present experiment, which replicated Maguire (1986), two participants with an autism spectrum disorder were taught discriminations via errorless instruction or trial-and–error training. The results indicated that both participants failed to acquire the targeted conditional discriminations following trial-and–error training but learned them during remediation via delayed prompt training. Additionally, the errorless instruction protocol resulted in more rapid acquisition of the prerequisite relations and the emergence of subsequent equivalence class formation. The results are discussed in terms of teaching complex skills to children with developmental disabilities. |
|
The Emergence of Derived Verbal Behavior in the Absence of an Auditory Stimulus |
CHRISTINA M. BOYD-PICKARD (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting/Simmons College), Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to assess the effectiveness of training three stimulus-stimulus relations (tacting and arbitrary conditional discriminations) and then testing for the emergence of nine additional untrained relations: tacts (naming or labeling), listener behavior (physically dissimilar stimuli to one another), and arbitrary visual-visual stimulus relations. Participants were taught to name three different nonsense forms from one class (e.g. B1, B2, B3) and trained to match physically dissimilar stimuli across two relations and three classes (e.g. B-C and D-B). Following training, participants were tested in matching physically dissimilar experimental stimuli (e.g. C-B, C-D, D-C, B-D), listener responding (e.g. A-B, A-C, and A-D), and tacting (e.g. C-E, and D-E).
The purpose of this study was to extend a previous study (Boyd-Pickard, 2015) and to evaluate if replacing the auditory stimulus with a motor movement and altering the training structure would result in emergent stimulus-stimulus relations. Participants included two typically developing adults and preliminary results indicate replication of previous findings.
Keywords: stimulus equivalence, verbal operants, derived relations, naming |
|
Response Prompts Versus Stimulus Prompts: A Comparison for Teaching Students With Autism Spectrum Disorders |
MEGAN BREAULT (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College), Christina M. Boyd-Pickard (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College), Colleen Yorlets (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting/Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College) |
Abstract: A potential problem with the use of response prompts in applied settings to teach children with autism is that the prompts are susceptible to procedural drift. While stimulus prompts may serve an efficient and effective alternative to response prompts, these are often not utilized. This study compared the use of response prompts to a simple technological intervention using stimulus prompts. (e.g., systematically altering the intensity of S-stimuli within a PowerPoint program on a laptop computer). Three participants diagnosed with autism between the ages of 812 were taught conditional discriminations, either by response prompts or stimulus prompts, within a changing conditions design. Not only were the stimulus prompts more effective and efficient (e.g., fewer trials to criterion and fewer errors) because of the technological delivery system of the stimulus prompts, the possibility for procedural drift was eradicated. These results are discussed in terms of improving the efficacy of teaching students with autism spectrum disorders. |
|
The Acquisition of Complex Conditional Discriminations in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders via Matching-to-Complex Samples |
COLLEEN YORLETS (RCS Behavioral & Educational Consulting/Simmons College), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Christina M. Boyd-Pickard (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College), Megan Breault (RCS Learning Center/Simmons College), Kelly O'Loughlin (RCS Learning Center) |
Abstract: Students with autism spectrum disorders have been reported to demonstrate stimulus over-selectivity or restricted stimulus control (i.e., failure to respond to all the critical elements of multi-element complex stimuli). This potential may have a detrimental impact on the acquisition of academic skills for these individuals if the stimuli in question contain multiple controlling elements (i.e., learning the relation between spoken words and PECS symbols and AAC icons). This study presents a number of methodologies by which attention to, and the subsequent control by, multiple elements of a complex stimulus was demonstrated. In Experiment One, a 13-year-old non-vocal boy with an autism spectrum disorder was taught to select printed word comparisons contingent on their spoken + signed name comparisons (e.g., a complex stimulus) via errorless instruction. Following training, tests conducted in extinction verified accurate control by each element over printed word comparison. In Experiment 2, a 8 year-old student with autism spectrum disorder was taught identity-matching-to-complex samples (e.g., samples containing two, physically dissimilar yet related visual stimuli). Following training, tests conducted in extinction verified accurate control by each element. The data are discussed in terms of maximizing student learning while avoiding the potential pitfalls of error histories. |
|
|
|
|
Understanding the Contingencies of Systems and Implementing Change |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: DEV/OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Discussant: Dristi Adhikari (Colby-Sawyer College) |
CE Instructor: Michael Lamport Commons, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The symposium on Understanding the contingencies of systems and implementing change focuses on social, behavioral and cultural aspects of change in business and society as a whole. Change is perceived to be uncertain and complex; therefore it is often met with resistance and fear. As adaptation to change requires conscientious effort, not everyone is able to make it. The symposium attempts to demystify this uncertainty and analyze the process. The presentations dissect different cultures and schools of thought to discuss how new memes evolve, propagate and adapt and thereby play a critical role in an individuals survival. Further, the symposium will include empirical reports as well as theoretical reviews focusing on organizational change. The scope of the presentations spans across behavioral aspects of partners in start-up to stakeholder in large, top-down organizations. The presentations will emphasize the effects of reinforcement contingencies, task mastery and recognition, behavioral momentum and successful startup partnership. |
Keyword(s): behavioral momentum, change, startups, success |
|
The Effects of Regression to the Mean and Behavioral Momentum in Organizations |
WILLIAM JOSEPH HARRIGAN (Harvard Extension School), Saranya Ramakrishnan (Core Complexity Assessments), Sarthak Giri (Core Complexity Assessments), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: Large, top-down organizations tend to be bureaucratic, less innovative and more resistant to change. There are two forces that prevent such an organization from changing. 1) Behavioral momentum, which is the tendency for behaviors to continue as it has been, rather than evolving with the dynamic world. 2) Regression to the mean, which refers to the phenomenon that ensures that even if an organization overcomes behavioral momentum and adopts change, the windfall gains of the change is always at risk of being lost. This may happen by mass adoption from large competing organizations. Furthermore, in such organizations the chain of command extends from top to bottom, which implies a greater superiority and domination of higher levels over multiple lower ones. However, in a rapidly changing business world, these characteristics are a death knell to business success and sustenance. Adopting a highly autonomous 2-3 layer flat management structure on the other hand fosters creativity and innovation. Companies then can rely on a broad base of leaders and employees who feel ownership for the overall success of the organization and innovation can occur in small units that have autonomy and power over their own culture. |
|
Decoding Successful Startup Partnerships |
SARTHAK GIRI (Caldwell University), Saranya Ramakrishnan (Core Complexity Assessments), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: Startups are high risk and high reward environments with an extremely high rate of failure. Marmer et. al, in their report on “Why high-growth technology startups fail?” report that the success rate of these startups is lower than 10%. Understanding co-founder partnerships that have a higher likelihood of success could be a crucial factor for business survival. This study attempts to understand interest and stage of successful past co-founder partnerships. We then derive trends about their compatibility and complementarity to assess the success of co-founder pairs in Start-ups. The study focuses on start-ups that are less than 5 years old. There are three hypotheses: 1) Successful past co-founders would have had complementary interests/ skills; 2) They would have been at least Metasystematic Stage or higher; 3) At least one of the cofounder would be high on Enterprising on the Holland’s interest scale. To test these hypotheses, secondary data primarily from biographies and peer-reviewed articles will be used for past co-founders whereas primary data mainly from surveys and interviews will be used for Startup co-founders. We believe this study would help current entrepreneurs seek out co-founders that lead to a thriving and profitable startup. |
|
Cultural Adaptability |
SARANYA RAMAKRISHNAN (Core Complexity Assessments), Anne Zhang (Swarthmore College), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: Human beings face similar adaptive challenges as all other organisms. However, humans are unique in that for the last 150,000 years, most of their adaptations have been cultural. Culture may be roughly described as consisting of an extremely large set of memes, which are units of information. As humans interact within their society or social groups these memes are continually reinforced and thereby play an integral part in molding their perception of cause and effect. When individuals translocate from one country to another, specifically from one country with a relatively traditional social structure to one with a more liberal social structure, these individuals have to adapt in order to assimilate into society. This is because the memes and reinforcers of the different societies vary significantly. Cultural adaptations are spectacularly complex and essential for their survival. They are also not without an underlying biological basis of sociability, inventiveness and imitativeness. In this paper we explore the reasons around why some individuals adapt and why some are more resistant to change. |
|
Social Change |
NICHOLAS HEWLETT KEEN COMMONS-MILLER (Tufts University), Saranya Ramakrishnan (Core Complexity Assessments), Dhushanthi Ramakrishnan (Lake Forest College), Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: Social change is characterized by (1) the creation of powerful memes by a single individual (2) propagation of those memes to a large group of people (3) sustenance of those memes via behavioral change and transmission to associated social groups as well as to the next generation. Thus social change is complete when there is a collective change in group behavior. When large social groups adapt to a new way of thinking or behaving however behavioral momentum of social groups needs to be overcome. To displace a current group behavior with new behavior, therefore this new behavior or thinking has to be often more potent than the current behavior. In such a scenario the adoption curve of new behavior is often slow at the beginning but as time progresses the number of people who adopt increases. The pace of adoption however can range from a few months to one or two generations. Finally to sustain this change the operation of long term contingencies with long term attractors acting as reinforcers need to be at play. |
|
|
|
|
Contributions of Different Choice Procedures to the Study of Self-Control, Social, and Addictive Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Zurich D, Swissotel |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Raul Avila (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Leonard Green (Washington University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this symposium is twofold: (1) to describe extensions of the discounting framework to the study of addictive and social behavior, and (2) to demonstrate contributions of the resistance-to-temptation paradigm to the study of self-controlled behavior. The first presentation compares temporal and probability discounting of monetary gains and of monetary losses by tobacco smokers and non-smokers. The second presentation extends the methodology of temporal and probability discounting of both gains and losses of different rewards by cocaine- and marihuana-dependent users, and demonstrates that delay and probability discounting involve separated processes. The third presentation documents a reversal-of-preferences effect in a social discounting procedure, in which physical distance between individuals is used as a metric of social distance. The final presentation describes two examples of the resistance-to-temptation paradigm, specifically delay of gratification and refraining, used to study self-controlled behavior with the watching of videos as the reward. In addition to the contributions to our understanding of addictive and social behavior, the symposium integrates discounting, delay of gratification, and refraining to demonstrate a continuum of procedures in the study of self-controlled behavior. |
Keyword(s): Resisting-tempation paradigm, Self-control behavior, Social behavior, Temporal discounting |
|
Temporal and Probability Discounting of Different Rewards by Tobacco Users |
SILVIA MORALES CHAINE (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Alejandra Lopez Montoya (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: The generality of delay and probability discounting across reward-types by tobacco users is unclear. Hence, 29 tobacco users and 29 controls were exposed to delay and probability discounting tasks using an adjusting immediate amount procedure. The rewards used were free-time activities, non-alcoholic preferred drinking beverages, $200, and $3000 Mexican pesos, at five delays (1 week, 1 month, 6 months, 1 year and 3 years). Additionally, level of tobacco dependence was measured. The hyperbolic function and area-under-the-curve analyses from the data for each delayed and probabilistic outcome were calculated. Tobacco users discounted the value of the delayed $3,000 reward more steeply than control participants. No systematic differences between tobacco users and controls were found with delay or probability discounting for any of the other rewards tested. These results suggest that a magnitude effect could be responsible for the differences found between the discounting rates of delayed money by tobacco users and controls. Moreover, the purpose of this study was partially accomplished because the generality of discounting of different rewards by tobacco users seems to depend on state variables like the reward-type. |
|
Delay and Probability Discounting for Gains and Losses in Drug Users |
Diana Mej�a Cruz (National Autonomous University of Mexico), SILVIA MORALES CHAINE (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Javier Nieto Gutierrez (National Automonous University of Mexico), Leonard Green (Washington University), Joel Myerson (Washington University) |
Abstract: Drug users discount the value of delayed monetary outcomes more steeply than control participants, suggesting greater impatience, but little is known about the discounting of probabilistic rewards. The goal of the current study was to assess delay and probability discounting of several hypothetical outcomes by marijuana- and cocaine-dependent users to find combinations of risky choices and impatience behavior characteristic of drug users. 30 marijuana-dependent, 30 cocaine-dependent, and 30 control participants completed delay and probability discounting tasks. An adjusting immediate amount procedure was used. Both delay and probability discounting of four gains ($200, $3000, free-time activities, and non-alcoholic preferred drinking beverages) and one loss ($1,500) were studied. The results showed that cocaine users discounted delayed monetary gains more steeply than marijuana users and control participants. There were no significant differences between participants for the other delayed and probabilistic outcomes. Of significance, factor and correlational analyses showed that delay discounting of gains involves underlying processes that are different from those involved in probability discounting of gains, and that the processes underlying losses differ from those underlying gains. |
|
Preferences Reversal in Altruistic Behavior Along Different Physical Social Distances |
ALDO TOLEDO (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Raul Avila (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Abstract: Altruism is commonly defined as a behavior in which an individual (P0) gives a benefit to another person (PN) rather than retaining it for himself. A special case of altruism is one in which somebody has the option to give a benefit to one of two individuals who are at different social distances from him, and he gives the benefit to the socially more distant person (PN+M) rather than to the closer one (PN). Following this last definition, in the current study the stability of the altruistic behavior or whether there would be a preference-reversal effect was determined by decreasing social distance. Each of 117 participants were exposed to each of four social discounting tasks; in each task, the participants had to choose between a smaller reward for PN and a larger reward for PN+M. Social distance between PN+M and PN, and between the participant and PN, was varied within and between tasks, respectively. In general, participants showed lower social discounting rates (greater areas under the curve), or more "altruistic" behavior, as their distance from PN individuals increased. These findings contribute to the generality of the hyperbolic model as one that predicts preferences reversals in altruistic behavior. |
|
Resisting the "Temptation" to Obtain a Reward as a Paradigm of Self-Control Behavior in Humans |
RAUL AVILA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Brenda Estela Ortega (National Autonomus University of Mexico) |
Abstract: Self-control can be defined as refraining from obtaining an available reward until a pre-specified requirement is reached. This paradigm was developed with pigeons responding for food reinforcers. The generality of this paradigm to humans and to other reward types was tested in the current study. Thirty-two adults were exposed to pairs of TV videos. The first video was always presented within a time cycle, and the other video could be presented once the cycle elapsed, according to the following contingency. Trying to play the first video would remove it and cancel the second video presentation. Otherwise, if the person refrained from playing the first video, the second video presentation would occur once the cycle elapsed and could be played. Time-cycle lengths of 32, 64, or 128 s were combined with first-video durations of 8, 32, 64 or 128 s. As the duration of the first-video presentation increased, the percentage of second-video presentations earned per session decreased, and this effect was modulated by the time-cycle duration. The implications of this procedure for self-control theory and its relation with other self-control procedures, such as delay of gratification, are also discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Choice and Levels of Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Zurich FG, Swissotel |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Stephanie Gomes-Ng (University of Auckland) |
Discussant: Sarah Cowie (University of Auckland, New Zealand) |
Abstract: Traditionally, choice has been analyzed by aggregating responses to each alternative across several experimental sessions. Such extended-level analyses have shown that response ratios tend to match reinforcer ratios (the generalized matching law; Baum, 1974). However, extended-level analyses may not reveal the processes that may control choice. Thus, more recently, choice has been analyzed on a less-temporally-extended (‘local’) time-scale. These local analyses have shown that there are local-level regularities in choice, and these local choice processes may underlie extended-level choice. Some researchers have argued that these local-level regularities reflect the local effects of reinforcers on behavior, while others have argued that local-level regularities, such as the preference pulse, are merely artifacts of analysis type that arise due to more extended-level variables.
This symposium will present research and theory examining choice on different levels of analysis. Presentations will discuss whether local-level regularities in choice reflect the local effects of reinforcers, importance of contingency discriminability, the local- and extended-level effects of changeover delays on choice, local-level processes underlying suboptimal choice, and whether phylogenetic and ontogenetic explanations of behavior can be united to explain choice. |
Keyword(s): local choice, multi-scale selection, preference pulse, suboptimal choice |
|
Evolution as a General Theoretical Framework for an Explanation of Behavior |
CARSTA SIMON (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Abstract: Since biologists no longer limit themselves to studying the evolution of physical bodies but have developed theories of complex human behavior such as altruistic and cooperative actions (cf. group selection theory,) their area of study overlaps considerably with that of behavioral scientists. Behavior analysists study how environmental events during an organism's ontogeny correlate with changes in that organism's allocation of time to different activities. Those events cause changes in behavior because of their effect on the individual's relative fitness. Despite the overlap in topic areas, both biologists and behavioral scientists are largely uninformed about each other's work. How do biology and behavior analysis relate to each other? How can biology benefit from behavior analysis by paralleling the behaviorist's approach to developing explanations of behavior omitting human agency as a causal factor? How can behavior analysis benefit from Baum's (1994) introduction of the Multi-Scale View, which paves the road between the two disciplines by arguing for a selection of nested activities through their correlation with phylogenetically important events? By breaking ground for uniting phylogenetic and ontogenetic explanations of behavior, the answers to those questions not only benefit basic knowledge but can also inform effective public policy making. |
|
The Effects of Changeover Delays on Choice |
STEPHANIE GOMES-NG (University of Auckland) |
Abstract: In concurrent schedules with a changeover delay (COD), the cause of preference pulses (transient, extreme preference towards the just-reinforced alternative) is unknown. When a COD is arranged, reinforcers can only be obtained from the just-reinforced alternative in the seconds after a reinforcer; a switch to the not-just-reinforced alternative instigates the COD. This change in the local reinforcer differential may produce preference pulses. Alternatively, preference pulses may arise because the COD increases mean visit length, hence decreasing the probability of a switch after a reinforcer. We investigated which of these explanations best accounts for the COD’s effects on choice. Pigeons participated in four conditions, in which the COD either did not operate, only operated after switches not preceded by a reinforcer, only operated after the first switch since a reinforcer, or operated after all switches. Preference pulses were obtained in conditions with the longest visits; changes in the local reinforcer ratio were not always accompanied by changes in local choice. Thus, preference pulses may be attributed to the COD’s effects on mean visit length. However, subjects appeared unable to discriminate the local reinforcer ratio. The present results therefore highlight the importance of contingency discriminability in control by time-based contingency changes. |
|
Local Choice Processes Underlying Melioration: Extending the Findings of Vaughan (1981) |
VIKKI J. BLAND (The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Studies show that even when negative or harmful outcomes of choice patterns are signaled, humans and animals may continue to distribute choice sub-optimally. Sub-optimal choice may be defined as choice that results in less response-contingent reinforcement across time, relative to the overall availability of reinforcement. Sub-optimal choice may be the outcome of both global and local choice processes. One theory that attempts to explain sub-optimal choice is melioration theory (Herrnstein & Vaughan, 1980; Vaughan, 1981). Melioration theory suggests that organisms allocate their time between competing options in an attempt to equilibrate local rates of reinforcement to obtain a higher per unit return, rather than the greatest overall return. Whilst several studies have investigated and challenged melioration theory, there has been no direct replication of Vaughan’s seminal 1981 study. The present study used pigeons to replicate that study. Global and local choice analyses of results suggest that pigeons use different choice strategies to maximize overall rates of reinforcement, resulting in matching. However, when maximization and matching contingencies are placed in opposition to melioration contingencies, pigeons meliorate. These findings provide a platform for investigating operant procedures that may subvert the process of melioration, and potentially reduce the negative impact of sub-optimal choice. |
|
Local Effects of Reinforcement in Corrected Preference Pulses |
ANTHONY P. MCLEAN (Canterbury University), Randolph C. Grace (University of Canterbury), Rebecca Bodeker (University of Canterbury) |
Abstract: Preference pulses are intended to reveal what reinforcers do, locally, to responding in a choice situation. The characteristic shape of the preference pulse is determined largely by local probability of switching away from the currently-engaged choice alternative. Because this probability is generally low, preference pulses appear even in responding that occurs after an unreinforced response. Because switching probability may be further reduced immediately after reinforcement, preference pulses may be enhanced when constructed from post-reinforcer responding, but only the enhancement can be attributed to recent reinforcement. Thus, the difference between post-reinforcement and post non-reinforcement preference pulses might give a more accurate assessment of local reinforcement effects. In the present experiment, four pigeons responded on concurrent schedules in which some of the arranged reinforcers were delivered, and some were withheld. Separate preference pulses were constructed from responding that followed delivered and withheld reinforcers. In all four subjects, the difference between these preference pulses was initially very small, then increased and later, decreased. Thus, the local effects of reinforcement on do not appear immediately, as suggested by uncorrected preference pulses. This pattern is consistent with a visit-lengthening effect of reinforcement described by Buckner, Green and Myerson, and more recently by Baum. |
|
|
|
|
Consumer Behavior Analysis: Applications and Implications for Our Field |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel |
Area: OBM/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Shannon Biagi (Florida Institute of Technology and ABA Technologi) |
Discussant: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University) |
Abstract: There are many fields interested in the behavior of consumers (e.g., consumer psychology, consumer analysis, marketing, behavioral economics). Most of these are not behavior analytic, however behaviorists have ventured into these fields, expanding the Organizational Behavior Management literature in a discipline termed Consumer Behavior Analysis (Foxall, 2010). This symposium provides four demonstrations of applied behavior analysis applied to understanding the impact on consumer behavior. Rocha will be presenting on the transfer of care as it relates to patient care and patient safety at a hospital. Assemi and Rafacz will focus on behavior analytic methods to identify stimuli that may function as motivating operations and the utilization of these stimuli to increase healthy food selection at the point-of-purchase by consumers. Biagi and Rodriguez will present data and thoughts on the need for further behavior analytic approaches to examining the long-term impacts marketing and other strategies have in influencing consumer choice. Finally, Stratton et al., will be presenting a 5-year study aimed to determine whether increased availability and point-of-purchase promotion of healthy concession food options influenced consumer acceptance at county-owned waterparks. |
Keyword(s): Consumer Behavior, Motivating Operations, OBM, Patient Care |
|
Transfer of Care: Something to Talk About |
LILIANE DEAGUIAR-ROCHA (NYC Health + Hospitals/Kings County) |
Abstract: Communication is a central process that can enhance or hinder Patient Safety and affect Patient Experience. Shift Change meeting is a tool commonly used to report on patients conditions during transfer of care. The shift change meeting is designed using an easy and concise standardized framework highlighting important aspect of patients care that need to be discussed, commonly referred to as an SBAR (Situation, Background, Assessment, and Recommendation). This report investigated the effects of a checklist plus a verbal feedback procedure on the percentage of SBAR components discussed at a shift change meeting. This checklist included the following components: background, observation level, risk, strategy, and outcome. The study used an ABAB reversal design, which compared the percentage of all checklist components reported during baseline and intervention. Results showed that the percentage of components of SBAR discussed during the meeting increased when the intervention phase was implemented. Time spent on off-task behaviors and the length of the meeting substantially decreased during the intervention. In addition, follow up data indicated that rates of assaults and aggression, and the incident rate level on the unit steadily declined during three months following the intervention. |
|
Assessing Verbal Motivating Operations and How They May Influence Healthy Food Selection by Consumers |
KIAN ASSEMI (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: It has been well-established within the behavior analytic literature that there are numerous variables that will affect consumer behavior at the point-of-purchase. The field of consumer behavior analysis has expanded greatly upon a number of these variables and how they interact to alter the probability of purchasing behavior (Foxall, 2010). One such variable, that of motivating operations, has become particularly relevant to the broader field of Organizational Behavior Management over the last several years as evidenced by the increasing number of publications on the topic in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (Lotfizadeh, Edwards, & Poling, 2014). However, research on the motivative effect of antecedent stimuli on consumer behavior has been lacking (Fagerstrøm, Foxall, & Arntzen, 2010). As such, the current presentation will focus on behavior analytic methods to identify stimuli that may function as motivating operations and the utilization of these stimuli to increase healthy food selection at the point-of-purchase by consumers. |
|
Behavior Analytic Strategies in E-Marketing |
SHANNON BIAGI (Florida Institute of Technology and ABA Technologies, Inc), Manuel Rodriguez (ABA Technologies, Inc.) |
Abstract: There are many fields interested in the behavior of consumers (e.g., consumer psychology, consumer analysis, marketing, behavioral economics). Most of these are not behavior analytic, however behaviorists have ventured into these fields, expanding the Organizational Behavior Management literature in a discipline termed Consumer Behavior Analysis (Foxall, 2010). Technological advances have resulted in rapidly changing markets for goods of all kinds, the net result requiring organizations to systematically predict consumer choice, influence consumer behavior, and marketing or products/services. This presentation will focus on how an organization providing online education products has been utilizing behavior analytic methods towards evaluating the use of popular e-marketing techniques, including “newsletter” emails, social media and coupons to increase consumer behavior in the form of purchasing the products. Although a market such as online education is impacted by a vast array of variables (competition, learning histories, and motivation for e-learning) the presentation will present data and thoughts on the need for further behavior analytic approaches to examining the long-term impacts marketing and other consumer behavior strategies have in influencing consumer choice. |
|
Point-of-Purchase Advertising and Consumer Patterns of Healthier Food Choices: Examination of a 5-Year Community-Based Collaboration |
Jeanine Plowman Stratton (Furman University), SARAH LINDEN NEWBOLD (Furman Univercity) |
Abstract: Antecedents can influence consumer decision-making during point-of-purchase (POP) transactions. The purpose of this study was to determine whether increased availability and POP promotion of healthy concession food options influenced consumer acceptance at county-owned waterparks. An applied, five-year study was conducted at two Greenville County, South Carolina, waterparks serving between 75,000 and 100,000 patrons each season (10 weeks). Several POP antecedent interventions were assessed, where healthy options were labeled on menu boards and promoted throughout the park via banners and A-frame displays during the treatment seasons. Weekly sales data for each healthy concession option (summed as healthy sales) and all concession options (total sales) were collected during the comparison season in 2011 and in each intervention season (2012-2015). Consumer selection of healthy food options was assessed by analyzing unit and net sales data. Findings indicate increased availability and POP promotion of healthy menu options may positively influence consumer acceptance. Sustained acceptance of healthy menu options for four years is promising, but additional promotional methods may be warranted to further increase consumer acceptance of healthy options. Implications for behavior analysis work in consumer behavior and marketing practices will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
Treatment Integrity in Behavioral Interventions |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom D, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University) |
Discussant: Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York) |
CE Instructor: Mandy J. Rispoli, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The success of behavioral interventions relies in part on the accuracy with which the intervention is implemented. Coaching and performance feedback are two of the most commonly researched approaches of changing interventionist behavior in applied behavior analysis. However, the feasibility of these practices can be challenging in school and home settings. This symposium will present empirical data from four studies evaluating innovations in enhancing treatment integrity of behavior analytic interventions for young children. The first two single case research studies evaluate teacher self-monitoring on behavioral interventions fidelity in Head Start centers. The second two papers present results from parent-implement interventions to increase social-communication skills in young children with autism spectrum disorder. Dr. Peter Sturmey will offer a discussion regarding the potential impact of behavioral interventions to increase treatment fidelity among teachers and parents. He will also reflect on factors that may enhance the generalization and maintenance of teacher and parent implemented behavioral interventions |
|
The Effects of Preschool Teacher Self-Monitoring on Classroom Transitions |
MANDY J. RISPOLI (Purdue University), Lisa Rodriguez Sanchez (Texas A&M University), Jennifer Ninci (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: Self-monitoring is a low cost intervention that enables performance feedback while minimizing reliance on outside personnel. Self-monitoring involves observing ones own behavior and recording those observations. While self-monitoring has extensive research support in the literature as an intervention strategy for students with disabilities, relatively little research has been conducted evaluating self-monitoring for teachers. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of preschool teacher self-monitoring within a practice-based coaching framework on teacher fidelity of class-wide transitions. Results of this multiple baseline design across teachers demonstrate that teacher fidelity of transition practices increased to 100% for all three Head Start teachers with the practice-based coaching plus self-monitoring intervention. The percentage of 10 s intervals in which all children were engaged in appropriate transition behaviors also increased with the teacher intervention. Each teacher identified a student in need of additional behavioral supports during transition. Challenging behavior for each of these three students decreased to low levels following teacher self-monitoring and practice-based coaching. |
|
A Step Ahead: Multi-Tiered Professional Development Supports |
KATE ASCETTA (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effect of a preschool teacher intervention around the use self-monitoring and the use online learning modules. The study involved two intervention phases: (a) universal supports - use of an in-service training around daily self-monitoring and instructional supports focused on language modeling strategies, and (b) secondary supports - online learning modules that provided exemplars of the operationally defined instructional supports. The first phase involved 7 Head Start lead teachers who all received the universal supports. The teachers (4 in total) who required additional professional development supports received the second phase; which provided them with access to the online learning modules. Treatment effects were evaluated using individual single-case research design (two concurrent multiple baseline designs across classrooms). The teachers daily self-reported their frequency of use of specific language modeling strategies. The results suggested that the exposure to self-monitoring was effect in increasing all teachers use of language modeling strategies. However, the use of the online learning modules, specifically the video exemplars, increased the consistent use of strategies by the teachers. |
|
A Parent Implemented Play Based Early Social Skills Intervention |
Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon), SARAH HANSEN (University of Oregon), Tracy Raulston (University of Oregon), Rebecca frantz (Universityof Oregon) |
Abstract: Joint attention is a pivotal social communication skill often missed in young children with ASD. Joint attention is the shared and alternating attention of two individuals on an object or event, and has implications for later communication and social communication skills. This study used a concurrent multiple-baseline design across four parent-child dyads to train parents to teach response to joint attention behaviors to their 3-6 year old children with moderate to severe ASD. Parents were trained on strategies including elements of DTT and naturalistic instruction and implemented the intervention in brief 10 minute sessions 2-3 times per week. Results indicate parent mastery of intervention and substantial increase in child response to joint attention behaviors both prompted and unprompted. Implications for practice and areas for future research are discussed. |
|
Responsive Interaction Parent Training |
TERRY HANCOCK (Texas State University), Katherine Ledbetter-Cho (Texas State University), Caitlin Murphy (Texas State University), Mariana Cardenas (Texas State University), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos) |
Abstract: A manualized protocol designed to teach parents a series of intervention components designed to improve the language of children with autism spectrum disorders was developed and tested with 21 parent child dyads arranged in a series on multiple baseline designs. Parents were taught to (a) follow their childs lead in play; (b) match conversation turns; (c) mirror their childs play; (d) expand on childs utterances; (e) arrange the environment; and (e) prompt language at target level. Previous research aimed at teaching parents similar target skills required 24 to more than 30 sessions of instruction. The manualized protocol developed here resulted in parents reaching mastery in only 6 sessions. Child language was measured and improvements in language were found (e.g., increased mands, mean length of utterance and language diversity). This presentation will describe the development and content of the parent training protocol and present representative data from parents and their children. |
|
|
|
|
Planning for the New BACB Compliance Code: Exploring How Ethical Behavior is Taught Across Different Behavior Analytic Training Programs |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
8:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Zurich E, Swissotel |
Area: TPC/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Shawn Patrick Quigley (University of New Mexico Medical Group) |
Discussant: Matthew T. Brodhead (Purdue University) |
CE Instructor: Shawn Patrick Quigley, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) has recently announced a change in the ethical guidelines for credentialed behavior analysts. Specifically, a new enforceable compliance code (i.e., Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts) was developed and will take effect in January 2016. The new Code is intended to more clearly present ethical expectations and expand the range of professional conduct (BACB, 2014). Given the new Code and its intent for creation, it seems reasonable that the new Code would affect pre-service training of behavior analysts to ensure newly credentialed behavior analysts have the prerequisite skills to understand and follow the Code. The purpose of this symposium is to provide an overview of four different training programs and how each program is providing pre-service training specific to the new Code. Presenters are from varied training programs that provide training on campus, online, hybrid (online and on campus) and within community-based practicums. |
Keyword(s): Compliance Code, Ethics, Supervision, Training |
|
Developing Ethical Behavior Analysts in a New BCBA Program |
JEFFREY MICHAEL CHAN (Northern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Much emphasis is placed on ethical behavior of practitioners and researchers within the field of behavior analysis. Programs across the globe face the challenge of training and supporting behavior analysts to make ethically sound decisions. The formation of a new Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) approved course sequence at Northern Illinois University will be discussed, including the development of a course devoted to ethical behavior against the backdrop of a state with a long history of well-publicized malfeasance. Our program primarily recruits school-based practitioners. As such, our approach focuses on applying ethical principles in school settings, where the multiple interests of students, families, teachers, administrators, and various service providers often come in conflict, and interventions with little or no research base are used regularly with students with disabilities. An overview of the course will be described, as well as student feedback from the course. |
|
Ethics and Applied Behavior Analysis in Online Education |
SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University), Laura Bassette (Ball State University) |
Abstract: Correct application of our ethical standards to every day practice requires a thorough and fluent knowledge of the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts and consistent vigilance. In addition, skilled practitioners are able to “unpack” complex cases and separate personal views from ethical concerns. Fine discrimination between similar yet meaningfully different environmental conditions and behaviors is never more important than in ethical practice. In order to achieve our goal of highly ethical practice, professors must teach using methods that help students develop their knowledge, vigilance, and capacity to make fine discriminations when confronted with complex cases. Given the sensitive nature of many ethical concerns, professors need to create a classroom climate that encourages intense engagement in the learning process and participation in robust discussion. Online professors must take particular care to use innovative methods to create this climate. This presentation discusses how online professors can teach ethics courses in a manner that achieves these goals. |
|
Ethical Behavior in Behavior Analysis: Ensuring Code Compliance for Individuals and Organizations |
Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), LORRAINE OTTE (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The BACB's New Ethical and Professional Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts is the standard for the professional behavior of behavior analysts. It is also our compass- the main source for information about navigating ethical challenges and inculcating the values of the profession into students and trainees. Information on how this can be approached from a teaching/training perspective will be shared. In particular, strategies for teaching ethical decision-making will be described. Specific strategies for helping young professionals to adhere to the code and to reduce their risk of noncompliance will be discussed. The need for signal detection skills and resource management skills will be highlighted. In addition, considerations for the promotion of ethical behavior will be discussed at both the individual and organization levels. |
|
What Would You Do? Making Real Life Ethical Dilemmas Learning Opportunities for Practicum Students |
JESSICA E. FRIEDER (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Students completing practicum and community based training are faced with a myriad of ethical dilemmas that may vary based on client population, setting, and behavior analytic services being trained and delivered. Preparing students for the wide array of ethical quandaries they may encounter in supervised experiences and beyond can seem like an enormous task in and of itself especially when balancing this with the many other direct service skills students need to be able to proficiently demonstrate. This talk will focus on strategies for embedding exercises that engage ethical problem solving into practicum and community based training practices. A variety of examples and resources will be highlighted including mechanisms for coordination of activities and teaching opportunities with community sites. |
|
|
|
|
Interventions Using Technology for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Leslie Singer (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University) |
CE Instructor: Leslie Singer, M.A. |
Abstract: This symposium will present some of the latest research that utilizes technology in the form of videos and iPads with children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The first study evaluated the speed of acquisition and level of generalization of tacts across three different stimulus modes: picture-flashcard, video clip, and 3D object. Results indicated that two of the three participants learned tacts slightly faster when using the video clip mode compared to the other two modes. The second study evaluated if participants engaged in higher rates of problem behavior when using traditional materials or an iPad to complete school work. Results indicated that one participant only engaged in problem behavior when using traditional materials and all three participants chose to do work on the iPad when provided a choice between the two materials. Implications from the results for both studies will be discussed in detail. |
Keyword(s): iPad, stimulus modes, tacts, video clips |
|
Acquisition and Generalization of Tacts Across Stimulus Modes in Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
LUZ CORREA (Positive Behavior Supports Corp; University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Timothy M. Weil (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Labeling everyday objects and actions is a foundational skill for the development of language (Sundberg & Partington, 1998) which is vital for reading comprehension and proficiency in vocal communication (Wood, 2001). Tacting is a complex task that encompasses objects or events with arbitrary and particular names (Greer, Yuan, & Gautreux, 2005). This study evaluated the speed of acquisition and level of generalization of tacts across three different stimulus modes: picture-flashcard, video clip, and 3D object. Three young children diagnosed with autism participated in this study. The acquisition of tacts was evaluated during Discrete Trial Training sessions (DTT). Two of the three participants learned the tacts more rapidly in the video clip condition in contrast with the picture condition. All three participants generalized the three tacts learned through a specific stimulus mode to the remaining stimulus modes. One week after the generalization test, all participants generalized to all novel 3D objects. The use of video clips to teach tacts to children with autism may be a useful method for teachers or instructors who do not have easy access to a variety of settings, as well as for the development of verbal behavior teaching programs. |
|
The Evaluation of Tablets to Increase Compliance and Decrease Problem Behaviors in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
LESLIE SINGER (University of South Florida), Chau Vo (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Tablets are being incorporated into interventions with children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. So far research has focused mainly on academics and communication, but only one study has evaluated using tablets to decrease escape maintained behaviors. The purpose of this study was to replicate the effects of the study by Neely et al. (2013) and also determine if the tablet served as a reinforcer for three participants with escape maintained behaviors. A multiple baseline with an alternating treatment design was utilized in the first phase in which academic work was completed on either traditional materials or the tablet. The following phases for each participant were dependent on the prior phase, with a final choice phase. All participants showed lower levels of problem behaviors and higher levels of compliance when tablets were introduced contingent upon completing work. For all participants, the tablet was chosen 100% of the time, and two participants had 100% accuracy and compliance while using the tablet. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Skill Acquisition With Children With Autism |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Megan Michelle St. Clair (Institute for Effective Behavioral Intervention) |
Discussant: Timothy M. Weil (Tandem Behavioral Health and Wellness) |
CE Instructor: Megan Michelle St. Clair, M.A. |
Abstract: Early intensive behavioral intervention is a well-established treatment for children with autism spectrum disorders. However, many details of treatment have yet to be individually empirically evaluated. For example, ample research supports both more-structured teaching procedures (e.g., discrete trial training) and less-structured teaching procedures (e.g., natural environment training) but little research has evaluated strategies for combining them in optimal proportions. In addition, relatively little research has evaluated procedures for teaching children with autism to identify and respond to the private events of others. This symposium brings together two studies that address these topics. The symposium concludes with a discussion by Dr. Timothy Weil. |
Keyword(s): DTT, knowing, NET, perspective taking |
|
Comparison of Pure Natural Environment Training to Blended Discrete Trial and Natural Environment Training |
COURTNEY TARBOX LANAGAN (FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids), Stephanie Paden (FirstSteps for Kids), Danielle Pederson (FirstSteps for Kids) |
Abstract: Naturalistic behavioral skill acquisition procedures have been used with children since the 1960s and continue to be an integral component of comprehensive early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) programs for children with autism. Some advocates of natural environment training (NET) suggest that NET is virtually always superior to structured teaching procedures such as discrete trial training (DTT) and several studies have compared NET-only to DTT-only and shown that NET was superior. However, it can be argued that such research evaluated what amounts to a false comparison because they evaluated DTT implemented alone. Most comprehensive EIBI programs today implement a combination of DTT and NET and few behavior analysts would suggest that DTT ever be used without any other more naturalistic approaches. Therefore, the purpose the current study is to compare NET-only to DTT combined with NET for the acquisition and generalization of verbal behavior in children with autism. This combination mirrors more closely what is actually done in contemporary comprehensive EIBI programs. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism to Identify and Explain Known and Unknown Information Across Self and Others |
MEGAN MICHELLE ST. CLAIR (Institute for Effective Behavioral Intervention), Adel C. Najdowski (ABRITE), Angela M. Persicke (Autism Research Group, Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)), Kristin V. Gunby (Breakthrough Autism), Jennifer Chu (Breakthrough Autism) |
Abstract: All previous research regarding perspective-taking has solely addressed the use of sight to acquire knowledge and perspective. No previous studies, of which we are aware, have sought to systematically teach children with autism how to identify and explain known and unknown information across oneself and others using a wider variety of senses. Therefore, the purpose of the current research study was to extend behavioral research on the topic of knowing by evaluating the effectiveness of a multiple exemplar training package that included rules, modeling, practice, and feedback, in teaching children with autism to identify and explain information that is known and unknown to themselves and others based on sensory perspective taking and experience. |
|
|
|
|
Autism and ABA in the Public School Classroom |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Suzannah J. Iadarola (University of Rochester) |
|
A Manualized Program to Support Transitions Within Classroom Routines for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Child and Teacher Outcomes |
Domain: Applied Research |
SUZANNAH J. IADAROLA (University of Rochester Medical Center), Tristram Smith (University of Rochester Medical Center), Wendy Shih (University of California, Los Angeles) |
|
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are included in public education settings at increasing rates, but they frequently experience difficulties (e.g., disruption, noncompliance, aggression) with transitions during daily routines. Behavioral techniques to support transitions have been identified through single-subject research studies, but these strategies have not yet been tested in packaged interventions, which may be more easily implemented in school settings. We developed and evaluated Schedules, Tools, and Activities for Transitions (STAT), a manualized intervention of ABA-based supports to facilitate successful transitions for students with ASD (K-5) in self-contained classrooms. Across three sites (LA, Philadelphia, Rochester, NY), classrooms in under-resourced, urban school districts were randomized to treatment (STAT program) or waitlist control. Intervention components included antecedent-based strategies, teaching strategies, and reinforcement. STAT showed effects over waitlist on (a) teacher-nominated target problems (?2=13.996, p=0.003) and (b) classroom-based problem behavior (SSQ; Mcontrol = .67; Mtreatment = .72), but not on (c) classroom independence (ABAS; Mcontrol = 4.51; Mtreatment = 4.32). Teacher fidelity and ratings of implementation and buy-in were all acceptable-to-high. A teacher-mediated behavioral program was successfully implemented at multiple sites. It was beneficial for aspects of student behavior, feasible to implement with high fidelity, and perceived as sustainable in real-world settings. |
|
Autism Spectrum Disorders and Evidence Based Practices: A State-Wide Exploration of Public School Programming |
Domain: Applied Research |
DR. SUMMER FERRERI (Michign State University), Sara Bolt (Michigan State University), Carolyn Shivers (Virginia Tech) |
|
Abstract: Objective: The purpose of this investigation was to provide a preliminary exploration of (a) public school programming provided to students with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) across the state of Michigan, (b) the extent to which public school approaches were evidence-based practices (EBP), and (c) how such practices vary by school district.
Method: A systematic sampling process was used to collect information from 194 school professionals from various socioeconomic backgrounds and geographical regions statewide. Educators used an online survey to report on practices they used with a single child with ASD in their classroom.
Results: All teachers report using at least one EBP, and four of the top five most commonly reported practices are empirically supported. However, not all of these practices are used frequently, and their use varies by geographic location.
Conclusions: The infrequent use of EBPs suggests a need for more training for educators. More research is needed into what factors predict the use of EBPs and how to better equip school professionals to work with students with ASD. |
|
|
|
|
|
Examining the Predictive Validity of the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure: Three Mental Illness Stigma Studies |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Kail H. Seymour (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Kail H. Seymour, M.A. |
Abstract: The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is a behavioral measure originally created to examine derived relational responding. For over a decade, the IRAP has also been used to study a related concept, implicit bias, across multiple domains (e.g., body image, self-esteem, racism, etc.). This computerized measure of response latency has produced results that resemble data from other similar measures that were originally created to assess implicit bias. However, IRAP procedural differences allow a parsing of the experimental stimuli that produces a finer-grain analysis of implicit bias data. Some researchers have used the IRAP to investigate implicit bias related to mental illness. For example, overarching mental illness stigma and social categorization have recently been examined using a combination of both IRAP and self-report data, rather than by self-report data alone. The three presentations herein will discuss whether D-IRAP scores (implicit bias/stigma) predict willingness to interact with people suffering with schizophrenia, posttraumatic stress disorder, or attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Specifically, participant responding to vignettes about interacting with people who have, and who do not have, these three diagnoses was used to assess the predictive validity of the IRAP. |
Keyword(s): Bias, Implicit Responding, Mental Illness, Stigma |
|
Measuring Explicit and Implicit Biases Toward Both Diagnosed and Undiagnosed Schizophrenia: A Predictive Validity Study |
TIA RICHARDSON (Southern Illinois Univerity), Kail H. Seymour (Southern Illinois University), Sunni Primeaux (Southern Illinois University), Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: This study used self-report measures and the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) to investigate the relationship between explicit and implicit biases towards schizophrenia. The participants from an introductory psychology class at a Midwestern university were randomly assigned to this study. After completing multiple self-reports, the participants read matched vignettes, created by the researchers, about two people struggling with symptoms of schizophrenia. One vignette noted the person as having been diagnosed with schizophrenia, whereas the other contained no such diagnosis. Then, after receiving IRAP instructions, participants completed an IRAP using the names of the people from the vignettes (sample stimuli) and healthy/sick words (target stimuli). Following the IRAP, the participants completed two Social Distance Scales (SDS). The SDS measured the participants willingness to interact with individuals who were specifically diagnosed with schizophrenia and individuals who received no diagnosis. The primary purpose of this study was to assess whether the D-IRAP scores (i.e., implicit bias) are predictive of differences in SDS scores for those diagnosed, and those not diagnosed, with schizophrenia. Data on these issues will be presented and discussed. |
|
Does the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure Predict Interaction With People Suffering From Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder? |
JORDEN THOMAS (Southern Illinois University), Kail H. Seymour (Southern Illinois University), Sunni Primeaux (Southern Illinois University), Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: This study examined whether certain implicit and explicit bias measures could predict participant interaction with people suffering with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) symptoms. Participants were sampled from an introductory psychology class at a Midwestern university. Implicit (i.e., automatic) biases were measured using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP), whereas explicit (i.e., more controlled) biases were measured via self-report questionnaires. After completing several self-report surveys and reading vignettes about people suffering with diagnosed and undiagnosed ADHD, participants completed an IRAP tailored to measure ADHD stigma. After the IRAP, students completed the Social Distance Scale (SDS) to measure willingness to interact with the people from the vignettes. It was hypothesized that D-IRAP and questionnaire scores would reflect stronger stigmatization toward those who carry an ADHD diagnosis compared to those who exhibit ADHD symptomology in the absence of such a diagnosis. Further, it was expected that the D-IRAP scores would better predict willingness to interact with both people who are diagnosed with, and those who are undiagnosed but suffer from, ADHD. Data regarding these issues will be discussed during this presentation. |
|
The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure as a Predictive Measure of Stigmatization Toward Posttraumatic Stress Disorder |
ISAIAH THOMPSON (Southern Illinois University), Kail H. Seymour (Southern Illinois University), Sunni Primeaux (Southern Illinois University), Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Stigmatization can negatively impact people suffering from a diagnosed mental disorder. While some stereotypes may be attached to mental disorders in general, particular disorders may have specific stigmas. In previous mental health stigma studies, self-report (explicit bias) measures have assessed the participants attitudes toward a person diagnosed with a particular disorder. However, these measures may not be predictive of the participants behavior toward that individual. The Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP), a reasonably reliable and valid measure of implicit bias, may have utility in predicting such behavior. The present study involved (a) administering a number of self-report measures, (b) reading two vignettes about individuals struggling with posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD), one of which that has been diagnosed as such, (c) an IRAP involving positive and negative words associated with the health of the individuals from the vignettes, and (d) two Social Distance Scales about the people described in the vignettes. Two major hypotheses include that the D-IRAP (implicit bias) scores will reflect stronger, unfavorable stigma toward those with a PTSD diagnosis (versus those with PTSD symptoms that have not been diagnosed with PTSD), and the implicit bias scores will predict social distance scores (i.e., willingness to interact) for both vignettes. |
|
|
|
|
Novel Behavioral Economic Approaches to Measuring Substance Abuse Severity and Motivating Change |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Steven R. Lawyer, Ph.D. |
Chair: Steven R. Lawyer (Idaho State University) |
JAMES MURPHY (University of Memphis) |
Dr. James Murphy is a Professor of Psychology at the University of Memphis and the Director of the Clinical Psychology Doctoral Program. He is also an Adjunct Associate Professor at the Brown University Center for Alcohol and Addiction Studies. He completed his Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology at Auburn University in 2003 and a clinical internship and NIAAA-sponsored postdoctoral research fellowship at Brown University. Dr. Murphy has published over 100 papers related to young adult drinking and drug use and behavioral economics. He has conducted numerous clinical trials of brief motivational interventions for young adult drinkers and drug users. He has also developed and evaluated a novel behavioral economic supplement to brief motivational interventions that attempts to increase engagement in constructive alternatives to drinking. His research also explores novel behavioral economic predictors of substance abuse problem severity, treatment outcome, and mechanisms of behavior change. Dr. Murphy’s research has been funded by the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, the U.S. Department of Education, and the Alcohol Research Foundation. He is an Assistant Editor for the journal Addiction and a Consulting Editor for Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs, and Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. |
Abstract: Young adults report greater levels of drug and alcohol misuse than any other age or demographic group yet they rarely report significant substance dependence or any desire to participate in formal substance abuse treatment. Dr. Murphy's presentation will focus on novel behavioral economic approaches to understanding risk, quantifying severity, and motivating change in substance use in high-risk young adult populations. Dr. Murphy has developed and evaluated a brief behavioral economic intervention approach that attempts to increase engagement in patterns of goal-directed substance-free activities that are associated with delayed reinforcement and will describe the treatment elements and outcomes. He has also developed and evaluated demand curve and relative behavioral allocation indices of reward value and will present data on their clinical relevance in the prediction of substance abuse severity and treatment response. |
Target Audience: Undergraduate students, graduate students, and professionals in psychology and behavior analysis |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) develop familiarity with behavioral economic theories of addiction; (2) develop familiarity with demand curve and relative reinforcing efficacy assessment approaches based on behavioral economic theory; (3) develop familiarity with behavioral economic brief intervention approaches to reduce alcohol and drug misuse. |
|
|
|
|
Cultural Analysis: Conceptual Issues and Practical Application |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel |
Area: CSE |
Chair: Kalliu Carvalho Couto (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
|
Unifying Cultural Analysis: An Evolutionary/Selectionist Approach |
Domain: Theory |
KALLIU CARVALHO COUTO (Oslo and Akershus University College), Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
|
Abstract: In Selection by Consequences, Skinner (1981) described a causal model to explain natural selection, shaping of individual behavior and the evolution of cultures. This causal model is at the core of Behavior Analysis and may serve as a point of departure for communication with other fields of study. At the individual level, knowledge produced by Behavior Analysis has led to effective technology of intervention and greatly improving the methodology of interventions in various areas such as education, organizations and clinical settings. However, methods focusing on individuals, families and small groups have limited success when applied to large-scale issues (Biglan, 1995). We are still challenged on how to effectively influence social issues generated by large populations, such as pollution, crime control, global warming, drug abuse, academic failure. Fortunately, in the last 40 years a variety of fields of study (e.g. Behavior Analysis, Behavioral Economics, Evolutionary Biology) have worked to produce and improve a technology of intervention in the third level of analysis (cultural). In this paper, we will discuss how an evolutionary/selectionist perspective may unify cultural analysis from different perspectives. |
|
Large-Scale Behavior Change Through Policy-Making and Community Interventions: A Behavior Analytic Approach |
Domain: Theory |
LISA M. TODD (Wayne State University School of Medicine), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University) |
|
Abstract: The maintenance and improvement of health and safety at the population level are important considerations of recent revisions to both law and policy. The goal of these revisions is to improve quality, access, and choice, while reducing public and private costs. In general, policy makers understand that they are dealing with behavior, but often attempt to do so inexpertly, nonspecifically, or indirectly, through metaphorical statements about attitudes and vague calls for increased attention to _____. Behavior analysts have the skills, expertise, and scientific background to effectively contribute to these change efforts. In particular, we understand how to analyze the contingencies that might give rise to behavior that interferes with achieving stated goals, and how to create the desired behavior when it does not exist. However, stakeholders typically do not seek us out, and we do not usually know how to invite ourselves to the discussion table. The purpose of this presentation is to explore opportunities and strategies for behavior analysts to increase their contributions to the changing structure of health and safety management. |
|
|
|
|
|
Self-Instructing With Mobile Technology for Individuals With Intellectual Disability: Training to Use the Technology, Implementation, and Efficiency |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia) |
CE Instructor: Kevin Ayres, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes data from a series of three studies evaluating means for teaching and using self-instructional procedures for individuals with intellectual disabilities. Each study provides an overview of different means to teach individuals with intellectual disability to self instruct and then use that skill to learn other skills. The final study then evaluates the efficiency of self-instruction compared to teacher directed instruction. In sum, this selection of studies provides evidence and rationale for considering broader instructional targets for individuals with intellectual disability. Broadening the focus to teach pivotal skills (rather than discrete specific skills) provides opportunities for individuals to select and pursue learning across environments with a system of self-instruction. The results are discussed in relation to their potential impact for independent living, employment, and community integration. Further, the researchers will discuss the relevance of these procedures to bridge the gap from school based instruction to community instruction and transitions from high school to community settings. |
Keyword(s): self-instruction, student-delivered instruction, transition, video modeling |
|
Teaching Students With Intellectual Disability to Use Self-Directed Video Prompting |
HELEN I. CANNELLA-MALONE (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of a system of most-to-least prompts to teach four adolescents with moderate-to-severe intellectual and developmental disabilities to use an iPod Touch and a video prompting app (inPromptu) independently. All four students learned to use the technology and app independently and two students were able to self-direct to learn a novel skill. |
|
Using Student-Delivered Video Modeling to Teach Vocational Tasks to Young Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
RYAN KELLEMS (Brigham Young University) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the effectiveness of student-delivered video modeling through a video iPod as a means of teaching job-related to tasks to four young adults with autism spectrum disorder at their employment settings. All of the participants were able to independently use the mobile technology and complete three novel vocational jobs. |
|
Comparison of Teacher- and Student-Delivered Instruction for Adolescents With Intellectual Disability |
SALLY BEREZNAK SHEPLEY (The University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: a. This study evaluated the effects video prompting when presented as teacher-delivered instruction (TDI) and when presented as student-delivered instruction (SDI) on skill acquisition for four adolescent or adult females with an intellectual disability. Results indicated that three participants were able to acquire a novel skill within similar a similar number of sessions and time with both TDI and SDI, while one participant only reached criterion levels of responding when instruction was provided by a teacher. |
|
|
|
|
Neuroscience of Self, Mindfulness Meditation, and Neuropsychiatric Applications in Traumatic Brain Injury and Intellectual Disabilities |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Andrew W. Gardner, Ph.D. |
Chair: Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
RANDALL BUZAN (Learning Services Neurobehavioral Institute) |
Dr. Buzan graduated summa cum laude from the University of Michigan with a BS in Psychology, Alpha Omega Alpha from U-M Medical School, and completed his psychiatry residency at the University of Colorado and analytic training at the Denver Institute. He completed a fellowship in psychopharmacology at the University of Colorado and another mini-fellowship in electroconvulsive therapy at Duke. Randy had 6 additional years of training in psychotherapy at the Denver Institute for Psychoanalysis, and now serves on their faculty. He joined the psychiatry faculty at the medical school and did psychopharmacology and neuropsychiatry research for 9 years, also serving as Director of the Psychiatric Emergency Services at University Hospital, Co-Director of the Electroconvulsive Therapy service, and Director of Psychiatric Outpatient Services. Randy served as a peer reviewer for the Journal of Neuropsychiatry, is a Distinguished Fellow of the American Psychiatric Association, and has published 25 papers and book chapters and presented nationally on treatment of brain injury and developmental disabilities. Randy consulted for 24 years at two Colorado’s Regional Centers for ID individuals, and continues to consult at Craig Hospital and Learning Services on TBI and spinal cord injury. |
Abstract: Western dualistic conceptions of "mind" and "self" create unrealistic behavioral expectations of patients for themselves, for their families, and for professionals alike. An alternative neuroscience-based conceptualization of the self allows a deeper and ultimately more forgiving model of human behavior. This lecture presents emerging perspectives on the neuroscience of self and reviews the accumulating data on the science of mindfulness meditation. Specific application of these concepts and of mindfulness training in traumatic brain injury and intellectual disorders is also discussed. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and clinicians treating behavior issues in individuals with traumatic brain injuries or intellectual disabilities. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the event, the participant will be able to: (1) discuss the Mind:Body dilemma in Western philosophy and the solution proposed by the Embodiment Theory; (2) understand the location of the default network and possible neuroanatomic location of the Self; (3) appreciate the growing empirical evidence supporting the utility of mindfulness meditation in a variety of disorders; (4) perform a brief Mindfulness, Metta, and gratitude meditation procedure. |
|
|
|
|
Improving Clinical Practice Through Translational Research on Conditioned Reinforcers and Delayed Punishment |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Zurich AB, Swissotel |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Christopher J. Perrin (Georgian Court University) |
CE Instructor: Christopher J. Perrin, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The link between basic and applied branches of behavior analysis has often flowed from the laboratory to the clinical setting. This flow has led to technologies that have promoted meaningful outcomes for clients in a variety of settings. At times however, questions arise in the applied realm that are best examined in a more controlled environment. This symposium presents three talks illustrating the intersection between basic preparations and clinical practice via what is commonly coined translational research. All three talks use preparations inspired from basic research involving human participants to inform the design of interventions commonly implemented in applied settings. Two talks discuss different aspects of interventions involving conditioned reinforcers. The first talk presents data from a study which examined establishing and maintaining the effects of conditioned reinforcers. The second talk presents data examining the generalized effects of conditioned reinforcers. The third talk presents data from an investigation of delayed punishment. Specifically, the effects of a verbal rule on the efficacy of delayed punishment were evaluated |
Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcement, delayed punishment, generalized reinforcement, translational research |
|
Procedures in Establishing, Testing, and Maintaining Conditioned Reinforcers for Individuals With Disabilities |
YANNICK SCHENK (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: A common characteristic of individuals with developmental disabilities is a restricted range of interest. Developing procedures to establish new reinforcers could promote the acquisition of new skills and reduce decreases in motivation related to repeated presentation of the same reinforcer or natural shifts in interest. Two procedures have been reported in the research literature on establishing neutral stimuli as conditioned reinforcerspairing and the SD procedures. Few applied studies have directly evaluated the use of these procedures. Also, additional research is necessary to determine their effectiveness and whether effects can be maintained. The purpose of this study was to (a) to compare the pairing and the SD procedures in the development of conditioned reinforcers, (b) to test the effectiveness of the reinforcers using progressive ratio (PR) schedules of reinforcement, and (c) to evaluate the robustness of reinforcing effects. |
|
A Comparison of the Durability of Specific and Generalized Reinforcers |
CHRISTOPHER J. PERRIN (Georgian Court University), Cynthia Policastro-Smith (Toms River Regional Schools) |
Abstract: Although commonly used in clinical practice, the properties of token economies in general and tokens in particular have received insufficient attention in the literature. One area with limited attention is that of the generalized functions of reinforcers. Specifically, the extent to which generalized reinforcers are more durable than specific reinforcers remains unclear. Progressive ratio (PR) schedules of reinforcement are well suited for this analysis as they measure the durability of reinforcers under increasing response effort. That is, a more durable reinforcer will have a higher break point than a less durable reinforcer. The purpose of this study was to use PR schedules to compare the break points for specific and generalized reinforcers. Children with autism completed computer based academic tasks with increasing response requirements to earn a) specific reinforcers, b) tokens paired with a specific reinforcer, or c) tokens paired with multiple terminal reinforcers. Results and implications for future research and program design will be discussed. |
|
Altering Contingent and Contiguous Responding by Incorporating Rules With Delayed Punishers |
JAMES NICHOLSON MEINDL (The University of Memphis), Neal Miller (University of Memphis), Laura Baylot Casey (University of Memphis) |
Abstract: Delayed punishers are typically less effective than immediate punishers at suppressing behavior. Another disadvantage is that delayed punishers may inadvertently decrease the responses they immediately follow but are not contingent upon. Occasionally, however, delayed punishers may be necessary, so developing effective strategies to maximize the effects of a delayed punisher is crucial. One strategy for increasing the suppressive effect of a delayed punisher is to provide a verbal rule describing the contingency related to the punisher. It is unclear, however, whether this strategy minimizes the effect of the delayed punisher on contiguous (but not contingent) responses, which would be particularly important from a clinical perspective. In this study, five college-age students engaged with a computer program consisting of four conditions: immediate punishment, delayed punishment, delayed rule without punishment, and delayed rule with punishment. The purpose of this study was to determine whether the addition of a verbal rule altered the effect of a delayed punisher on both contingent and contiguous responses. Results indicate that adding a verbal rule not only increased the suppressive effect of a delayed punisher on contingent responses, but also decreased the likelihood that the delayed punisher would suppress the response it immediately followed. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Applications in Educational Settings for Students of All Ages |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Michele R. Traub (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Michele R. Traub, M.S. |
Abstract: A strong literature base exists for behavioral interventions in elementary and special-education classrooms, but fewer studies have examined the role of behavior analysis in teaching skills and managing behavior in general education settings, with older students, or with preschool-aged children. This symposium will detail recent applications of behavioral programs with these less common populations. The first paper addresses a common prerequisite behavior needed for children to succeed in school: appropriate sitting. This paper details a treatment package used to teach preschool-aged children to sit appropriately for short periods of academic task presentation. The second paper focuses on the use of group contingencies in middle-school classrooms to increase duration of on-task behavior and rate of worksheet completion. Finally, the third paper will address interventions used in college classrooms to increase student attendance and engagement in class. Overall, this symposium aims to educate the listener on applications of behavioral principles, at both individual and group levels, within educational contexts in which behavior analysis is not currently a common approach to classroom management. |
Keyword(s): Classroom Engagement, General Education, University Teaching |
|
Teaching Pre-Academic Skills: Evaluating a Treatment Package to Teach Preschoolers to Sit Appropriately |
Catherine B Simms (Florida Children's Institute), MICHELE R. TRAUB (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Kara L. Wunderlich (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: For individuals who are early in their learning career (e.g., preschool, kindergarten) one of the first skills they need to learn is to sit at a table and tolerate a therapist or teacher presenting learning tasks. However, little research has focused on how to teach these prerequisite skills efficiently and effectively to young learners with developmental disabilities and learning delays. The current study first evaluated a multi-component treatment package (consisting of three-step prompting, continuous access to toys, and contingent edible delivery) to teach children to sit appropriately in a chair when instructed and to remain seated without engaging in problem behavior. The treatment package was effective for two subjects but problem behavior emerged when we faded toy access. We then applied each component of the intervention in an additive manner to determine which components were necessary for efficient learning of the skill, and we incorporated demand fading to ensure that appropriate sitting would be maintained during an instructional session. Results for two subjects to date showed that this treatment was effective at teaching sitting for up to five minutes. |
|
An Investigation of the Effects of Group Contingencies on Worksheet Completion |
MEGHAN DESHAIS (University of Florida), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (University of Missouri), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: We conducted two experiments investigating the effects of group contingency arrangements on worksheet completion in two classrooms. In the first study, we compared two different types of group contingencies, an independent group contingency and a randomized dependent group contingency, during a literacy period in a first-grade classroom. In the second experiment we evaluated the effects of a randomized group contingency with individualized criteria in a middle-school classroom for pre-delinquent students. Our results with respect to the effectiveness of the group contingencies at increasing students’ worksheet completion were mixed. Results from the first study indicate that both group contingency arrangements effectively increased students’ worksheet completion relative to baseline. For the target (low-performing) students in the first-grade classroom, the two arrangements were either equally effective or the independent group contingency was superior. Results from the second study suggest that the randomized dependent group contingency with individualized criteria did not produce clear effects on levels of student worksheet completion. Potential explanations for these results and implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
Modifying Contingencies in College Courses to Improve Student Attendance and Engagement |
CLAIRE C. ST. PETER (West Virginia University), Regina A. Carroll (West Virginia University), Jessica Cheatham (West Virginia University), Jenny Ozga (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Although attendance and participation at collegiate class meetings is a strong predictor of course success, less is known about how instructors can structure courses to improve attendance and engagement. One established intervention is to provide points for desirable student behavior. We recently conducted two studies evaluating the influence of points and games on student attendance and engagement, respectively. In the first study, we assessed the relation between the percentage of points available on class days and student attendance across three psychology courses at a large, public university. Students were more likely to attend when the most course points were available (4% to 8%) than when fewer (1% to 3%) or no course points were available. In the second study, we implemented a classwide game modeled after the Good Behavior Game to increase student participation. Students were more likely to raise their hands when playing the game for extra credit than when playing for no points or when no game was played. Additionally, a large majority of students (85%) preferred playing the game for points over playing with no points or not playing. Our results suggest that college instructors can influence attendance and participation through relatively easy and cost effective manipulations of course contingencies. |
|
|
|
|
Self-Monitoring Strategies to Improve Socially Important Outcomes in Education and Community Settings |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
Discussant: Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Self-monitoring is a core strategy nested within the evidence-based collection of self-management strategies. Self-monitoring can be used across a variety of targeted behaviors to improve meaningful outcomes such as improved academic performance, independent functioning, use of replacement behaviors and use of social skills. This session will provide an overview of self-monitoring and key components of setting up effective self-monitoring interventions. Self-monitoring studies will be presented including the effects of technology based self-monitoring on the on-task behavior of students in educational settings and on the community engagement of young adults with autism. Studies utilizing self-monitoring will be presented. The first study included a control-wait list study with 10 adults with autism. The adults increased social communication and engagement following a package of training including self-monitoring. A second set of studies utilized withdrawal designs to demonstrate functional relationships between the implementation of a technology based self-monitoring application and student engagement and academic performance. Implications for practice will be discussed. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Engagement, Intervention, Self-monitoring |
|
Utilization I-Connect Plus With Coaching to Increase Peer Social Interactions for Adults With Autism |
ROSE A. MASON (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas), Debra M. Kamps (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (The University of Kansas Medical Center), Raia Rosenbloom (The University of Kansas), Ben A Mason (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, The University of Kansas), Sean Swindler (Juniper Gardens Childrens Project), Joseph Furman Buzhardt (Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
Abstract: In a study of 235 adolescents and adults with autism, only 8% were reported to have friendships (Orsmond, Krauss, & Seltzer, 2004), indicating lack of a supportive social network. Yet, there is a paucity of effective interventions to support and strengthen post-secondary outcomes and minimize risk for this population. I-Connect Plus, a combination of online instructional modules coaching, and self-monitoring seeks to fill this gap in our evidence base. Utilizing technology, I-Connect Plus provides an efficient mechanism to provide explicit training, modeling, practice in context, and systematic feedback to adolescents and adults with ASD. This preliminary wait-list control trial with 10 adults, ages 18-32, with autism evaluated the impact of I-Connect Plus on planning and increasing engagement in social activities with peers. Results indicate 8 out of 10 participants made increases in activities with friends, calling a friend, and/or texting a friend while participating in the I-Connect Plus module and coaching training. Implications for practice and future directions will be discussed. |
|
Utilization of I-Connect to Increase On-Task Behaviors for Students With Disabilities Within Public Schools |
LACHELLE CLEMONS (Missouri State University
), Alexandra Beckman (Missouri State University), Linda G. Garrison-Kane (Missouri State University), Joseph H. Wehby (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Self-monitoring interventions (SM) have been shown to improve behaviors that contribute to progressing in school such as lesson and task completion (Foley & Epstein, 1993; Seabaugh & Schumaker, 1994). Technological innovations provide the opportunity to improve data collection procedures while reducing teacher effort in implementing and maintaining SM interventions Two studies were employed with a self-monitoring application (ICONNECT) with five students with disabilities. A single-subject ABAB withdrawal design replicated across the five students was utilized to demonstrate a functional relationship between the intervention and on task behavior as well as academic performance. In Study One: Participant one increased on-task behavior from a baseline average of 33% to 95% during intervention. Participant two increased on-task behavior from an average of 9% to 91.2% during intervention. In Study Two: Participant One increased his on-task behavior from an average of 45% to 92% during intervention. Participant Two increased his on-task behavior from an average of 58% to 97% during intervention. Participant Three increased her on-task behavior from 35% to an average of 97% during intervention. This presentation will discuss the application of this intervention and the results that occurred with these students in their school settings. Implications for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Procedures to Teach Mathematical Skills |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC |
Keyword(s): Math Skills |
Chair: Veronica J. Howard (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
|
ABA in a College Remedial Algebra Classroom: Fast-Forward Algebra Targets Fractions and Increases Success |
Domain: Service Delivery |
SCOTT BECKETT (Jacksonville State University), COURTNEY S. PEPPERS-OWEN (Jacksonville State University) |
|
Abstract: Universities hemorrhage students in remedial algebra classes, decreasing retention, enrollment, and tuition income for the school and shutting the door to higher education and upward social mobility for developmental students. Applied behavior analysts at Jacksonville State University, AL designed Fast-Forward Algebra to quickly bring conditionally admitted students up to speed in college algebra by compressing two semesters of algebra into one. In a unique effort to individualize instruction and incorporate evidence-based teaching, two Board Certified Behavior Analysts in the Department of Learning Services recruit and train psychology graduate students as graduate teaching assistants. By incorporating Precision Teaching and explicit instruction, and by emphasizing fractions throughout with specially designed flashcards and worksheets, this approach has resulted in increases in multiple student outcomes, including historically high passing rates in Intermediate Algebra, and thereby reduced developmental student attrition. The psychology graduate students are critical to the effort: While insuring treatment integrity and conducting applied research during their two-year commitment, they earn 1500 supervision hours and prepare for the Behavior Analysis Certification Board exam. They have also helped create unique supplemental materials to accompany the curriculum. |
|
An Updated Meta-Analysis on Teaching Mathematics to Students With Moderate and Severe Disabilities |
Domain: Applied Research |
FRED SPOONER (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Jenny Root (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), Diane Browder (University of North Carolina Charlotte), Alicia F. Saunders (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
|
Abstract: High quality mathematics instruction for students with moderate and severe disabilities continues to be important because it is suggestive of success later in life by increasing independence and employment. This presentation will review the findings from a meta-analysis of experimental studies published between 2005 and 2015 that taught mathematics to students with moderate and severe disabilities, updating the Browder, Spooner, Ahlgrim-Delzell, Harris, and Wakeman (2008) analysis. A total of 34 studies (29 single-case and 5 group experimental) were included. Of those 34 studies, most of which taught the NCTM standard of numbers and operations, 20 single-case and four group design studies received a rating of high or adequate quality using the NTACT (2015) indicator criteria, and a Tau-U statistic was used to evaluate effective size for the single-case studies (range .05 to 1.1, mean of .85). This presentation will review the extent to which included studies used established evidence-based practices and introduce the instructional procedures of technology-aided instruction, manipulatives, and explicit instruction as evidence-based practices in teaching mathematics to this population. Implications for practitioners and areas for future research will be discussed |
|
Keyword(s): Math Skills |
|
|
|
|
Examples of Computer-Based Training to Teach a Variety of Behavior Analytic Skills |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
St. Gallen, Swissotel |
Area: OBM/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
CE Instructor: Rocio Rosales, Ph.D. |
Abstract: All agencies that that serve populations with special needs must train direct care staff on an ongoing basis. Training that is provided directly by a behavioral consultant may often be limited due to time constraints. For this reason, it is worthwhile to explore the effectiveness of computer-based training programs. Computer-based training may enhance the generality of target skills since it is possible to include multiple exemplars in a single video or module; it also provides a standardized method of training multiple staff, which can help increase procedural integrity; and the training results in a permanent product that can be revisited as necessary to train new staff or as ‘booster’ training for seasoned staff. This symposium will highlight research from three labs that have incorporated a form of computer-based training to teach the following skills: 1) identification of safe eating practices for individuals with disabilities; 2) implementation of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS); and 3) visual analysis of single-case AB design graphs. Presenters will discuss limitations of the work conducted to date and propose areas for future research. |
Keyword(s): computer-based training, staff training, video modeling |
|
The Impact of Online Scenario-Based Training on Direct Support Professionals' Implementation of Safe Eating and Drinking Practices With Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
EMALEY BLADH MCCULLOCH (Relias Learning), Amin Lotfizadeh (Easter Seals Southern California), Gia Biscontini (Easter Seals Southern California) |
Abstract: An estimated eight percent of individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities have a diagnosed difficulty swallowing food or liquids (dysphagia) (Chadwick 2009). These problems raise the risk of choking and can lead to serious health problems if correct protocols around eating and drinking are not followed. It is imperative to put in place interventions that prevent choking and aspiration incidents by training Direct Support Professionals (DSPs) about meal modifications and identifying dangerous situations at mealtime. In this study we used a pretest-posttest experimental design to investigate whether a scenario-based online training combined with a fifteen-minute client protocol review statistically increased DSPs knowledge of meal modifications and their ability to identify dangerous situations in scenarios and pictures. The control group received a protocol review only. Participants were randomly assigned to the experimental and control group. After the intervention, a generalization session will be conducted to determine whether the DSPs can generalize the knowledge to their clients meal protocols. Our hypothesis is that online training combined with a client protocol review will statistically improve staffs ability to 1) follow eating and drinking protocols within presented scenarios 2) identify dangerous situations during presented scenarios 3) generalize these skills to the clients they serve and maintain over time compared to DSPs that receive a protocol review only. |
|
Video Modeling to Teach Implementation of the Picture Exchange Communication System |
NICOLE MARTOCCHIO (University of Massachusetts Lowell), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
Abstract: Video modeling is a training method with empirical support for teaching trainees to implement a variety of behavior analytic procedures, however currently there is no published research examining the use of video modeling to teach implementation of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). The purpose of the present study was to use video modeling to teach implementation of Phases 1-4 of PECS to university students who expressed interest in working with populations for which PECS would be appropriate. Three undergraduate students viewed video modules comprised of visual examples, voiceover explanation, and text describing each step in the protocol for each phase, then implemented each phase with a confederate learner. A multiple probe across participants design was used. Results showed that all participants achieved mastery-level performance in each phase following video modeling, however one participant required feedback from the experimenter to attain mastery in Phase 1. Follow-up probes conducted 2-3 weeks following completion of training indicate that performance may not remain at mastery-level over time following video modeling alone, further suggesting a feedback component might be necessary. Future work should conduct generalization probes with actual learners with disabilities, and explore the use of computer-based training programs that incorporate a feedback component. |
|
Evaluation of Computer-Based Training to Teach Individuals Visual Analysis Skills of Baseline-Treatment Graphs |
ALEXANDRA ANISKO (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Candee Lake (Wedgwood’s Autism Center for Child Development) |
Abstract: The primary method of data analysis in applied behavior analysis is visual analysis. However, few investigations to date have taught the skills necessary for accurate visual analysis. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate computer-based training on the visual analysis skills of individuals with no prior experience. Visual analysis was taught with interactive computer-based training that included written instructions and opportunities for practice with feedback. Generalization of participant skills to graph paper and actual data graphs was programmed for and assessed during the study. A multiple-baseline design was used across visual analysis properties (i.e., variability, level, and trend), with continuous overall intervention effect generalization probes, replicated across 4 participants to evaluate computer-based training for accurate visual analysis of A-B graphs. The results showed that all individuals accurately visually analyzed A-B graphs following the computer-based training for variability, level, trend, and overall intervention effect. These visual analysis skills generalized to graph paper and actual data graphs and maintained approximately 1 day, 1 week, 2 weeks, and 1 month following mastery of each property for two participants. Implications of the results suggest that computer-based training improved accurate visual analysis skills for individuals with no prior experience. |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysts as Designers: Success Stories of International, Interdisciplinary Collaboration to Expand Our Services and Research |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/CSE; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Robyn M. Catagnus, Ed.D. |
Chair: Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
JANE YIP (Purdue University) |
MARI URAMOTO (Children Center Inc.) |
SAKURAKO SHERRY TANAKA (Mutlicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts) |
Abstract: Training programs for pre-service behavior analysts, and common arrangements of clinical practices, too often result in ABA being siloed from other disciplines. If we are to succeed with our mission of facilitating change globally, in all meaningful domains of our lives and environments, we must successfully integrate services and research with those in different fields. Behavior analysts might also have an ethical obligation to shed light on how we might design and re-design our "contextual fit" to meet our cultural standards. Presenters from multiple disciplines: academia, linguistics, special education, and neurology, will explore how they introduce ABA into new cultures, teach pre-service professionals to program for research and collaboration with non-behavioral providers, expand their own interdisciplinary relations, and are changed personally and professionally by the experience. Panelists will also discuss their research and efforts to integrate ABA with art therapy, ceremonial and cultural participation, and religious studies while giving consideration to scientific as well as ethical dimensions that define the field of behavior analysis. We invite professionals working in medicine, psychology, business, ecology, anthropology, religious and cultural studies, sociology, and more to share their challenges and strategies. How are you creating interdisciplinary connections, opportunities, and collaboration that strengthen relationships and result in behavior analysis being integrated in larger initiatives and with other fields? |
Keyword(s): cultural standards, interdisciplinary, international, service delivery |
|
|
|
|
Adaptive Memory: Remembering With a Stone-Age Brain |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Peter Urcuioli, Ph.D. |
Chair: Peter Urcuioli (Purdue University) |
JAMES NAIRNE (Purdue University) |
James S. Nairne, Ph.D., is the Reece McGee distinguished professor of psychological sciences at Purdue University in West Lafayette, Indiana. He received his undergraduate training at the University of California at Berkeley and his PhD in psychology from Yale University. His original training was in Pavlovian conditioning, but his current research specialty is human memory. He is a fellow of the Society of Experimental Psychologists, the Association for Psychological Science, and the Midwestern Psychological Society. His editorial positions have included Editor-in-Chief of Memory & Cognition, Associate Editor for the Psychonomic Bulletin & Review and the Journal of Memory and Language, and he has served on numerous editorial boards. He was the recipient of the 2000 Excellence in Education Award from Purdue University and the 2001 Charles B. Murphy award. In 2003 Dr. Nairne was inducted into the Book of Great Teachers. He is also the author of a popular introductory textbook, Psychology: The Adaptive Mind (now in its sixth edition), as well as many influential articles and book chapters in his research specialty. |
Abstract: Human memory evolved subject to the constraints of nature's criterion: differential survival and reproduction. Consequently, our capacity to remember and forget is likely tuned to solving fitness-based problems, particularly those prominent in ancestral environments. Do the operating characteristics of memory continue to bear the footprint of nature's criterion? Are there mnemonic "tunings" rooted in the remnants of a stone-age brain? Work from the presenter's laboratory suggests that: (1) processing information for its survival relevance leads to superior long-term retention, better, in fact, than most known learning techniques; (2) animate (living) stimuli are remembered much better than matched inanimate (nonliving) stimuli; and (3) stimuli that have been potentially contaminated by disease are remembered especially well. Understanding how memory is used to solve adaptive problems relevant to fitness, the presenter argues, provides critical insight into how and why human memory systems formed, and why they work the way they do. |
Target Audience: Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the end of the event, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the basic tenets of an evolutionary approach to human memory; (2) discuss whether "survival processing" is best characterized as an adaptation or an exaptation; (3) describe the empirical evidence that supports a mnemonic “tuning” for animacy and contamination. |
|
|
|
|
Addressing Violence With Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Montreux, Swissotel |
Area: CSE |
Chair: Rocky Haynes (University of South Florida - Tampa) |
|
A Behavior Analytic Approach to Intervening With Abusive Partners: A Conceptual Analysis and Suggestions for Future Research |
Domain: Service Delivery |
SAM BLANCO (Endicott College), Cheryl J. Davis (
7 Dimensions Consulting/Endicott College |
) |
|
Abstract: Intimate Partner Violence is a social problem that impacts more than 12 million Americans per year, accounts for 15% of all violent crime, and costs the United States an estimated 8 billion dollars per year. Despite the gravity of this problem, behavior analysts have been largely silent on the topic. This paper explores the contingencies for maintaining abusive behavior as well as interventions in place to attempt to change abusive behavior. Suggestions for future research in this area, as well as obstacles to such research, will be discussed. A systematic review of current batterer intervention programs will be presented, along with ideas for improvement amongst these programs, using evidence-based practices for effective behavior change. The call to action from Meyers (1995) did not promote action by our field, but we have an ethical obligation as a field to act, and act now. We need to fulfill Skinners vision: that the study of human behavior can bring about large changes for mankind. Venturing into areas of human behavior that are incredibly challenging is a necessary first step in further realizing his vision. |
|
An Applied Behavior Analytic Account of Child Abuse and Neglect |
Domain: Applied Research |
ROCKY HAYNES (University of South Florida - Tampa), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
|
Abstract: In 2013 there were 679,000 children who were victims of child abuse and neglect in the United States (U.S. Department of Health & Human Services, 2015). Of the 679,000 children, 79.5% were victims of neglect, 18% were victims of physical abuse, 9% were victims of sexual abuse, with the remainder being victims of psychological maltreatment (U.S. Department., 2015). Additionally, 1,520 children died as victims of child abuse and neglect- a number that translates to 2.04 in 1000 (U.S. Department., 2015). The recognition of child abuse and neglect as a social problem has only existed in the western culture for a little over 100 years with many theories presented as to why the phenomenon continues to occur. This paper builds on the conceptual foundation of Lutzker, Frame, & Rice (1982) and Mattaini & Thyer (1996) eco-behavior perspective for treatment of child abuse and neglect (CAN) and provides suggestions for future lines of research. |
|
How "Honorable" Are Honor Crimes? |
Domain: Theory |
THOURAYA AL-NASSER (University of Nevada, Reno), Todd A. Ward (bSci21 Media, LLC), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
|
Abstract: This paper will outline and analyze the socio-cultural contingencies that maintain honor crimes as a cultural practice and their role in cultural survival from a macrocontingency and macrobehavior level and offer number of recommendations to reduce this cultural practice taking Jordan as a case study. The notion that religion, mainly Islam, enforced honor crimes is a misconception. Honor crimes are committed in any case a female shames her family by having premarital sexual relationship(s), misfortunate behavior or when a wife has an adulterous affair. Many families deal with this covertly and quietly far from the interference of any form of authority by choosing a family male member usually the father, brother or in some cases an uncle to "cleanse" the family's honor by murdering the female who "dishonored" the family. Number of macrocontingencies shared in the Arab world that may lead to these crimes: gossip and rumor, victim of rape, pregnant out of wedlock, marrying against family wishes, inheritance, missing from home, talking to a man who is not a family member, caught in an act of prostitution or in a brothel, external tribal and cultural influence, illiteracy and unemployment on part of the perpetuator. Number of recommendations are suggested in this paper to reduce this cultural practice in Jordan as: to change the law related to honor crimes in Jordan, the King forces change, the media highlight the fact that honor crimes are a cultural practice not a religious one, to change regulations related to Correctional and Rehabilitation center. |
|
A Formation of Categorization and Conceptualization of Terrorism as a Result of the Transfer of Function Across Stimuli |
Domain: Theory |
SUZZANNA JAVED (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
|
Abstract: The purpose of the paper is to examine and analyze the formation of equivalences and categorization. Further, it aims to focus on the conceptualization of terrorism as a result of the transfer of function across stimuli. Additionally, it is conceptually driven to understand categorization in cultural and social language reinforcement of our environment. Sidman (2003) proposed a principle, that the physical and social environmental factors should be studied and understood in effort to change the targeted behavior. Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, and Roche (2001) proposed that there must be a rationale for individuals to hate someone who they have not met. Behavior analysts have started to empirically analyze language to understand the role of human behaviors which include bias and categorization. Moreover, educational methods that aimed to reduce prejudice have actually contributed to strengthen the stereotypes via categorization and derived relational responding. Suppression of prejudice thoughts initially can show significant success. However, it can lead to increase of disturbing thoughts over a span of time. Therefore, suppressed behaviors such as, prejudice thoughts can increase significantly when individuals are not coming in contact with direct contingency of de-categorization. Racial categorization contingencies may result in the individuals being less willing to change their prejudice behavior. Therefore, techniques utilized in acceptance, commitment therapy can help to assist in reducing categorization in human learning. Additionally, multiple examplar instruction can also facilitate in learning to understand human individuality. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Ethics of and Alternatives to Traditional Escape Extinction in Education and Home Settings |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Robert Schramm (Knospe-ABA) |
Discussant: Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Megan Miller, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts recognize the importance of incorporating motivation and reinforcement within service delivery. Additionally, behavior analytic treatment programs incorporate effective function based procedures to increase compliance with demands and decrease escape maintained challenging behavior. These procedures often include forced physical prompting and paced prompts that may increase the occurrence of challenging behavior or reduce acceptance of the procedures by caregivers and staff. This symposium explores potential ethical alternatives to traditional escape extinction using 7 Steps to Earning Instructional Control, wait-outs, and conditioning work as a reinforcer that address the problems behavior analysts face with traditional escape extinction procedures in discrete trial programming. |
Keyword(s): Escape Extinction, Ethical Practice, Instructional Control |
|
Ethical Considerations and Exploration of Alternatives to Forced Prompting |
MEGAN MILLER (FSU CARD/Navigation Behavioral Consulting) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic intervention programs frequently include the use of forced prompting to earn compliance with demands and reduce escape maintained challenging behavior. This approach is effective but can result in an increase in challenging behavior if the challenging behavior is also maintained by attention or can be difficult to implement with clients who are larger in size. Additionally, caregivers and staff may not accept the use of forced prompting and may not implement the procedure during the naturally occurring routine, which also reduces the effectiveness of the procedure. The purpose of this presentation is to explore ethical considerations regarding the use of forced prompting by drawing from the BACB Guidelines for Responsible Conduct and Van Houten et al. (1988). Additionally, the presentation will explore how the 7 Steps to Earning Instructional Control addresses these ethical considerations and whether research in the basic or applied areas supports alternatives to forced prompting such as the 7 Steps as viable options for reducing escape maintained challenging behavior. |
|
Developing Learner Cooperation through the 7 Steps to Earning Instructional Control |
ROBERT SCHRAMM (Knospe-ABA) |
Abstract: The ABA/VB Autism Intervention Institute Knospe-ABA GmbH (based in Germany), which serves over 350 children throughout Europe, prioritizes the research and procedural recommendations of Verbal Behavior. Robert Schramm, Knospe-ABA's lead supervising Behavior Analyst has developed an approach to earning instructional control that encapsulates ABA/VB and brings motivated learning to its fullest potential. Over 95% of the providers using these techniques have been able to demonstrate greatly improved instructional control with their learners. The 7 Steps to Earning Instructional Control are based on sound behavioral principles and practice. This approach to instructional control does not rely on basic escape extinction techniques such as escape blocking, forced physical prompting or repeating SD's. In addition to offering a more simple way to develop instructional control with most learners, it also is easy to teach to adults and therefore valuable in reproduction with less trained caregivers and therapists. Preliminary data will be presented to demonstrate that instructional control can be earned with the 7 Steps. Additionally, an integrity checklist for training on the 7 steps, which has demonstrated the benefits of training providers on this technique in order to decrease non-compliance of learners with autism, will be presented. |
|
The Use of Wait Outs and Task as a Reinforcer as an Ethical Alternative to Traditional Escape Extinction |
STEVEN J. WARD (Whole Child Consulting LLC) |
Abstract: Escape-avoidance behavior is a common impediment to skill acquisition and a frequent maintaining variable for a variety of behavioral excesses. While a great number of antecedent interventions (e.g., demand fading, student choice, errorless teaching) can decrease problem behavior levels, escape- avoidance behaviors do not immediately drop to zero levels, and reactive measures invariably account for some part of the behavior intervention plan. Among potential reactive treatments, escape extinction has the greatest empirical support and is typically recommended. This presentation will demonstrate the efficacy of an alternative to escape extinction in 3 studies across 5 participants. In this procedure, task resistance is followed by a temporary withdrawal of that task and a substantial limit upon student options until the task has been completed. Though counter-intuitive (because escape-maintained behavior produces temporary escape), this procedure, colloquially known as a wait out, tends to not only decrease escape-maintained behavior, but also to improve a number of qualities of student participation. Participants will learn the rationales behind the use of wait and will see examples of how to implement the procedure. |
|
7 Steps of Instructional Control to Decrease Maladaptive Behaviors and Increase Skill Acquisition: A Case Study |
HEATHER GILMORE (Autism Centers of Michigan), Leasa Androl (Autism Centers of Michigan) |
Abstract: A case study was conducted to address maladaptive behaviors, including severe self-injurious behaviors (head banging, chin hitting, and scratching) and whining/crying behaviors, as well as limited skill acquisition in a four year old child with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder. The intervention was conducted in a center-based setting. A functional analysis was conducted which identified both escape from demands and access to tangibles as the function of maladaptive behaviors. This study involved evaluating the effectiveness of the "7 Steps of Instructional Control" developed by Robert Schramm, MA, BCBA. The "7 Steps" were used as a replacement for the previous maladaptive behavior reduction plan. The previous plan (baseline) included escape extinction procedures. Reliability was strengthened by providing Behavior Technicians with extensive training and continuous monitoring of procedural fidelity by the BCBA using a treatment integrity checklist developed by Megan Miller, PhD, BCBA, LBA. The results indicated that maladaptive behaviors decreased and skill acquisition increased for this child. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Evolution and Selection by Consequences |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Alpine, Swissotel |
Area: TPC/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jose E. Burgos (University of Guadalajara) |
Discussant: Jose E. Burgos (University of Guadalajara) |
Abstract: Darwin’s theory of evolution may be summed up in the phrase “selection by consequences.” Seen as a general process, selection by consequences applies to genetic evolution, cultural evolution, and behavioral evolution. Genetic evolution concerns change in populations of organisms across generations. Cultural evolution concerns change in behavioral patterns within groups across generations or lesser time periods. Behavioral evolution concerns change in the behavior of an individual organism within its lifetime. This symposium will illustrate a variety of approaches to understanding behavioral evolution as selection by consequences: by analysis, by modeling, and by applying known theory and data. Catania will focus on verbal behavior as a cultural phenomenon. McDowell will discuss how behavioral evolution may be implemented in artificial life forms. Smith will discuss the conceptual benefits of selection by consequences to scientific thinking about behavior. Baum will talk about the analytical power of an equation derived by George Price when applied to behavioral dynamics. These various approaches to behavioral evolution may bring behavior analysis closer to biology and restate or replace the law of effect. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Evolution, Selection, Variation |
|
Improving on the Meme: Cultural Selection and the Shaping of Verbal Behavior |
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: Skinner has discussed three varieties of selection: in phylogeny, as in Darwin’s natural selection; in ontogeny, as in the shaping of operant behavior; and in culture, as behavior is passed on from some individuals to others in what he called cultural selection. Dawkins introduced the meme as a unit passed on from some individuals to others, but it was not well-defined; also, the transmission of memes received more attention than their evolution. If we regard memes as units of behavior, however, they become examples of Skinner’s cultural selection, and for Skinner the most crucial example of cultural selection was verbal behavior. Phonemes provide good examples of such culturally selected or memetic units: infant vocalizations are shaped by automatic reinforcing consequences, as they come more and more closely to resemble those heard in the verbal environments created by their caregivers (cf. Skinner, Risley, Palmer). Echoic behavior, a product of this shaping, is defined by correspondences of phonetic rather than physical units. Such selectionist accounts of verbal behavior can be extended to other properties of verbal behavior, such as verbal governance, and they have implications for theories of language evolution. |
|
Two Versions of Variation and Selection |
TERRY SMITH (Edinboro University of Pennsylvania) |
Abstract: If one focuses upon behavior that adapts to a changing environment in the interest of the organism, then a framework of variation and selection offers a promising approach to the analysis of behavior. Two contemporary behavioral scientists that exemplify this approach are John Staddon and Jack McDowell. In both cases, behavioral adaptation during the lifetime of the individual is analyzed as a process of evolutionary interaction between behavior and the environment. In quite different ways, these two scientists offer alternatives to mentalistic, cognitive theorizing. Staddon’s formalization addresses the impulse to posit beliefs and desires; McDowell’s the impulse to posit information processing structures. Together, they provide a broadly unified approach to doing without beliefs, desires, and information processing structures. Both formulations, however, are theories of a kind that B. F. Skinner suggested were unnecessary in his 1950 article, “Are Theories of Learning Necessary?” They nevertheless exemplify behaviorism and have demonstrated significant advantages over Skinner’s non-theoretical behaviorism. |
|
Algorithmic Behavioral Evolution as Artificial Intelligence |
JACK J. MCDOWELL (Emory University) |
Abstract: Artificial Life is a branch of Artificial Intelligence that seeks to animate artificial agents using algorithms that mimic the functioning of biological organisms. An algorithmic evolutionary theory of adaptive behavior dynamics has been studied extensively over the past decade and has been shown to produce behavior in virtual (software) agents that is qualitatively and quantitatively indistinguishable from live organism behavior in a variety of environments. Because these agents reproduce the behavior of biological organisms, they are artificial life forms. It is also possible to create artificial life in mechanical agents. To illustrate, a specific mechanical agent, a robot spider, can be animated by the evolutionary theory and placed in a 2-dimensional grid world where prey items are made available at various locations and times. Surface navigation of the grid world requires the addition of stimulus control to the evolutionary theory. The robot spider’s foraging behavior is completely determined by the evolutionary theory, which means that it behaves autonomously in the grid world. The evolutionary algorithm causes the spider’s foraging behavior and prey capture to adapt to the spatial and temporal pattern of prey availability, and to readapt when the pattern of prey availability changes. |
|
Behavioral Evolution and the Price Equation |
WILLIAM M. BAUM (University of California, Davis) |
Abstract: Price’s equation describes evolution across time in simple mathematical terms. Although it is not a theory, but a derived identity, it is useful as an analytical tool. It affords lucid descriptions of genetic evolution, cultural evolution, and behavioral evolution (often called “selection by consequences”) at different levels (e.g., individual versus group) and at different time scales (local and extended). The importance of the Price equation for behavior analysis lies in its ability to precisely restate behavioral selection by consequences, thereby restating, or even replacing, the law of effect. When applied to dynamics in operant performances, the equation affords a way to evaluate methods and measures and to compare among measures, because deviations from it indicate deficiencies either in assumptions or in measures. Price’s equation may also serve as a base for theory. For example, applying the equation to the dynamics within stable performance on a variable-interval schedule, with a few assumptions, results in a complete explanation for the moderate response rates that occur. |
|
|
|
|
Strategies to Promote Emergent Verbal Behavior in Typically Developing Adults |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
Discussant: Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell College) |
CE Instructor: Sarah A. Lechago, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Scientific examination of strategies that produce emergent verbal behavior is significant with respect to the potential conceptual and applied contributions to the field of Behavior Analysis and even to fields outside of Behavior Analysis. These strategies can inform important decisions regarding educational practices and can contribute to narratives and research related to stimulus control. One study compared a stimulus equivalence online teaching protocol to a standard online teaching protocol to teach single-subject research design to graduate students. A second study evaluated a mand-based training protocol to a tact- and two intraverbal-based training protocols to teach foreign language words to typically developing adults. A third study investigated the role of tact and intraverbal training in developing intraverbal naming, and the mediating effects of intraverbal naming in the formation of generalized equivalence classes in undergraduate students. A final study conducted two experiments and investigated the effects of an auditory pairing procedure on the emergence of tacts, selection responses, and intraverbals to teach information about musical instruments to 24 typically developing adults. |
|
Comparison of Mand Training and Other Strategies to Teach a Foreign Language |
WAI-LING WU (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: A current recommendation for verbal behavior training with individuals with autism is to initiate training with the mand due to the multiple benefits it brings the speaker (Sundberg & Michael, 2001). Inspired by this recommendation, the current study endeavors to examine the effects of mand training in teaching a foreign language. A multiple baseline across participants design with an embedded adapted alternating treatments design is used to compare the effects of mand training, tact training, and bidirectional intraverbal training on acquisition of foreign language words. Previous foreign language studies have shown that untrained responses emerged after participants were taught foreign language words using tact training, bidirectional intraverbal training, and listener response training (Dounavi, 2014; Petursdottir & Haflidadottir, 2009). The current study also examines the emergence of untrained foreign language responses for each training condition. Data for one participant suggest that mand training is the most efficient training procedure with respect to the total number of training trials to the mastery criterion and resulting emergent responding. Data are being collected on additional participants. |
|
A Comparison of a Stimulus Equivalence Protocol and Standard Study to Teach Single-Subject Design to Graduate Students |
WILLIAM ROOT (Southern Illinois University), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The Online Consortium for Higher Education (2012) reported that in 2012, 6.7 million students were enrolled in at least one online course. With this number growing each year, the need for empirically based, online instructional methods is critical. The effect of an online stimulus equivalence protocol was compared to that of a more standard online study protocol on the emergence of untaught relations involving single subject designs. Participants were instructed on relations between design name, design definition, design graphs, and clinical vignettes. Experimental groups deferred only in the instructional format: The stimulus-equivalence group was instructed using a protocol similar to Lovett, Rehfeldt, Garcia, and Dunning (2011), whereas the Standard Study group read a standard text book and article that covers single-subject methodology. Generalization was assessed by comparing scores on novel questions directly taken from the CBA learning modules, developed by Behavior Development Solutions, as a measure of possible performance on the BCBA exam. Data collected to date suggest that when compared to the standard online study protocol, the stimulus equivalence protocol produced greater changes in correct responding from pre to posttest scores, further suggesting the practical utility of a stimulus equivalence protocol as an instructional tool for online courses. |
|
Emergence of Naming Relations and Intraverbals After Auditory Stimulus Pairing |
JOSE JULIO CARNERERO ROLDAN (Centro Almudarïs, Spain), Luis Antonio Perez-Gonzalez (Universidad de Oviedo) |
Abstract: We analyzed the emergence of tacts, selections, and intraverbals after observing paired auditory stimuli. In Experiment 1, 12 typical developing adults were randomly assigned to two experimental conditions. In Part 1, four sounds of musical instruments were paired with their respective names spoken by the experimenter; in Part 2, the sounds were paired with their native country names. Participants in Condition 1 received Part 1 first; participants in Condition 2 received Part 2 first. After pairing, the emergence of tacts was probed. When the tacts emerged, the selections were probed. After Parts 1 and 2, the intraverbals were probed. In Experiment 2, 12 novel adults received a similar sequence, but after pairing the selections were probed and after reaching criterion the tacts were probed. The results indicate that probing the tacts or the selections after each pairing phase does not influence emergence in adults; pairing first the sound and the name and then the sound and the country seems to produce more instances of naming than pairing first the sound and the country and then pairing the sound and the name. The findings have direct implications on the teaching procedures to facilitate these types of emergence. |
|
The Role of Intraverbal Naming on The Emergence of Generalized Equivalence Classes |
ADRIENNE JENNINGS (California State University Sacramento), Charisse Ann Lantaya (California State University, Sacramento), Amanda Chastain (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the role of intraverbal naming on the emergence of generalized equivalence classes. Seventeen undergraduates were exposed to tact training with 3 stimulus sets (A1B1C1, A2B2C2, and A3B3C3) and baseline intraverbal training (A?B? and B?C?). Formation of equivalence classes was assessed using visual-visual matching-to-sample (MTS) tasks and intraverbal tests for symmetrical (BA, B?A?, CB, C?B?) and transitive relations (AC, A?C?, CA, C?A?). Generalization MTS posttests were then presented for 4 untrained sets of stimuli. Thirteen participants passed all MTS and intraverbal posttests. Two of the remaining 4 required either tact or intraverbal remedial training in order to achieve passing criterion. Performance improved for 5 participants during the vocal MTS posttest. These findings show the efficacy of tact and intraverbal training in the formation of generalized equivalence classes. Overall, results suggest verbal mediation strategies (i.e., intraverbal naming) may have facilitated MTS performance. |
|
|
|
|
Decreasing Canine Problem Behavior in the Animal Shelter Environment |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Zurich C, Swissotel |
Area: AAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno) |
Discussant: Erica Jowett Hirst (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) |
Abstract: The functional assessment and treatment of problem behavior in humans has a long history in applied behavior analysis. However, there is limited research in extending these findings to problem behavior in non-human animals, especially in the animal shelter setting. The two studies in this symposium tackle this issue from different perspectives (operant vs. respondent), procedures (consequent vs. antecedent), and aims (individual behavior vs. shelter environment). Discussion to follow. |
Keyword(s): canines, functional analysis, problem behavior, shelter animals |
|
Functional Analysis and Intervention of Problem Behavior in Animal Shelter Dogs |
TATUM WINSLOW (California State University, Fresno), Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno), Kacie A Robles (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) is an empirical method for determining the functions of problem behavior by manipulating antecedent and consequent events. By determining the functions of problem behavior, one can develop function-based treatments to effectively reduce problem behavior and increase appropriate alternative behavior. FAs have been shown to be very effective in identifying the functions of problem behavior in typically and atypically developing humans. However, little research has been conducted to determine the effectiveness of FA methodology in identifying the functions of problem behavior in non-human animal populations. The purpose of the current study was to analyze the effectiveness of a modified functional analysis in determining the maintaining function of inappropriate behaviors of animal shelter dogs. Function-based treatments were used to verify the results of the functional analysis. For all three subjects, a single or multiple functions were identified. The results of the FAs were verified through successful function-based treatments. Overall, results demonstrated that functional analyses were effective in identifying the maintaining variables of behaviors of shelter animals that were potentially unattractive to adopters and lead to effective treatment plans. They also showed that each dog scored higher on an adoptability rating scale after treatment was implemented. |
|
An Evaluation of Respondent Conditioning Procedures to Decrease Barking in an Animal Shelter |
STEVEN W. PAYNE (California State University, Fresno), Kian Assemi (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: Euthanasia of adoptable animals is a prevalent problem in animal shelters across the nation (The Humane Society of the United States: HSUS, 2014). Of the 6 to 8 million pets being relinquished, only half (i.e., 3 to 4 million) are adopted yearly (HSUS). In order to decrease the number of animals euthanized each year, it is important to determine what factors affect the likelihood of adoption. One such factor that decreases the likelihood of adoption is the noise in the shelter environment (Copolla et al., 2006). Therefore, the purpose of this study was to determine the effects of a respondent conditioning procedure on the reduction of noise in the kennel area of a California-based animal shelter. We conditioned the sound of a door chime (CS) with the delivery of food (UCS) to elicit a salivary response (CR), which is partially incompatible with barking. Baseline measures indicated that the sound in the shelter was louder than the volume needed to cause hearing loss over prolonged exposure (85dB). Results of the respondent conditioning procedure showed that the noise level decreased below this threshold. Implications and future directions are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
The Evolution of Technology for Individuals With Disabilities: Uses of Advanced Portable Devices to Teach Students and Train Staff |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Randolph, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Helen Bloomer (Helen Bloomer & Associates) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Zawacki, M.S. |
Abstract: A variety of traditional high and low technological applications (smart boards, communication devices, picture schedules, timers) have long shaped the way special educators approach the education of persons with disabilities. The use of smart phones, tablets, and the ubiquitous Internet to teach are now widely accepted practices, have become routine and can often be found integrated into core curriculum, all with the great expectation that the new technology will result in significant gains in knowledge and competence. Much like the typically developing population, individuals with disabilities are increasingly relying upon their I Phones to make them more independent in their daily functioning. Recent advances in both hardware and software have greatly expanded the affordability, portability and wearability of technological devices. As technology continues to develop, the potential for evolutionary applications to advance solutions of some of the most daunting challenges to identify functions of behavior, frame effective intervention and increase staff competencies is great. However, the empirical research database is deficient with studies demonstrating the effectiveness of this new technology. Although educators use technology with abandon, technology is not yet firmly identified as evidenced-based practice, particularly with the older learner. The papers in this symposium will provide data-based empirical investigations on two examples of the use of advanced technology to teach. The first paper will comprehensively review the existing research regarding the use of technology to teach and whether there is an empirical basis to support these practices. The second paper investigates the use of wireless audio and live streamed video to train staff to competently implement instructional protocols with learners with autism. The third paper focuses on evaluating the biophysical correlates associated with self-injurious behavior, attempting to demonstrate possible variables that might aid in the reduction of such problems through the use of a FitBit. |
Keyword(s): adolescents, autism, staff training, technology |
|
A Review of the Use of Technology in the Education of Learners With Disabilities |
Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Cheryl J. Davis (7 Dimensions Consulting/Endicott College), KARI ANNE DUNLOP (HMEA), Danielle LaFrance (Endicott College), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College) |
Abstract: Special educators have long used technology in the education of persons with disabilities. Smart boards, communication devices, picture schedules, and timers are examples of technological strategies to teach and maintain a variety of academic, communication, and social skills. As the technology has evolved, there is currently a new generation of personal technology devices that have great potential for supporting the education of these individuals. For example, smart phones, tablets, and the ubiquitous Internet can be used to support individuals with disabilities and make them more independent in their daily functioning. These devices are being used extensively in the education of special learners, with teachers purchasing IPads, loading them with education apps, and teaching the learners to use these devices, all with the great expectation that the new technology will result in significant gains in knowledge and competence. This paper reviews the breadth and depth of technological educational strategies. Technology was classified into its abilities, the skills needed to use, the skills it targets to teach, and the characteristics of the user. A review of the literature on the degree of evidence of effectiveness showed that technology is not the panacea and promise initially believed. There is little empirical investigation of its effectiveness, and the results are mixed. Conclusions will be drawn about the future use of technology, future research studies, and the extent to which skills can be supported by these new strategies. |
|
Use of Remote Technology to Increase Fidelity in the Community-Based Instruction of Adolescents and Adults With Autism |
JESSICA ZAWACKI (PAAL), Eric Schindeldecker (PAAL), Thomas L. Zane (Institute for Behavioral Studies, Endicott College), Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)) |
Abstract: Over the next 10-15 years, approximately 800,000 children with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) diagnosis will be entering adulthood. Services for adults are likely to be decentralized with training taking place in various community settings; such as vocational environments, restaurants, exercise facilities, offices, hospitals, and during recreational activities. In adult services, the physical distance of various community placements, coupled with additional administrative and clincial responsibilities, may influence supervisors to selectively choose which programs and interventions to supervise based on the above constraints rather than the needs of students and staff. Fortunately, there is an increasing research database showing that various technologies can be successful in training and supporting staff. The purpose of this studey was to use a live-streaming device to train staff to implement instructional protocols while teaching adults with ASD across various community settings. Specifically, board certified behavior analysts listened in and viewed via a live streaming device instruction of learners and were able to provide immediate feedback to the staff to improve the fidelity to the instructional protocols. Using a multiple baseline design across participants, the findings showed that supervisors could effectively supervise staff from a distance using the live streaming technology and offer staff support that in turn reduced staff errors and increased fidelity of programming. |
|
The Relationship Between Biophysical Markers and Self-Injurious Behavior Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement. |
DAVID DRAGONE (Melmark/PAAL), Kaitlin Ross (PAAL), Gloria M. Satriale (Preparing Adolescents and Adults for Life (PAAL)), Thomas L. Zane (Endicott College/PAAL), Lauren Erion (PAAL) |
Abstract: Self-injurious behavior (SIB) has been shown to occur for all of the four functions – attention, escape, tangible, and automatic. For those behaviors that are socially mediated in some way, there are generally accepted treatment strategies, such as escape extinction, functional communication training, and Differential Reinforcement for Other Behaviors (DRO). SIB that is automatically maintained is a unique dilemma. Since there are no obvious or detected environmental influences on this category of SIB, the cause(s) often remain murky and difficult to identify. One approach to explaining SIB involves examining biophysical variables that might elicit or evoke such behaviors. There are two competing theories related to physiological state of the person engaging in this behavior. Both hypotheses suggest that individuals engage in SIB to regulate their arousal state; either to activate (excite) the central and peripheral nervous systems, or lower/reduce the activity of these autonomic systems. Often the measurement of arousal states focuses on heart rate, salivary cortisol, and brain activity (via electroencephalogram). The purpose of the present study was to examine heart rate measures to facilitate the reduction of SIB in a teenage girl with autism. Wearing a wireless device that transmitted real-time heart rate data, baseline conditions involved measuring heart rate across her daily activities, particularly before and after episodes of hand biting. Intervention consisted of implementing antecedent interventions when heart rate was noticed to suddenly increase, and prior to the occurrence of the SIB. Results showed that there was a correlated pattern of heart rate changes along with different environmental conditions (e.g, leisure activities and SIB), and that when antecedent interventions were employed (cued by the heart rate), rates of SIB reduced. Results were discussed in terms of the use of physiological measures when examining problem behaviors of an automatic function. |
|
|
|
|
Off to College and Still on ADHD: Two Non-Traditional Investigations |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM/EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Hunter Kyle Sudduth (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Scott A. Herbst (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: About half of our children diagnosed with ADHD will continue to experience noteworthy difficulties well into adulthood. The patterns of poor attention and impulsiveness emitted by these individuals frequently cause problems in school, on the job, with the law, and in relationships. Yet best practices for adults diagnosed with ADHD have yet to be established. The papers in this symposium cover two unconventional interventions aimed at emerging adults diagnosed with ADHD within the college settingan ideal environment for shaping new adaptive behaviors. In the first paper, Benjamin Ramos will present on a self-protective bias often found in individuals diagnosed with ADHD. He will examine how performance in a Go/NoGo task was impacted by the bias of derived causal efficacy. In the second paper, Solomon Kurz will present on the effects of meditation practice on relevant symptoms for a small group of college students diagnosed with ADHD. The idiographic analyses will primarily focus on how morning meditation predicts attention and impulsivity throughout that day and into the next. Both presenters will discuss how their findings might inform how we can improve attention and heedfulness in adults diagnosed with ADHD, in the future. |
Keyword(s): ADHD, adult, college, intervention |
|
Driven to Distraction: The Impact of Derived Causal Efficacy on Inattention and Impulsivity |
BENJAMIN RAMOS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Individuals that struggle with inattention, hyperactivity, and impulsivity experience difficulties in several life domains including struggles in academia, interpersonal relationships, marital satisfaction, and occupational performance. In spite of a history of academic and social failures, many individuals with ADHD maintain a self-protective bias in which they maintain high self-evaluations of causal efficacy. This may contribute to increased levels of inattention, impulsivity, and resulting dysfunction, as self-evaluation is rule-governed rather than a result of self-awareness and discrimination. This study aimed to examine how derived causal efficacy might impact inattention and impulsivity. Participants completed a series of Go/NoGo tasks with and without contextual cues that had derived causal efficacy functions through their relations with discriminative stimuli for high or low rates of responding. The impact of derived causal efficacy was then examined in terms of errors of omission (inattention) and errors of commission (impulsivity). Implications for behavioral interventions for ADHD will be discussed. |
|
A Simple Intervention for a Neglected Group: Mindfulness Meditation in Small Groups for College Students Diagnosed With Attention Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder |
SOLOMON KURZ (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Though ADHD has traditionally been approached as a problem of childhood and adolescence, about a half of our youth diagnosed with ADHD continue to experience difficulties well into adulthood. Because of our historical perspective, researchers have not yet established best practices for serving emerging adults diagnosed with ADHD, such as those entering college. Over the past decade, clinical researchers have proposed several therapeutic interventions, many of which are variants of cognitive-behavioral therapy. However, there is budding evidence that cheaper options, like mindfulness meditation, are also effective. For the present study, we will present daily-diary data from college students who were diagnosed with ADHD and who participated in a semester-long meditation group. For each individual, we will examine how minutes meditated influenced ADHD difficulties and functional impairment, from day to day. Our main analytic approach will be with single-subject statistics based on the dynamic p-technique. We will highlight both idiographic processes and general trends across participants. Future directions will include additional variables of interest, improvements for the group structure, and comments on the general methodology. |
|
|
|
|
Advances in Preference Assessment Procedures |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rachel Scalzo (Continuum Behavioral Health) |
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
CE Instructor: Rachel Scalzo, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Identification of preferred stimuli is critical for effective intervention programs for individuals with disabilities, as this is often the first step in the identification of reinforcing stimuli. Direct preference assessments have been the gold standard for identification of preferred stimuli among individuals not capable of vocally expressing preferences. In this symposium, we present research regarding the advances in the application of preference assessments. The first presentation will introduce a new methodology for assessing preferences for social interactions. Results indicate that videos may be used to represent social interactions in a paired choice preference assessment; moreover, results of the preference assessment correlate with reinforcer value as measured by a progressive-ratio schedule assessment. The second presentation will address considerations in scheduling preference assessments prior to learning trials. Results indicate that stimulus preference remain steady across short periods of time. The final discussion will summarize these studies and highlight the applied value of the results. |
Keyword(s): motivating operation, preference assessment, social reinforcer |
|
Correspondence Between Preference Assessment Outcomes and Stimulus Reinforcer Value for Social Interactions |
ABBY HODGES (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Regan Weston (Baylor University), Emily Hogan (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Effective training programs for individuals with disabilities generally involve the use of a reinforcer assessment procedure. The use of social interactions as reinforcers has several advantages over tangible and edible stimuli in skill acquisition and behavior modification programs. For example, they are inexpensive, more practical, less stigmatizing, and promote greater generalization. This study examined a procedure to assess preference for social interactions with individuals with developmental disabilities. A paired-choice preference assessment was implemented; social interactions were presented using 5 second videos of the child engaging in the specified social interaction with the experimenter. Contingent upon selecting a video, the child received the social interaction displayed on the video. Reinforcer efficacy of the high-, medium-, and low- preferred interactions was evaluated using a progressive-ratio schedule to determine the amount of work maintained by each social interaction. Results showed that higher preference stimuli produced larger break points than did lower preference stimuli. Implications for clinical applications will be discussed. |
|
Evaluation of Pre-Session and Within-Session Choice Opportunities in Preference Assessment Variations |
Heather Gonzales (The University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (The University of Texas at Austin), Russell Lang (Texas State University-San Marcos), Katherine Hoffman (University of Texas), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Andrea Flower (University of Texas at Austin), NICOLETTE SAMMARCO-CALDWELL (The University of Texas at Austin
), Abby Hodges (Baylor University) |
Abstract: It is possible that available preference assessment technologies do not fully capture momentary shifts in preference. This experiment evaluated the differential effects of three Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement (MSWO) preference assessment variations on the performance of four participants with developmental disabilities on a mastered task. No discernible difference was demonstrated via visual analysis between the Five Pre-Session Choices condition and the Five Within-Session Choices condition across all four participants for the first 10 data points. This was demonstrated through lack of differentiation between data paths in a multielement experimental design for the dependent variables of Latency to Initiation, Total Task Duration, Percentage Correct Responses, and No-Responses. Results suggested that the timing of choice opportunities did not appreciably impact reinforcer efficacy. Subsequently, a One Pre-Session Choice condition was initiated to evaluate the efficacy of a preference assessment method with lower practitioner response effort as a means to increase social validity. The introduction of this condition also resulted in undifferentiated data across all participants. Future research should continue to evaluate the effect of choice timing on reinforcer efficacy, utilizing variations of this protocol. |
|
|
|
|
Applied Behavior Analytic Interventions for Genetic Syndromes: Down Syndrome and Fragile X Syndrome |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nicole M. Neil (Michigan State University) |
CE Instructor: Nicole M. Neil, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Knowledge about the genetic basis of disabilities has increased over the past decades, yet a limited amount of research demonstrates the application of behavior-analytic interventions to address the needs associated with common genetic syndromes. This symposium will describe research findings from several intervention studies targeting individuals with Down syndrome and Fragile X syndrome. The first presentation discusses the use of behavioral interventions targeting exploratory motor and babbling in infants with Down syndrome, the second presentation will describe how modifying the intensity of intervention affects learner acquisition and in-session behavior for learners with Down syndrome, and the third presentation will illustrate effective techniques for individuals with Fragile X syndrome. We will highlight how knowledge about the behavioral phenotype can act as a barrier to designing interventions (by creating an illusion that the behavior is not malleable), and aid in informing interventions (by identifying strengths on which to build). |
Keyword(s): Babbling, Communication, Down syndrome, Fragile X |
|
Interventions for Infants With Down Syndrome: A Behavior Analytic Model |
THERESA FIANI (City University of New York - The Graduate Center), Sara Bauer (The Graduate Center of the City University of New York), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Individuals with Down syndrome show a distinct behavioral phenotype characterized by relative weakness in expressive language and relative strengths in social interest. The characteristic phenotype of individuals with Down syndrome develops early in infancy with delays in the duration and frequency of exploratory motor behavior (manipulating a toy in the hand) and in the onset of babbling, speech sounds and vocal imitation. We present a behavior-analytic model, which explains the early differences in exploratory motor and speech sounds. Using this model, we examined interventions for infants with Down syndrome. A behavior-analytic intervention involving multiple opportunities, prompting, and social reinforcement was used to teach three infants with Down syndrome between 5-9 months of age to emit exploratory motor behavior with the same frequency and duration as typically developing infants. We also examined contingent vocal imitation as a reinforcer to increase the rate of babbling in infants with Down syndrome. The importance of these findings and collateral changes in related skill areas will be discussed. |
|
Using Intervention Intensity to Maximize Acquisition of Language for Learners With Down Syndrome |
NICOLE M. NEIL (Michigan State University), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Maximizing outcomes for learners with Down syndrome requires an approach which is both effective and efficient. Modifying the intensity of intervention has the potential to affect the rate of skill acquisition as well as other learner behavior, such as task persistence, which alters the efficiency of intervention. We will discuss the results of study which determined the effect of varying intensity levels of discrete-trial instruction on acquisition and task persistence for young children with Down syndrome. Three children with Down syndrome were taught expressive language targets using three manipulations of intervention intensity (dose): the number of opportunities, the spacing of opportunities, and the session duration. We measured the effects of intensity on skill acquisition and task persistence (off-task behavior and affect). Children acquired targets faster in conditions in which the spacing of opportunities was shorter than conditions in which the spacing was longer. Manipulating dose produced individual differences during the different intensity levels in the two measures of task persistence. |
|
Behavioral Interventions for Children With Fragile X Syndrome |
LAUREN MOSKOWITZ (St. John's University), Carmen Mootz (St. John's University), Emily A. Jones (Queens College, The Graduate Center, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Parents and professionals typically report problem behavior (e.g., aggression, self-injury, tantrums) as their greatest concern regarding their children with fragile X syndrome (FXS). However, there is currently a paucity of applied intervention research to reduce problem behavior and improve quality of life in this population. We will discuss the results of our study which explored whether behaviorally-based assessment and intervention targeting specific problematic contexts would result in a reduction in problem behavior and an improvement in quality of life for three children with FXS and their families. Based on the results of a functional assessment, a multi-component intervention plan was developed to teach the parents and child to effectively cope with the problematic context. A multiple baseline design was used to demonstrate intervention effects for specific high-priority contexts (bedtime, running errands, and toileting) in home and community settings. Following intervention, there were substantial improvements in problem behavior and family quality of life for all three participants within the targeted contexts. Results demonstrated that many of the behaviors observed in children with FXS are amenable to behavioral interventions that involve altering the antecedents and consequences related to such behaviors. We will also present data comparing direct versus indirect prompting in FXS. |
|
|
|
|
Current Research on Self Control |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Zurich FG, Swissotel |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Fernanda Castanho Calixto (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: Impulsive behavior is at the center of attention of educators and clinicians alike. Behavior analysts have a long tradition in the experimental study about the variables which yield impulsive behavior and the alternative and more socially acceptable and otherwise relevant behavior, known as self control. This symposium comprises three papers representing current research on self control and its controlling variables. One paper investigates the effects of equalization and non-equalization of inter trial intervals on self control performance of children. Another paper aims to study the effects of larger and smaller reinforcers chosen via a pre experimental assessment to investigate the effects of mediating responses on self control of small children. A third paper implemented a self-monitoring system as an intervention for inappropriate body movements along with a differential reinforcement of lower rates of responses component. All papers contribute to the understanding of the variables responsible for self control and bring important implications to the development of more effective educational procedures and to conceptual issues regarding the behavioral definition of self control. |
Keyword(s): intertrial intervals, mediating responses, self-control, self-monitoring |
|
The Effect of Equalization and Non-Equalization of Inter-Trial Intervals Over Self-Control Performance of Typical Children |
FERNANDA CALIXTO (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Júlia Varoto (LAHMIEI, Psychology Department, UFSCar), Celso Goyos (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos) |
Abstract: Under the paradigm of concurrent choices, self-control is understood as the choice of delayed and larger consequences in detriment of choices of immediate and smaller consequences. Previous research indicates that the duration of inter-trial intervals affect the choice behavior of delayed consequences, among other variables. A common procedure to increase experimental control over what determines choice consists of equalizing trial duration. The present study aims to investigate, in a single subject design, the effect of equalization and non-equalization of inter-trial intervals over self-control in four pre-scholar children with normal development, aged between 3 and 4 years. The study is structured in five phases: Simple Discrimination Training (SDT), Reinforcement Amount Training (RAT), Delay Reinforcement Training (DRT) and Interval Between Trials Equated with reversal of equalization (NE-EI). Results show that participants chose larger reinforcements in 100% of trials during RAT Phase. During DRT Phase, choices on delayed consequences stabilized on 33% along three sessions and the participant obtained 10 reinforcers per session (4 minutes each session). During NEI Phase, choices on delayed consequences stabilized on 50% and the participant obtained 12 reinforcers per session (5 minutes each session). Results suggest that on NEI phase occurred maximization of number of reinforcers per session time. Keywords: self-control, inter-trial intervals, delayed consequences. |
|
Teaching Self-Control to Preschoolers |
ERIN MCGUIRE (Caldwell College), April N. Kisamore (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Previous researchers demonstrated the effectiveness of teaching mediating responses to increase self-control with typically developing children (Mischel, Ebbesen, & Ziess, 1972). Past research did not include data from normative assessments to inform the selection of mediating responses nor were baseline performances well documented. The purpose of this study was to complete a pre-experimental assessment with 4.5 to 5 year old preschool children to gather data about mediating responses during choice situations. Information from this assessment was used to inform the mediating responses taught to 3 to 4 year old children. Effects of mediating response training were evaluated in a multiple baseline across participants design. Results show that when children were first presented with a larger delayed reinforcer versus a smaller immediate reinforcer, they chose the smaller immediate reinforcer. Following mediating response training, participants chose the larger delayed reinforcer.
Keywords: self-control, descriptive assessment, typically developing children |
|
The Effects of a Self-Monitoring System and DRL on Inappropriate Body Movements in a Young Male With Autism |
KATHRYN LOONEY (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: We used a reversal design to evaluate the effects of a DRL plus self-monitoring system on decreasing inappropriate body movements (IBM) in a young male with autism. Baseline data indicated that inappropriate body movements ranged between 14 and 34 occurrences each day. A trial- based functional analysis revealed IBM were multiply maintained by automatic reinforcement, access to tangibles, and attention. Thus self-monitoring would allow the implementation of an intervention when the participant was alone, as well as during instruction. First, discrimination training was used to teach the participant to score when IBM occurred while watching video segments of himself and then in-vivo. Self-monitoring training in-vivo showed that the self-monitoring system acquired stimulus control over IBM, in that IBM were more likely to occur in the absence of the system than in its presence. Therefore, we implemented the self-monitoring system across the day as an intervention for IBM along with a DRL component. We demonstrated the effectiveness of the DRL+ self-monitoring system within a reversal design when reliable changes in IBM occurred when the intervention was applied and removed. With the implementation of the intervention, IBM decreased to under five occurrences. |
|
|
|
|
Improving the Precision of OBM Intervention: Recent Advancements in Functional Assessment, Stimulus Preference, and Incentive Schedules |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel |
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jason M. Hirst (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Jason M. Hirst, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Increasing the precision of an intervention effort means being able to identify a targeted, function-based intervention, and to understand how variations in the environment affect the success of treatments. The introduction of diagnostic models and algorithms like the Performance Diagnostic Checklist increased the focus in organizational behavior management on identifying causal factors affecting staff behavior. Further, even function-based interventions require some degree of individualization as preference and histories of reinforcement differ across individuals. Recent research has pursued these issues in an effort to make organizational behavior management more analytic in nature. The first study seeks to determine the degree to which the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services reliably identifies an effective, function-based intervention. The second study seeks to identify how stimulus preference and reinforcement schedule interact to influence staff performance. Finally, the third study proposes a novel conceptualization of the impact of unprogrammed aspects of performance incentive arrangements through behavioral economic analyses of choice and probabilities in the workplace. |
Keyword(s): Functional Assessment, Incentives, Reinforcement Schedules |
|
Use of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services to Assess and Increase Teaching of Verbal Operants by Therapists |
Joshua Lipschultz (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), CHANA GEHRMAN (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The Performance Diagnostic Checklist Human Services (PDC-HS) is an informant-based tool designed to assess the environmental variables that contribute to poor employee performance in human service settings. Although the PDC-HS has been shown to be effective in diagnosing potential variables maintaining problem performance, it is yet unclear whether a function-based intervention identified by the PDC-HS is the only intervention that is likely to work. In the current study, the PDC-HS was administered to various supervisors to assess the potential variables maintaining low levels of providing opportunities to use verbal operants with 3 therapist-client dyads. Three of the four PDC-HS domains were evaluated. Various non-indicated interventions from the different PDC-HS domains were implemented prior to implementing an indicated intervention. Results show that the PDC-HS-indicated interventions were more effective than the PDC-HS non-indicated interventions for each dyad. Results are discussed in terms of the utility of the PDC-HS to identify appropriate interventions to manage therapist performance in human service settings. |
|
Evaluation of Stimulus Delivery Arrangements on Staff Performance in a Simulated Work Setting |
Ashley Tudor (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology), STEPHANIE VASQUEZ (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Supplementary, contingent pay arrangements can result in improved employee productivity and may lead to the development of more efficient performance improvement plans in organizational settings. In Experiment 1, we examined the effects of various stimulus delivery arrangements on performance in a computer-based task in a simulated work context. Participants entered hypothetical client data onto a Microsoft Excel invoice and earned gift-cards for task completion according to the following four conditions: (a) fixed-ratio/high-preference stimuli (FR/HiP), (b) variable-ratio/high-preference stimuli (VR/HiP), (c) fixed-ratio/varied stimuli (FR/Var), and (d) variable-ratio/varied stimuli (VR/Var). For both participants, constant access to their highest preferred stimulus delivered under a fixed-ratio schedule produced the greatest increases in performance relative to baseline. In a second experiment, we evaluated participant preference to perform under the four stimulus delivery arrangements using a concurrent-chains schedule. Results of the preference assessment indicated that one of the participants' preference did not correspond with the stimulus condition that resulted in the highest levels of task completion or reinforcers earned during the performance evaluation. |
|
Effects of Probabilistic Arrangements of Incentives and Disincentives on Work Task Performance in an Analogue Setting |
JASON M. HIRST (Southern Illinois University), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The current study seeks to synthesize concepts from organizational behavior management and behavioral economics through an exploratory, translational paradigm. The degree to which workplace contingencies are subject to variables common to the behavioral economic literature was assessed in three experiments. The first experiment was a hypothetical discounting task that extended the cross-commodity discounting literature by comparing monetary outcomes with access to mobile devices, a potential competing reward in organizational settings. The second experiment was a systematic replication of Experiment 1 in the context of the workplace. Both studies demonstrated that probability discounting predicted the subjective value of both monetary and nonmonetary outcomes. The third experiment examined the effects of probability on the efficacy of an incentive system in an analogue work environment. Participants were given the opportunity to complete a work task under varying probabilities of incentive availability. The results showed that incentive availabilities of less than 25% failed to maintain allocation of behavior to the work task for three of six participants. The applicability of behavioral economics, specifically discounting, for organizations are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Predicting Behavioral Outcomes in the Treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Dennis Dixon (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)) |
Discussant: Sienna Greener-Wooten (Center for Autism and Related Disorders, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Sienna Greener-Wooten, Ph.D. |
Abstract: While there is a strong consensus that applied behavior analysis (ABA) is an effective treatment for autism spectrum disorder (ASD), evidence also indicates variation in individual response to treatment. Several factors have been suggested to have an effect on ABA treatment outcomes. Some factors are specific to the child at the start of treatment (e.g., age, IQ, symptom severity, and skill level), while other factors are treatment specific (e.g., treatment intensity and treatment duration). The present studies evaluate the effects of treatment specific factors on outcomes in large and geographically diverse samples of children with ASD receiving ABA services in community-based settings. These studies investigate the relationship between treatment intensity and skill acquisition, the effects of treatment hours on outcomes across all areas of a comprehensive treatment program, and the impact of features of supervision (i.e., supervision intensity, supervisor credentials, years of experience, and caseload) on skill acquisition. The findings of these studies have significant implications on treatment delivery practices and the optimization of treatment response. |
Keyword(s): Behavior Analysis, Supervision, Treatment Intensity/Domains, Treatment Outcomes |
|
An Evaluation of Effects of Intensity and Duration on Outcomes Across Treatment Domains for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
ERIK LINSTEAD (Chapman University), Esther Hong (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Abstract: Ample research has revealed that high intensity applied behavior analysis (ABA) treatment (i.e., 30-40 hours per week) significantly improves outcomes of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, relatively few studies have directly compared higher with lower intensity treatment or investigated these effects across all domains. Two studies were conducted with groups of children receiving behavioral intervention in community-based settings. The first study evaluated the relationship between treatment intensity and learning. A regression analysis was conducted with 810 children between 1.5 and 12 years of age. Results indicated a strong linear relationship between treatment intensity and skill acquisition, where a greater number of treatment hours consistently predicted greater progress over time. The second study examined the relationship between treatment intensity and outcomes within eight treatment domains. A multiple regression analysis was conducted with 599 children. While positive effects were observed across all treatment domains, the greatest effects based on treatment intensity were seen for language, play, and academic skills, and the weakest effects seen for adaptive skills, executive function, and cognition. Treatment duration showed a relatively week impact on outcomes. These findings support existing evidence of the benefits of high intensity ABA treatment programs for children with ASD. |
|
An Evaluation of the Impact of Supervision Intensity, Supervisor Qualifications, and Caseload on Outcomes in the Treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder |
DENNIS DIXON (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is a well-established treatment for autism spectrum disorder (ASD). While ample research has shown the benefits of high treatment intensity, very little research has investigated the role of supervision intensity or other elements of supervision in treatment outcomes. The present study examined the relationship between ABA treatment response and supervision intensity, supervisor credentials, years of experience, and caseload in a large and geographically diverse sample of children receiving ABA services in community-based settings. The present analysis included 663 children with ASD. A multiple linear regression analysis was performed to evaluate the impact of supervision and treatment intensity on learning outcomes. When analyzed together, supervision and treatment intensity accounted for slightly more of the observed variance than therapy hours alone. Additional regression analyses were conducted to evaluate the effect of supervisor credentials, years of experience, and caseload. Supervisor credentials were found to have a significant impact on treatment outcome. Supervisor years of experience and caseload were unexpectedly not found to have a meaningful relationship to skill acquisition. These findings provide guidance for best practice recommendations. |
|
|
|
|
The Role of Nutrition in Medicine: Dietary and Other Behavioral Interventions for the Management of Significant Health Conditions |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: John M. Guercio, Ph.D. |
Chair: John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services) |
TOM CAMPBELL (University of Rochester Program for Nutrition in Medicine) |
Thomas M. Campbell II, MD is the co-founder and clinical director of the University of Rochester Program for Nutrition in Medicine. A board certified family physician, he has an active primary care practice in Rochester, NY. In addition, Dr. Campbell is medical director of the T. Colin Campbell Center for Nutrition Studies, a leading provider, in partnership with eCornell, of online education in plant-based nutrition. A graduate of Cornell University, Thomas is author of The Campbell Plan and co-author, with his father T. Colin Campbell, PhD, of The China Study, a worldwide bestseller.
Dr. Campbell got his medical degree from the University at Buffalo School of Medicine and completed residency training in Family Medicine at the University of Rochester, Highland Hospital. He has published in the Israel Medical Association Journal and in CME publications Primary Care Reports and Integrative Medicine Alert. He has completed several marathons. |
Abstract: Dr. Campbell has conducted extensive research into the influence of dietary and other behavioral interventions as they relate to cardiovascular health, longevity, cancer and diabetes prevention, and a host of other medical benefits. He is a leading scholar and authority on the role of diet and lifestyle changes in the prevention and treatment of disease. He and his father published The China Study in 2005. The book details the groundbreaking work that he has completed with his father in the area of the prevalence of cancer and its relation to our dietary habits. |
Target Audience: Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) characterize a healthy, plant-based diet; (2) identify the most common diseases that are affected by nutrition; (3) understand the barriers and promises of integrating nutrition with behavior change in the traditional medical setting. |
|
|
|
|
Should the FDA Reduce the Nicotine Content of Cigarettes? The Science and Potential Public Health Impact |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM |
Lucerne, Swissotel |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
Instruction Level: Basic |
CE Instructor: Christine E. Hughes, Ph.D. |
Chair: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
ERIC C. DONNY (Univerisity of Pittsburgh) |
Dr. Donny is a Professor of Psychology (primary), Psychiatry and Behavioral & Community Health Sciences at the University of Pittsburgh. His expertise includes behavioral pharmacology, biological and health psychology, addiction, and regulatory science. His research has included a wide range of topics and techniques including animal models of self-administration, human abuse liability of cocaine and heroin, functional neuroimaging, population-based surveys, and clinical trials of tobacco products. His current interests focus on regulatory approaches to reducing the health burden of tobacco. He co-directs the Center for the Evaluation of Nicotine in Cigarettes (CENIC), an NIDA/FDA-funded cooperative agreement involving 12 institutions that aims to increase understanding of how behavior and health might be affected in the vast majority of smokers who are either unable or unwilling to quit, if the nicotine content of combustible tobacco products is reduced. |
Abstract: In 2009, Congress gave the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) the authority to limit the nicotine content of combusted tobacco products. Decades of research suggest that nicotine is the primary cause of tobacco addiction and that reducing nicotine might reduce the rate and/or prevalence of smoking and have a dramatic impact on public health. This presentation will focus on recent clinical and preclinical data that addresses the potential benefits and risks of reducing nicotine as a regulatory approach. Clinical studies indicate that marked reduction in the nicotine content of cigarettes lead to fewer cigarettes smoked per day and reduced nicotine dependence with little evidence of compensatory smoking. Preclinical data from rat models of nicotine self-administration indicate that nicotine reduction would likely also decrease the initiation of use amongst nicotine na?ve adolescent users and that other non-nicotine constituents of tobacco smoke have little effect on behavior. The primary exception is MAO inhibition, which appears to shift the dose-response curve for self-administration to the left when the cost is low (i.e., low fixed ratio). Together, these data add to a growing literature that suggests that regulated reductions in nicotine may have a positive impact on behavior and health. Funding: Research reported in this publication was supported by the National Institute on Drug Abuse and FDA Center for Tobacco Products (CTP) (U54 DA031659). The content is solely the responsibility of the authors and does not necessarily represent the official views of the NIH or the Food and Drug Administration. |
Target Audience: Licensed Psychologists, certified behavior analysts, graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) determine the evidence as to whether reducing the nicotine content of cigarettes is likely to lead to compensatory smoking; (2) determine the evidence as to whether reducing the nicotine content of cigarettes is likely to lead to significant nicotine withdrawal or other negative effects such as depression; (3) determine if altering the nicotine content of cigarettes impacts price elasticity. |
|
|
|
|
Instructional Practices for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: Syntheses of the Literature |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Columbus Hall IJ, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jennifer Ninci (Texas A&M University) |
Discussant: Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Ninci, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Aggregations of single-case research studies are useful in assessing the external validity of evidence in a given area. Aggregations of the literature can provide behavior analysts with a cohesive understanding of a certain practice; they can also inform us of the most effective treatments demonstrated for a specific domain of behavior. This symposium includes quantitative syntheses and meta-analyses of single-case literature on specific interventions (i.e., errorless teaching and embedding preferences) as well as on certain domains of behavior (i.e., academic skills and functional living skills). All of these reviews are focused on learning in individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Individuals with ASD face unique challenges in learning and development. A common purpose to each of the reviews here is to identify the current state of the evidence for individual practices. Standards for aggregating and analyzing single-case research have undergone much refinement in recent years. Meta-analytic reviews of single-case research are only recently becoming prevalent in the special education and applied behavior analytic literature. Thus, this symposium will be useful for attendees with interest in educational interventions for individuals with ASD as well as for those interested in advancements in methods for study aggregation. |
Keyword(s): Generalization, Meta-analysis, Skill acquisition |
|
A Review of Academic Interventions for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder in School Settings |
FAHAD ALRESHEED (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: This review of single-case research is on interventions aiming to enhance academic/pre-academic skills and/or task completion and engagement during academic contexts for children with ASD in school settings. Forty-eight studies published between 1995 and 2014 were included. These articles were coded according to (a) design; (b) participant demographics; (c) setting type; (d) intervention type and implementer; (e) duration and dosage; (f) outcomes; (g) inter-rater reliability, social validity, treatment integrity, and (h) generalization and maintenance. Tau-U was used to determine overlap indices for each study and across intervention categories of literacy, math, science, social studies, engagement and task completion, and prerequisite skills. Findings showed that most studies included students in grades K-12. The mean Tau-U score across all studies was moderate to high (Tau-U = 0.74, range 0.15 - 1.00). All interventions were effective or very effective in improving targeted pre-academic or academic skills. Interventions targeting task engagement and completion had the lowest mean Tau-U (Tau-U = 0.59); approximately half of the interventions were not effective for improving task engagement and completion (Tau-U = 0.65). These results reveal the need for further research targeting academic skills for preschool students with ASD and interventions targeting on task engagement and completion. |
|
Errorless Teaching Procedures on Learning Outcomes for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Systematic Review |
BETHANY P. CONTRERAS YOUNG (Utah State University), Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Errorless learning, or errorless teaching, is a technology that has been developed as a way to teach individuals with autism a variety of skills. The purpose of this systematic review was to review the extant literature on errorless teaching procedures that have been used with individuals with autism. Our goal was to determine which forms of errorless teaching have been researched and what the effects of each form were in terms of learning outcomes. We conducted a comprehensive search using 7 databases and studies were included in the review if they included participants with autism, were primary research, were written in English, and directly tested the effects of errorless teaching procedures. Twenty studies met the inclusion criteria and we conducted an independent appraisal of the results and methodological quality of each study (based of the What Works Clearinghouse Procedures and Standards Handbook). We found that five different forms of errorless teaching have been researched and that, in general, errorless teaching procedures are effective at teaching discrete skills to individuals with autism. We also found that errorless procedures seem to produce learning slower than non-errorless procedures in terms of sessions to mastery. Implications for research and practice will be discussed. |
|
Embedding Preferences in the Learning Environment for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Meta-Analysis |
JENNIFER NINCI (Texas A&M University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Leslie Neely (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: A body of research has explored how embedding interests into the learning environment by modifying aspects of the original activity may facilitate positive outcomes in an area of need for individuals with ASD. We reviewed this literature base to (a) determine the quality of the evidence and (b) evaluate potential moderators of results according to variations in participant characteristics and dependent variables. Studies were included that targeted participants with ASD, included quantitative data, and compared conditions with high- versus lesser-preferred objects/activities embedded into the environment. Studies were rated on quality and evidence using two rubrics. A total of 21 studies with 86 participants were included. Thirteen studies with 42 participants targeted children in early childhood, 12 of which were single-case studies with 28 participants and 74 effects/targeted dependent variables. In evaluating the quality of this initial sample of studies, findings were mixed. There was emerging support among studies targeting social-communication type skills (e.g., joint attention). It is possible that stereotyped or repetitive behaviors associated with restricted interests of children with ASD could deter the effects of this intervention at times, such as during instructor-led activities. Professionals should structure the environment to monitor added benefit when considering use of this intervention. |
|
Generalization and Maintenance of Functional Living Skills for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Meta-Analysis |
LESLIE NEELY (University of Texas at San Antonio), Jennifer Ganz (Texas A&M University), John Davis (University of Utah), Margot Boles (Texas A&M University), Ee Rea Hong (University of Tsukuba), Jennifer Ninci (Texas A&M University), Whitney Gilliland (Texas A&M University) |
Abstract: This systematic review and meta-analysis analyzed peer-reviewed research concerning the generalization and maintenance of functional-living skills for individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Following the application of predetermined inclusion criteria, 31 articles (containing 32 studies) were reviewed and summarized in terms of: (a) generalization dimension, (b) generalization assessment design, (c) maintenance assessment design, (d) maintenance and generalization teaching strategy, and (e) latency to maintenance probes. Using Tau effect size and post-hoc analyses, the type of generalization and maintenance teaching strategies were analyzed as potential moderators. Outcomes identified strong effects for generalization strategies employed. Resulting maintenance effects demonstrated strong effects for baseline to maintenance contrasts. Negative effects for the train and hope method were identified using intervention to maintenance contrasts. Results indicated statistically significant findings supporting the use of training in a natural setting and training to a criterion as compared to the train and hope strategy. Implications for future research and practice are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Assessing Treatment Integrity and Staff Training When Delivering Behavioral Services to Individuals With Disabilities |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Columbus Hall GH, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Denys Brand (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Layla Abby, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Treatment integrity is the extent to which interventionists implement treatment procedures as prescribed. Treatment integrity errors can adversely affect treatment effectiveness and impede learning for individuals with disabilities such as autism spectrum disorder. It is important to develop and refine methods of identifying treatment integrity errors and teaching staff to implement procedures consistent with their prescribed protocols. This symposium focuses on describing procedures for assessing treatment integrity, and for teaching staff to implement procedures as prescribed. Brand will present the results from a study in which a conditional probability analysis identified and quantified between-trials treatment integrity errors that occurred during discrete-trial teaching error-correction procedures. Abby will detail a study focused on the use of enhanced data sheets when assessing treatment integrity in conditional discrimination training. Luck will describe a study comparing the effectiveness of and preference for three different feedback strategies when training special education teachers (written, vocal, & video-feedback). Coln-Kwedor will present the results from two studies containing a comprehensive analysis of treatment integrity with response interruption and redirection in both naturalistic and experimental settings. These methods were effective in identifying treatment errors and teaching procedures to staff. |
|
Assessing the Treatment Integrity of Discrete-Trial Teaching Error-Correction Procedures Using Conditional Probabilities |
DENYS BRAND (University of Kansas), Douglas Elliffe (University of Auckland), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Treatment integrity is the extent to which interventionists implement treatment procedures consistent with their prescribed protocol. Research shows that DTT is most effective when administered with high levels of treatment integrity. The majority of treatment integrity research involving discrete-trial teaching (DTT) focuses on treatment integrity on a within-trial basis. However, treatment integrity errors can also occur on a between-trials basis. The aim of the study was to use conditional probability matrices to identify and quantify between-trials treatment integrity errors occurring during error-correction procedures. We video-recorded therapy sessions for three therapist-learner dyads at the time and place where DTT sessions usually took place. The learners were children with autism spectrum disorders who received DTT as part of their regular teaching programs. The conditional probability matrices were effective in identifying and quantifying error-correction treatment integrity errors. Also, we found that high levels of within-trial treatment integrity did not correspond to high levels of treatment integrity for the error-correction procedures. |
|
Effects of Standard and Enhanced Data Sheets on Implementation of Conditional Discrimination Training |
LAYLA ABBY (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Linda A. LeBlanc (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Green (2001) and Grow and LeBlanc (2012) described practice recommendations for conducting conditional discrimination training. Grow and LeBlanc provide an example of a data sheet with the preset target stimulus for each trial along with a counterbalanced three-item array of comparison stimuli to enhance the accuracy of implementation of the recommended practices. The current study evaluated the recommendation that the enhanced data sheet might lead to higher procedural integrity on these practice recommendations compared to a standard data sheet (i.e., targets and arrays are not pre-set). Behavior therapists from two provider agencies were randomly assigned to the standard data sheet or the enhanced data sheet (e.g., Grow & LeBlanc example) condition. Participants watched a short video on the practice recommendations for a matching task and an orientation to the data sheet for the assigned condition. He or she then used the assigned data sheet while implementing the matching task with a confederate serving in the role of the child with autism. Currently, 22 participants have completed the study (11 per condition) and the final sample will include 40 total participants. The enhanced data sheet produced higher procedural implementation on each of the four targeted practice recommendations. |
|
A Comparison of Written, Vocal, and Video Feedback When Training Teachers |
KALLY LUCK (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Danielle Dupuis (The University of Houston-Clear Lake), Wai-Ling Wu (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Louisa Hussein (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This study compared the effectiveness of and preference for three different feedback strategies when training six special education teachers during a 5-day summer training program. In Study 1, teachers received written or vocal feedback while learning to implement two different types of preference assessments (paired-stimulus and multiple-stimulus-without-replacement). Written feedback was more effective than vocal feedback for three teachers and vocal feedback was more effective than written feedback for two teachers. In Study 2, we compared the most effective feedback strategy from Study 1 to video-assisted feedback while training the teachers to implement two forms of discrete trial training, one involving least-to-most prompting and the other involving most-to-least prompting. Video-assisted feedback was the most effective method for three teachers and vocal feedback was the most effective for one teacher. However, vocal feedback was the most preferred method for all of the teachers. Results have important implications for the use of feedback with teachers. |
|
An Analysis of Treatment Integrity of Response Interruption and Redirection |
CANDICE COLON-KWEDOR (Western New England University & The May Institute), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Response Interruption and Redirection (RIRD) has been shown to effectively decrease stereotypy but its application outside an experimental setting has not been well studied. In Experiment 1, decreases in automatically-maintained vocal stereotypy were obtained following RIRD treatment in a controlled setting for three participants diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Descriptive data on the consistency and accuracy of treatment implementation were then collected in the classroom setting. Results showed that treatment implementation varied across participants (i.e., Participant 1, M=60.0%; Participant 2, M=89.7%; Participant 3, M= 41.1%) and across staff members (range, 0-100%). Failure to implement the treatment was the most common error. However, when RIRD was implemented the components were carried out as prescribed with high integrity. In Experiment 2, three participants were exposed to a parametric analysis in a controlled setting. The results indicated that RIRD was effective at 50% treatment implementation or higher. Furthermore, when 25% implementation was interspersed with booster sessions at 100% treatment effects were also maintained. An evaluation of the RIRD procedure in the clinical setting is discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Conceptual and Applied Considerations in Staff Training Related to Complex Verbal Behavior and Children With Autism |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Net) |
Discussant: Francesca Degli Espinosa (Private Practice) |
CE Instructor: Michael Miklos, M.S. |
Abstract: Training staff to teach skills beyond the basic verbal operants involves consideration of conceptual, social and training variables. Four papers will be presented that review considerations for training peer to peer interactions, conceptual considerations related to speech perception, and two papers describing large group competency based trainings for conceptual and procedural skills relevant to complex verbal behavior for teachers of students with autism. The first study includes a description of training systems relevant to peer to peer verbal interactions focused on a manding treatment package consisting of the use of differential reinforcement and time delay procedures to effect the rate of unprompted peer mands in individuals with autism and intellectual disabilities. A behavioral interpretation of the McGurk Effect will relate conceptual issues relevant to training staff in skills related to observational skills of vocal verbal behavior. The McGurk effect is an auditory and visual phenomena in which what is seen effects what is heard. The final two papers summarize outcome data from large scale trainings focused on having staff acquire implementation skills for procedures derived from advanced concepts in verbal behavior including joint control, extended tacts, and verbal conditional discriminations. |
Keyword(s): verbal behavior |
|
The Effects of Peer to Peer Mand Training on Unprompted Mand Frequency for Children With Autism and Intellectual/Developmental Disabilities |
RACHEL KITTENBRINK (University of Pittsburgh) |
Abstract: The current study used a peer manding treatment package, embedding the use of differential reinforcement, controls for motivation, and time delay procedures to assess the effects on peer manding and reinforcer delivery rates in elementary school students with autism and IDD. A multiple probe across dyads design (Horner & Baer, 1978) was used to evaluate effectiveness of the peer manding treatment package on unprompted peer mands and unprompted reinforcer deliveries during 12 min mand sessions. All participants were active in the baseline, intervention, withdrawal, generalization, and maintenance phases of the investigation. All participants demonstrated increased unprompted mands and unprompted reinforcer deliveries following exposure to the treatment package, demonstrating a functional relation between the treatment package and increased response levels. Participants' response levels in the phases following the intervention phase were more variable, but as a whole, response levels maintained throughout the investigation. Considerations for interpreting the results are included and recommendations for future research and practitioners are discussed. |
|
A Behavioral Interpretation of the McGurk Effect |
DAVID ROTH (Cal State Stanislaus) |
Abstract: The McGurk Effect is a perceptual phenomenon in which the combination of discrepant visual and auditory speech stimuli (e.g,. hear-ba/see-ga) produces the reports of hearing a completely novel response form (e.g., "a"). The present study attempted to explain the McGurk Effect and related phenomena in terms of principles of behavior. Skinner (1953) proposed that perception itself is behavior, and interpreting experimental results within the framework of experimentally validated behavioral principles may help to guide future research on perceptual phenomena. Additionally, the present study contributed to the analysis of the McGurk Effect by comparing results from a discrepant isolated syllable condition (e.g., hear-ba/see-ga) with a second condition, in which the isolated syllables were presented to participants as the initial sounds of responses existing within their verbal repertoires (e.g., hear-BUST/see-GUST). The results supported the authors' hypothesis that the McGurk Effect would be stronger when syllables were presented in isolation than when they were presented in the context of whole words. Implications for training staff in observing vocal behavior will be discusse. |
|
Competency-Based Staff Training for Implementation of Procedures Related to Instruction of Complex Verbal Behavior for Students With Autism |
MICHAEL MIKLOS (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network), Amiris Dipuglia (PaTTAN/ Autism Initiative) |
Abstract: Outcomes of a large scale training effort for public school autism teachers in Pennsylvania include data on acquisition of conceptual skills and specific teaching programs will be presented. This session will review the structure and rationale for methods for teaching staff to implement protocols such as generative responding for tacts of actions and features, tacts of class of items and transfer to intraverbal responses. Includes description of training methods and outcomes for specific methods for developing participant conceptual competencies for extended tacts and concept development, joint control processes and issues related to verbal conditional discriminations. Training methods have included multiple formats for participant responding including choral responding, guided notes, and analogue demonstration of specific procedures. The training model has been implemented with public school teachers serving students with autism. The training represents efforts of the Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network Autism Initiative. Training participants have included a wide range of professionals employed in public schools including teachers, para-educators and various support staff including school psychologists and speech and language clinicians. |
|
Transfer of Training Complex Verbal Behavior Concepts and Protocols for Autism Support Teachers to Classroom Settings |
AMIRIS DIPUGLIA (PaTTAN/ Autism Initiative), Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network) |
Abstract: This session will review data and processes involved in the transfer of training competencies from large scale analogue training sessions to actual classroom practices. The role and function of on-site consultation from behavioral consultants involved in the Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network Applied Behavior Analysis Supports effort in supporting teams in implementing protocols related to complex verbal behavior will be presented. Consideration of the design of training includes structure of training content related to efficient data collection and analysis that can be adopted in school settings that typically do not include clinical practice staff to student ratios. Additionally, methods to insure treatment integrity for teaching protocols related to target skills such as generative responding for tacts of actions and features, tacts of class of items and transfer to intraverbal responses will be described. The data will be related to a process established to promote system-wide acceptance of behavior analytic processes for teaching complex skills. |
|
|
|
|
Addressing Restricted and Repetitive Behavior and Social Deficits in Individuals With Autism |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Columbus Hall EF, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge) |
CE Instructor: Nicole M. Rodriguez, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Each paper represents a systematic approach to addressing types of behavioral excesses and deficits with individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The first paper addresses a unique type of restricted and repetitive behavior that includes patterned initial-link (preference) selections during the free-choice phase of a concurrent-chains schedule. Smith et al. used a discovery-oriented approach to evaluate a method of disrupting patterned responding under arguably the most simple and salient of terminal-link contexts reinforcement versus extinction - across seven participants. The second and third papers address the common behavioral issue of perseverative speech, which is pertinent to improving social interactions. DeLisle et al. used a multiple schedule to decrease perseverative speech while maintaining manageable levels of appropriate speech with two participants. Sauter et al. evaluated the influence of, and client preference for, attention alone or combined with contingent access to preferred topics following on-topic speech with three participants. Finally, the fourth paper addresses sportsmanship, a skill relevant to social interactions with peers. Pisman et al. evaluated the effects of behavioral skills training on sportsmanship skills across different tabletop games (e.g., Candyland) with three participants. We are fortunate to have Dr. Tara Fahmie serve as the discussant. |
Keyword(s): concurrent-chains schedules, perseverative speech, repetitive behavior, social skills |
|
The Effects of Exposure on Selections During a Concurrent-Chains Preference Assessment |
VICTORIA SMITH (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Nicole M. Rodriguez (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Researchers have argued the importance of incorporating the recipients of behavior-change procedures into the treatment selection process (e.g., Hanley, 2010). When an individual has limited language capabilities, concurrent-chain schedules offer a means of assessing preference among behavior interventions and teaching strategies (Hanley, 2010). Our initial purpose was to evaluate the preference for various contexts with children diagnosed with autism who were receiving early intervention services. However, the majority of participants engaged in patterned selections consisting of one selection of each initial link, similar to how exposure trials were arranged. Thus, using a discovery-oriented approach, we evaluated a method of disrupting patterned responding under arguably the most simple and salient of terminal link arrangements (i.e., one reinforcement context versus two extinction contexts). For five of seven participants who initially demonstrated patterned responding, manipulation of the number of exposures to the reinforcement context was sufficient to produce discriminated responding. For two participants, the academic task also needed to be removed. Once discriminated responding was observed under such manipulations, discriminated responding maintained when the initial exposure arrangement was reinstated. Results are discussed in terms of the potential effects of history of exposure to errorless teaching strategies on selections during concurrent-chain schedules. |
|
Use of Multiple Schedules and Reinforcement Thinning in the Treatment of Perseverative Speech |
DEWEY DELISLE (The New England Center for Children), Jessica L. Thomason-Sassi (New England Center for Children), Kara LaCroix (The Autism Community Therapists) |
Abstract: Perseverative speech, the repetition of phrases or topics, can be problematic when the responses occur at such high frequency that they interfere with instruction or typical social interactions. Previous studies have shown that perseverative speech maintained by attention can be treated through the use of a simple differential reinforcement of alternative behavior procedure, in which perseverative speech is ignored and appropriate speech results in attention (Rehfeldt & Chambers, 2003); however, this type of intervention may also result in impractically high levels of appropriate speech. In the current study, a multiple schedule was introduced to decrease problem behavior and maintain low levels of appropriate speech. First, a functional analysis was conducted on the perseverative speech of 2 participants diagnosed with developmental disabilities; results showed that their perseverative speech was maintained by attention. Next, treatment consisted of alternating between reinforcement components, during which appropriate speech was reinforced and perseverative behavior was ignored, and extinction components, during which all behavior was ignored. Schedules were gradually altered to increase the length of the extinction component. |
|
Improving the On-Topic Conversation of Individuals With Autism |
JESSICA SAUTER (Briar Cliff University), Corey S. Stocco (Briar Cliff University), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASDs) may have difficulty maintaining conversation partners because of a tendency to dwell on certain topics in conversation. We evaluated the influence of, and client preference for, attention alone or combined with contingent access to preferred topics on the on-topic performance of three individuals with autism during 5-min conversations. Attention alone and combined with contingent access to preferred topics equally effective in improving participants on-topic conversation. However, participants preferred attention combined with contingent access to preferred topics. The results are discussed in the context of efficacious and socially valid interventions for improving on-topic conversation for people with autism. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism Sportsmanship Skills to Reduce Problem Behavior During Tabletop Games |
MAEGAN D. PISMAN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kevin C. Luczynski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Melissa Bowen (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Ami J. Kaminski (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (ASD) typically exhibit deficits in social interactions. One opportunity for these children to interact with typically developing peers includes tabletop games (e.g., Candyland), and reinforcing interactions during games may increase the future likelihood of these children playing together. We used a multiple baseline design across subjects, who were three children aged 6 to 8, to demonstrate the efficacy of behavioral skills training (BST), and we assessed stimulus generalization across games. BST consisted of trial-based teaching outside of the game context in which the skill was described and modeled and followed by the child practicing the skill. Next, within- or after-game feedback following an error was provided, which included conducting remedial teaching trials until the skill occurred. BST increased sportsmanship skills and decreased problem behavior for all three children, and after teaching was discontinued, maintenance of this performance was observed. Across one or two additional games, stimulus generalization of teaching on decreased levels of problem behavior, increased levels of appropriate behavior, or both was observed for each child. Future research should determine whether sportsmanship skills result in typically developing peers choosing to play more often with children with an ASD using a concurrent-chains schedule. |
|
|
|
|
Advancing the Sophistication of ABA Programs for Children With Autism |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Roosevelt, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rebecca Barron (Southern Illinois University- Carbondale) |
Discussant: Jonathan J. Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids) |
CE Instructor: Jacob H. Daar, M.S. |
Abstract: Traditional accounts of human language have focused on elementary and complex verbal operants discussed by Skinner as verbal behavior. Although this account has led to application in teaching fundamental language skills such as tacts and mands, the same empirical advances have not been shown for more sophisticated language skills that are pivotal in speaking with meaning and listening with understanding. Recently, a series of assessment and curricula have been developed in the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) that incorporate contemporary advances in a behavior analytic understanding of language and cognition that may have applications in teaching these more advanced language skills. The present set of studies will compare the PEAK assessment to existing behavior analytic verbal behavior assessments and demonstrate how, by incorporating advances in Stimulus Equivalence theory and Relational Frame Theory, practitioners can teach complex language skills across sensory modalities. In so doing, PEAK provides a comprehensive curriculum that may have application in use with a greater range of participants, populations, and target verbal behavior skills. |
Keyword(s): Autism, Equivalence, PEAK, RFT |
|
Incorporating Taste, Touch, and Smell Into ABA Programs Using the PEAK-Equivalence Module |
JACOB H. DAAR (Southern Illinois University), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Ryan C. Speelman (Southern Illinois University), Kyle E Rowsey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Sensations such as taste, smell, and texture are important features of the stimuli we encounter on a daily basis. Much attention in the literature on language instruction has been focused on the development of receptive and expressive responding to visual and auditory stimuli, however, few studies have sought to address deficits in responding to non-audio/visual sensations such as those found in gustatory, olfactory, and tactile stimuli. Furthermore, applied investigation of instructional methods designed to promote emergent relations between the various sensory features of stimuli and the arbitrary language functions we, as the verbal community, attribute to them has been lacking. The current presentation will review the applied literature on gustatory, olfactory, and tactile discriminations, and will provide discussion on the importance of promoting derived relational responding between various sensory features of stimuli and the arbitrary language functions used to refer to such features. Data will be presented on several applications of equivalence-based instruction, derived from the PEAK-Equivalence Module, which sought to teach language skills across several sensory modalities. Emphasis will be placed on the necessary procedures required to promote derived relations between sensory modalities and on program modification for when learners require extra support. |
|
Utilizing PEAK Relational Training System: Equivalence to Demonstrate Equivalence Based Learning in Children With Low Verbal Language Skills |
Autumn N. McKeel (Aurora University), MONICA SMILEY (Aurora University) |
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effectiveness of the implementation of multiple exemplar training using PEAK Relational Training System: Equivalence Module (PEAK-E), and its effects on teaching complex verbal relations in four children diagnosed with autism and displayed very low vocal language skills. A multiple probe design was implemented using programs from PEAK Relational Training System: Equivalence Module. Reflexivity, symmetry, and/or equivalence were trained while teaching Equivalence: Metonymical Tacts and Equivalence: Symbolism, separately. During training for Metonymical Tacts, children were taught through a series of training trials to match a sample related word to a picture, that was not previously directly trained. During training for Equivalence: Symbolism, children were taught to match a sample second written trait to a related picture item following training that previously did not directly train the relation. The results suggest that the participants were able to demonstrate mastery of all the trained and the corresponding untrained relations. The data extend previous research by demonstrating the effectiveness of stimulus equivalence in reducing the number of skills that need to be directly taught while still achieving skill mastery, as well as providing support for PEAK-E as an effective technology for promoting the emergence of equivalence class formation in clinical settings. |
|
Applications of Derived Relational Responding to Train New Skills Using the PEAK Relational Training System |
KYLE E ROWSEY (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Jacob H. Daar (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: While the technology of derived relational responding (DRR) has existed within the behavior analytic toolbox for over 45 years, the translation of this technology to applied usage has yet to take hold in a meaningful manner. Though prior research suggests that the utilization of DRR methods to train skills to individuals both with and without disabilities represents an effective and efficient mode of teaching, practitioners continue to primarily utilize discrete trial training of each skill they wish to increase in their clients repertoires. The PEAK Relational Training System is an assessment and curriculum tool designed to incorporate both traditional applied behavior analytic techniques as well as contemporary techniques using DRR as part of its instructional curriculum. The current talk describes several outcome studies on the effectiveness of programs within the PEAK curriculum which were designed to utilize DRR to train novel skills to individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. The results indicated that novel skills were acquired in each of the participants instructed with DRR techniques. |
|
The Relationship Between the PEAK Direct Training Assessment and the VB-MAPP and ABLLs Assessments |
BRIDGET MUNOZ (Autism Home Support Services), Jordan Belisle (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Kyle E Rowsey (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Jacob H. Daar (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The increasing prevalence of Autism Spectrum Disorder and its resulting delays have produced a significant, longstanding relevance for continued progressive measures towards a systematic approach to the treatment of deficient language repertoires. Current behavior analytic language assessments, such as the Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills-Revised (ABLLS-R) and Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP), have demonstrated utility in providing relative measures of an individual’s language and learner repertoire. The Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK) is an additional technology that serves as a means to assess and identify language skills that may be lacking from an individual’s repertoire. In order to advance the literature and, ultimately, support guided treatment decisions, a comparison was conducted. The purpose of the present investigation was to examine the treatment utility and produced measures of the ABBLS-R, VB-MAPP, and PEAK by evaluating the relationship of their assessment scores and identification of language repertoires in individuals with Autism. |
|
|
|
|
ABA Revisited: A Paradigm Shift for Understandingand Treating Psychopathology, Trauma, Anxiety, and Medical Issues |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
Discussant: Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (Florida International University) |
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Typically, applied behavior analysis has focused on individuals with developmental disabilities, including autism spectrum disorders. Often behavior analysts shy away from addressing areas such as psychopathology, trauma, anxiety and emotional aspects (e.g. depression) of medical issues. These diagnoses and their symptoms involve private events and are therefore difficult to operationally define, observe and measure. However, Friman and others have suggested that behavior analysts should not ignore these important areas because they will then be studied only by non-behaviorists. Unfortunately, non-behaviorists view aberrant behaviors in individuals with psychiatric disorders as symptoms of underlying constructs and use the diagnosis as a reason for these behaviors, proposing more global treatments such as therapies or medications. On the other hand, behaviorists view those behaviors as serving an environmental function that can be replaced with a more acceptable behavior serving the same function. The behavioral perspective would also include an analysis/understanding of establishing operations in the form of private events, physical sensations, bio-behavioral states, psychological feelings, and covert tacts/mands and learning history with particular discriminative stimuli for reinforcement or punishment. The presenters in this symposium will present their analyses of these areas from a behavioral perspective and provide treatment strategies or research methodologies that are based on these analyses. |
|
Behavior Analysis and the Psychopath: Methodology for Investigating Behavioral Analogues of Traditional Psychoanalytic Conceptualizations |
ANDRE V. MAHARAJ (Florida International University) |
Abstract: While paradigm shifts have informed largely all areas of psychology, some spheres of research are still dominated by the perspectives of the schools within which they germinated. The presentation and analysis of psychopathy has long been the domain of psychoanalysis, and the trend of psychoanalytic interpretation exists even today, despite the incorporation of methodologies from other fields such as cognitivism and neuroscience. The diagnostic literature delineates Antisocial Personality Disorder (APD) as the adult representation of psychopathy, but many argue that there exists a qualitative distinction between the DSM-V conceptualization and the actual behavioral presentation of psychopaths. We propose that the behavior analytic framework offers a viable means for investigating corresponding analogues to dominant psychoanalytic and cognitive constructs used in the classification of psychopathy. Further, contributions at this level of analysis may aid in the reliable identification of traits, and increase the variance accounted for by established independent variables for predictive analysis. |
|
Treating Children With Trauma and Attachment Difficulties: Redefining Trauma-Based Therapy in Behavioral Terms |
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: Many children who experienced early abuse/neglect, multiple placements and multiple caregivers have experienced trauma and attachment issues. The impact that this may have on the child’s behavior is likely to cause continued problems for the child and those providing care and treatment. Inappropriate behaviors may be related to learning histories and contingencies that are not observable in the immediate environment. Feelings may be establishing operations for the salience of particular reinforcers and punishers. Certain adult and peer behaviors may be discriminative stimuli for particular reinforcers and punishers in children’s learning histories. Negative peer models and naïve adults may provide inadvertent reinforcement for inappropriate behaviors such as lying, stealing and cheating. The presenter will discuss the impact that this learning history has the effectiveness of behavioral treatments as well as generalization of treatment effects. Alternate treatment approaches, such as trauma-based therapy, which are more likely to promote change that will generalize to the natural environment, will be presented in a behavioral framework. |
|
Using FBAs to Select Coping and Self-Management Skills for Youth Exhibiting Anxiety-Related Behaviors |
JESSE (WOODY) W. JOHNSON (Northern Illinois University) |
Abstract: Instruction in coping and self-management strategies have been demonstrated as effective interventions for children and youth with anxiety disorders (Oswald, 2008). Coping strategies include: problem solving, self-instruction, deep breathing, and progressive muscle relaxation. An emerging body of research is demonstrating that the effectiveness of coping and self-management skills can be further enhanced by the use of functional behavior assessment. These strategies can serve as replacement behaviors in the presence of stressful situations (Kendall, 2010). Often, adolescents who are experiencing anxiety in school may exhibit noncompliant, oppositional, and even disruptive behavior. The presenter has worked with adolescents who exhibit anxiety-related behaviors in a school setting that have created problems for these students. The purpose of this presentation is to a) summarize recent research on developing function-based self-management skills, b) outline a series of steps for practitioners to use when developing function-based self-management programs, and c) demonstrate the process through case study examples. |
|
Dealing With Medical Issues in Adolescence: Ensuing Anxious, Depressed, and Helpless Behaviors |
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University), Katy Scott (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: Coping with medical diagnoses such as diabetes and asthma is particularly difficult during adolescence. Living in a rural community that is lacking in resources can make these diagnoses even more difficult, leading to behaviors that present as anxiety, depression and helplessness. Understanding how these behaviors can serve as establishing operations and have functions in the form of direct escape or socially mediated access is helpful in developing interventions that promote more positive behaviors such as treatment adherence, seeking support, and coping effectively. The presenter works with adolescents who are being treated at a school-based health clinic which serves high school students in a rural, impoverished area, some of whom are in families of migrant workers. The presenter will describe how to conduct a functional assessment and analysis of motivating operations in the treatment of behaviors related to medical disorders, using case examples of two adolescents who have been diagnosed with diabetes and asthma. |
|
|
|
|
Metacontingency and Macrocontingency: From Disaster Risk Reduction in a Global Scene to Brazilian Historical Events and Social Merchandising in a Soap Opera With a High Impact Theme |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Vevey 1 & 2, Swissotel |
Area: CSE; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Ingunn Sandaker (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences) |
Discussant: João Claudio Todorov (Universidade de Brasilia) |
Abstract: We will present how operants are involved in interlocking behavioral contingencies using descriptive studies that include the concepts of metacontingency and macrocontingency. The phenomena under analysis are: (1) Disasters as ecosystems: cultural practices in prevention and intervention; (2) Two historical events that occurred in Brazil The Tapuios ethnogenesis and their contribution to indigenous policies, and barricades of health in Rio de Janeiro during the transition from the Imperial to the Republican system; and (4) The mobilization through social merchandising of a soap opera against the trafacking of persons. The contributions of metacontingency and macrocontingency are shown in these different contexts in which complexities are described and allow us to follow the evolution of recurrent social practices and their outcomes in social settings due to environmental selection. The areas considered in these presentations emphasize the need for exchange between behavior analysis and other disciplines such as politics, history and communication. Such interaction may result in an expansion of our understanding of the evolution of cultural practices and cultural planning. |
Keyword(s): disaster risk, historical events, ingenous policies, political public |
|
Disaster Risk Reduction 2015-2030: Metacontingencies Among International, Regional, National, and Local Entities |
LAÉRCIA ABREU VASCONCELOS (Universidade de Brasília (UnB)) |
Abstract: The 1980s were followed by a high number of natural disasters and climate change has stimulated the states of the United Nations to organize a complex mobilization that seeks substantial reduction of disaster losses of life as well as communities and countries social, economic and environmental assets. The important implementation of Hyogo framework for action 2005-2015: left gaps that will be filled by the recent framework approved in the Third World Conference on Disaster Risk Reduction the Sendai framework for disaster risk reduction 2015-2030. Actions from different entities must consider the global development agenda a sustainable development of humanity and the planet. In disaster ecosystems, metacontingencies include the coordination of governments, experts, public and private sectors, and wide range relevant stakeholders at all levels, both externally and locally. Disaster risk reduction requires transparent risk informed decision-making that is easy to understand and science based. Measures and indicators clearly define aggregate products. The metacontingencies of disaster management have interlocked behavior contingencies (IBCs) that interact with global-regional and national-local disasters teams. Metacontingencies and macrocontingencies allow us to describe phenomena in a way that may contribute to the implementation of actions in different phases, from prevention to recovery after a disaster event. |
|
Control and Counter Control in Metacontingencies: The Paradoxical Case of Popular Revolt Against Vaccination to Prevent Smallpox in Rio de Janeiro in 1904 |
MARCELO FROTA LOBATO FROTA BENVENUTI (Universidade de São Paulo) |
Abstract: Metacontingencies involve dependency relationships between interlocked behavioral contingencies (IBCs), their aggregated products and an external result. This presentation discusses the need to broaden the discussion about the relationship between control and counter control that is present in IBCs to understand some apparent paradoxical effects in cultural selection. Recurrences of IBCsinvolving counter control can be especially harmful in the cultural selection process. This presentation examines an episode in Brazilian history known as the "health barricades", a popular revolt against the governmental mandatory decision to vaccinate against smallpox. The episode took place in Rio de Janeiro in 1904. A vaccination program may be regarded as a metacontingency: it involves intertwining of many behavioral contingencies, an increase in population health and a number of cultural consequences as critical variables. In this episode, however, mandatory vaccination was treated as police case; whoever did not accept the vaccination was arrested. Health services, with help from the police and the army, went to peoples houses using force. The presence of aversive control in IBCs led to a revolt against governmental practice, a form of counter control. These considerations are important for the consolidation of successful strategies of adherence to large-scale application of behavioral technology. |
|
Ethnogenesis of Brazilian Indigenous Community: A Behavior Analytic Interpretation |
SÔNIA MARIA NEVES (PUCGO), Julio Almeida Filho (PUCGO), Ivaldo Ferreira de Melo Junior (PUCGO), Anna Carolina Gonçalves Souza (PUCGO), Fábio Henrique Henrique Baia (Universidade de Rio Verde) |
Abstract: The aim of the study was to produce a behavior analytic interpretation of the ethnogenesis of a Brazilian indigenous community - the Tapuios do Carretão. Data was collected from Ossami de Moura's 2008 book, “Tapuios do Carretão: an ethnogenesis of an indigenous group from the state of Goiás, Brazil” (our translation). The methodology involved using book excerpts that were selected and categorized so as to identify antecedent events, responses and consequences of the behavior of individuals (e.g., indigenous people, missionaries and settlers) present in Moura's narrative. The analyzed phenomenon took place between the sixteenth and nineteenth centuries. To improve display of the behavioral relations, six agures will be presented containing diagrams and their respective descriptions. Each agure describes recurrent forms of behavior, cultural practices, cumulative effects, and aggregate products. The analysis employed the concepts of macrocontingency and metacontingency to explain the recurrence and changes observed in the Tapuios' cultural practices. Such concepts were useful to examine the major historical events involved in the Tapuios' ethnogenesis. |
|
Metacontingencies in Social Merchandising: The Fight Against Human Trafficking in a Brazilian Soap Opera |
Ol�via Vale (Universidade de Brasilia), LAÏ¿½RCIA ABREU VASCONCELOS (Universidade de Bras�lia (UnB)) |
Abstract: Behavior Analysis has a fundamental role in cultural planning and, in the last few years, several behavior analysts have been studying cultural practices using the concept of metacontingencies. It is possible to use wide-reaching communication technology to change the behavior of a great number of people. Several current TV shows encourage citizenship and affect society in a favorable way. One of the strategies used by these shows is social merchandising, which involves inserting social themes and mobilization messages in the plot of a story. The goal of this paper was to analyze the presentation of cultural practices included in a social theme of great impact-- human trafficking-- in a Brazilian soap opera with a large audience. We identified contingency arrangements, cultural products and selecting consequences using the concept of metacotingencies. Further, we analyzed the recurrent presentation and impact of the intervention on the fight against human trafficking in Brazil. |
|
|
|
|
New Quantitative Approaches to the Synthesis of Evidence in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom CD South, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/PRA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Sarah Leadley (The University of Auckland) |
Discussant: Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Sarah Leadley, M.S. |
Abstract: The synthesis of evidence is central to the translation of scientific knowledge into practice. Most clinical sciences use meta-analysis methodology to aggregate the evidence from multiple individual studies. Meta-analyses are often used as the final scientific product preceding the transfer of evidence to health and education decision-makers and to the wider public. The use of meta-analysis in behavior analysis has been hampered by (a) the multiple metrics used across studies, (b) the limited use of randomized and non-randomized controlled studies, (c) the absence of purposely-developed effect size estimators for single-subject experimental designs, and (d) the lack of quantitative approaches to appropriately evaluate the idiosyncrasies of individual studies and individual participants within studies. Analytical developments over the last few years have helped to overcome some of these limitations. Some of these developments are illustrated in the current series of review studies. K. Hurl's meta-analysis compares the relative effectiveness of interventions for problem behavior that were and were not preceded by a functional assessment. R. Anderson's study features a quantitative synthesis of behavioral interventions for severe feeding disorders. J. McCormack will present a meta-analysis of the differential outcome effects in clinical and non-clinical population. Finally, A. Arnold-Saritepe will present a review of evidence-based practices for severe behavior in individuals with developmental disabilities and autism. |
Keyword(s): feeding disorders, functional analysis, meta-analysis, review |
|
The Differential Outcome Effect in Humans: A Quantitative Synthesis of Evidence |
JESSICA CATHERINE MCCORMACK (The University of Auckland), Javier Virues-Ortega (The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: In conditional discrimination learning, the differential outcome procedure can be used to enhance learning by providing reinforcement unique to each stimulus or response. The purpose of this study was to examine the effect of the differential outcomes procedure in humans. An electronic search of the literature recovered 33 papers comparing the differential outcomes procedure to a non-differential outcomes control, from which 23 were suitable for meta-analysis. Effect size estimators (Hedges g) were calculated for a total of six dependent variables: overall accuracy, test accuracy, transfer accuracy, latency, errors, and trials to mastery. A random-effects meta-analysis revealed significant medium-to-large effect sizes for all three accuracy measures, and a large effect of differential outcomes for clinical populations. Seven papers were analyzed as single-subject designs. They showed improved accuracy and sessions to mastery when aggregated, but individual results were variable. The results suggest that the differential outcomes procedure can be a useful addition to discrimination- and equivalence-based interventions, especially for individuals with cognitive impairments and intellectual disabilities. |
|
A Meta-Analysis of Single-Subject Experiments of Function-Based and Non-Function-Based Interventions |
KYLEE HURL (University of Manitoba), Javier Virues-Ortega (The University of Auckland), Jade Wightman (University of Manitoba), Stephen N. Haynes (University of Hawaii) |
Abstract: This study examined the relative effectiveness of interventions based on a pre-intervention functional behavioral assessment (FBA), compared to common-practice interventions not based on a pre-intervention FBA. We examined 19 studies that included a direct comparison between the effects of FBA- and non-FBA-based interventions with the same participants. A random effects meta-analysis of effect sizes indicated that FBA-based interventions were associated with large reductions in problem behaviors when using non-FBA-based interventions as a reference intervention (Effect size = 0.85, 95% CI [0.42, 1.27], p < .001). In addition, non-FBA based interventions had no effect on problem behavior when compared to no intervention (0.06, 95% CI [-0.21, 0.33], p = .664). Interestingly, both FBA-based and non-FBA-based interventions had significant effects on appropriate behavior relative to no intervention, albeit the overall effect size was much larger for FBA-based interventions (FBA-based: 1.27, 95% CI [0.89, 1.66], p < .001 vs. non-FBA-based: 0.35, 95% CI [0.14, 0.56], p = .001). In spite of the evidence in favor of FBA-based interventions, the limited number of comparative studies with high methodological standards underlines the need for further comparisons of FBA-based versus non-FBA-based interventions. |
|
A Quantitative Synthesis of Interventions for Pediatric Feeding Disorders (Tube Dependency) |
Sarah Leadley (The University of Auckland), RACHEL ANDERSON (The University of Auckland), Javier Virues-Ortega (The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: There is a growing interest in treatments to transition children from tube feeding (e.g., nasogastric or gastrostomy tubes) to oral feeding. A number of literature reviews identify applied behaviour analysis as having the strongest evidence for the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. However, few studies have reviewed the nutritional outcomes for tube fed children. These outcomes include primarily the reduction or elimination of tube feeds and weight gain. In addition, the individual studies available do not allow a cogent comparison of behaviour-analytic intervention with other multidisciplinary treatment studies, such as tube weaning or hunger provocation programs. In the current investigation we conducted a meta-analysis of treatments for children dependent on tube feeding, combining datasets of different metrics (e.g., single-case and group designs). This presentation will cover our meta-analysis methods, results, and implications for future research and clinical practice. |
|
Evidence-Based Practice for Severe Behavior in Individuals With Developmental Disabilities and Autism |
ANGELA ARNOLD-SARITEPE (The University of Auckland), Katrina J. Phillips (The University of Auckland), Javier Virues Ortega (The University of Auckland) |
Abstract: Severe behavior presents a significant challenge for both the individual and caregiver in terms of quality of life. Challenging behavior is commonly reported in individuals with intellectual disabilities, 10-15 %, however for those with autism and / or profound intellectual disabilities the prevalence is much higher, 39-65%. At least 10% of individuals in the latter category have challenging behavior that would be considered to be severe. Adolescent and young adult males make up two-thirds of this group. While the progression of severe behavior disorders has not been well documented, it would appear that the overall prognosis for this group of individuals is not good, with potentially 80% continuing to engage in these behaviors 20 years later. Many of the studies published contain complex multi-component interventions that do not always report long term follow up or generalization data. This paper aims to review the behavioral literature for the intervention of the most severe challenging behavior (e.g., aggression, property destruction and self-injurious behavior) using Reichow, Volkmar and Cicchetti?s (2008) method for evaluating and determining evidence-based practice. It is hoped that this review will support researchers and clinicians in developing effective long lasting interventions that allow those with severe behaviors to live a less restricted life in the community. |
|
|
|
|
Computers, Complexity, and Contingencies, Oh My! |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: DEV/TPC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Alexandria Leidt (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Patrice Marie Miller (Salem State University) |
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this multi-domain symposium, the intersection of the use of computers and contingencies to address complex human behavior is addressed in various ways by each presentation. All of the talks focus on the assessment of either the tasks involved, the behavior emitted by humans, or both. The assessment of tasks is required for a clear task analysis of what is required in the various domains in which behavior change is desired. The assessment of behavior in terms of how well it matches, under-matches, or over-matches the tasks is an important part of the assessment involved in shaping behavior. In this symposium, high inter-observer reliability scores are reported by several presentations, along with effective strategies to change socially important behavior as a result of contingencies that are applied to human behavior. The use of these reliable and valid methods of assessment is important for the field of behavior analysis and beyond. |
Keyword(s): complex behavior, computers, task analysis |
|
Shaping Complex Repertoires in Undergraduate Courses |
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University) |
Abstract: Complex, higher-order thinking is expected of university students, and the complexity of the tasks increases as one completes different levels of higher education. Traditional methods of assessing the complexity of tasks and of student performance typically result in low inter-scorer reliability (ISR). However, a model of hierarchical complexity shows promise as a more reliable and valid measure of both academic tasks and performance. In this presentation, data will be presented related to educational interventions (i.e., inter-teaching methods) at the undergraduate and graduate levels that are related to developing complex behavioral repertoires. Specifically, pre- and post-test data, along with two exams are analyzed in terms of the levels at which questions are asked and the percentage of students who can answer questions at each of these levels. In addition, ISR was at, or above, 85%. This suggests that the model can be useful for academic assessment purposes, and that inter-teaching interventions can be used to increase complex thinking. |
|
Slow Your Roll: Using Behavioral Principles to Decrease Response Speed in Speedy Survey Participants |
YASH BHAMBHANI (University of Mississippi), Solomon Kurz (University of Mississippi), Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
Abstract: Most survey research in psychology relies on undergraduate student samples. Data obtained from these samples is often of poor quality and questionable validity. One of the issues is that up to one quarter of students participating in survey research complete instruments too quickly. The purpose of the present study is to examine the effectiveness of two interventions—a warning condition and a warning plus time penalty condition—for slowing down speedy responders compared to a no intervention condition. Participants will be a large sample of undergraduates from a public university who will be invited to complete a lengthy online battery survey for course credit. The survey is intentionally long so as to burden participants and occasion hasty responding. We will examine to what extent the intervention conditions slow down speedy responders. Our secondary analyses will assess how conditions differed with respect to straightlining (e.g., answering all questions with the same response, such as 1 1 1), missing data, answering correctly to attention-check items, and a number of multivariate outliers. We will also examine whether speedy responders differ by demographic variables. Finally, we will discuss future directions for using behavioral interventions to improve the validity of survey data |
|
Effects of a Rubric on Inter-Observer Agreement in Narrative Task Analysis |
ANA CAROLINA SELLA (Universidade Federal de Alagoas, Brazil), Daniela Mendonça Ribeiro (Universidade Federal de Alagoas) |
Abstract: Since 2005 our group has conducted research involving the assessment and teaching of narrative skills. Narratives are complex verbal behavior units and several dependent variables can be targeted for analysis in any given task involving these repertoires. Usually, the data analysis process consists of reading a story transcription several times and transforming the target dependent variables into quantifiable data (e.g., presence of story categories, mean length of utterance, episode complexity). A recurrent problem we have been facing is achieving acceptable inter-observer agreement (IOA) when one of the observers is an undergraduate student (i.e., at least 80% agreement). The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of reading a rubric on the percentage of IOA for four different dependent variables: presence of story categories, total number of words, number of different words, and number of conjunctions. No other procedures were used. Three undergraduate students took part in the study. Overall, the rubric alone was effective to increase IOA in the last three dependent variable measures. Other procedures, such as immediate feedback and discrimination activities, might be necessary to increase IOA regarding the presence or absence of story categories. |
|
Creating a Measure that Measures Up: Exploring Self-Report, Experience Sampling, and Behavioral Measures of Body Image Flexibility |
JESSICA AUZENNE (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Nolan Williams (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Grayson Butcher (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Gina Quebedeaux Boullion (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Heather Chiasson (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Michael Bordieri (Murray State University), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Abstract: Body image flexibility involves a pattern of responding where effective, values-consistent action can be taken, even in the presence of aversive experiences of one’s body. As body image flexibility is associated with more favorable clinical outcomes, the ability to assess this behavior in ways that accurately reflect behavior of the individual become important in research and practice. To date, the primary way of assessing this behavior is through the use of self-report measures, which are typically single-administration, retrospective reports. A tool with the ability to model the body image flexibility in a lab setting while also assessing the behavior might be of even greater utility if related to observations of individuals’ day-to-day behavior. This paper will examine the relationships among a developing computer-based-behavioral measure of body image flexibility, single-administration retrospective reports and samples of day-to-day experiences of body image flexibility. Reports of the unique contributions of each assessment along with data to the current validity and utility of this novel computer-based assessment will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Changing Impulsivity: Manipulations That Affect Delay Discounting |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Zurich AB, Swissotel |
Area: EAB/BPN; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Maggie Sweeney (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Leonard Green (Washington University) |
Abstract: Decades of research suggest that degree of delay discounting differs in clinically relevant populations relative to control populations. For example, individuals who smoke cigarettes, use illicit drugs, are obese, or fail to take preventative health measures tend to discount delayed rewards more relative to comparison groups. Recent evidence suggests that degree of discounting, previously been compared to a stable trait, is sensitive to experimental manipulation. This symposium presents data in which experimental manipulation affected delay discounting. Meredith Berry will present data suggesting visual exposure to natural environments decreases discounting, and that this effect may be related to lengthened time perception. Renee Renda will present data with rat subjects suggesting lasting reductions in discounting can be produced by delay exposure. Sarah Snider will present data in which episodic future thinking decreased discounting and intensity of demand for alcohol in alcohol dependent individuals. Matthew Johnson will present data suggesting acute doses of cocaine and alcohol increase discounting of condom-protected sex, but do not affect discounting of money. Leonard Green will integrate these presentations as discussant. Data in this symposium suggest degree of discounting has both trait and state characteristics. This knowledge is important for the development of interventions for impulsive decision making. |
Keyword(s): behavioral pharmacology, delay discounting, episodic-future thinking, timing |
|
Making Time for Nature: Visual Exposure to Natural Environments Lengthens Time Perception and Reduces Impulsivity |
MEREDITH STEELE BERRY (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Meredith Repke (University of Montana), Kerry Jordan (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Impulsivity in delay discounting is associated with maladaptive behaviors such as overeating and drug and alcohol abuse. Identifying techniques to decrease impulsivity in delay discounting could help improve decision-making on a global scale. Visual exposure to natural environments is one recent approach shown to decrease impulsive decision-making in a delay discounting task, although the mechanism driving this result is currently unknown. The present experiment was thus designed to evaluate whether visual exposure to natural (mountains) relative to built (buildings) environments resulted in less impulsivity, but also whether this exposure influenced time perception. Participants viewed photographs of either natural scenes or built scenes before and during a delay discounting task in which they made choices about receiving immediate or delayed hypothetical monetary outcomes. Then measures of time perception were administered including how many minutes participants thought had passed during the session and a scale measurement of whether time "flew" or "dragged" during the session. Participants exposed to natural as opposed to built scenes were less impulsive and also reported longer subjective session times. These results are the first to suggest that decreased impulsivity from exposure to natural as opposed to built environments may be related to lengthened time perception. |
|
Experimentally Manipulating Delay Discounting in Rats: Durability and Generalization |
RENEE RENDA (Utah State University), Jacy Draper (Utah State University), Brian Hess (Utah State University), Gregory J. Madden (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting characterizes the subjective devaluation of outcomes delayed in time. Robust, positive correlations exist between excessive delay discounting and many maladaptive behaviors (e.g., substance abuse, gambling). Several studies have demonstrated that delay discounting can be reduced and many hypothesize that this may result in more efficacious treatment outcomes. Experimentally manipulating delay discounting in nonhumans allows for the examination of variables that are not susceptible to human research (e.g., drug self-administration). Using a training regimen that involved early, extended experience with delayed reinforcement, Stein et al. (2013) found significant reductions in rats discounting delayed food rewards. A similar reduction was not observed in control rats (i.e., delay-naïve group) that had extended experience with immediate reinforcement. The present research sought to replicate and extend those findings. In our first study, we observed a significant, lasting reduction in delay discounting when reassessed at a 4-month follow-up (Panels A & B). In our second, ongoing experiment, we are examining whether this delay-exposure effect generalizes to other types of impulsive-choice assessments. Preliminary data with a small group of rats suggests that the data are trending in the predicted direction in the adjusting-delay procedure, but not in the variable-delay procedure (Panels C & D). |
|
Episodic Future Thinking: Expansion of the Temporal Window in Alcohol Dependents |
SARAH EMILY SNIDER (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), Stephen LaConte (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute), Warren K. Bickel (Virginia Tech Carilion Research Institute) |
Abstract: Episodic future thinking (EPI) requires an individual to truly pre-experience a realistic future event. Given previous reports of reducing delay discounting following EPI in other populations, we examined the effects of engaging alcohol dependent individuals in episodic future (Active) or recent (Control) thinking to examine its effects on delay discounting and alcohol purchasing. Participants (n=50) were allocated into EPI or Control groups and asked to generate positive future or recent past events for each of five time-points. Participants then completed a delay-discounting task, during which event cues were displayed, and a hypothetical alcohol purchase task. EPI significantly increased valuation of future monetary rewards, while decreasing initial consumption (Q0) of alcoholic drinks indicative of lower demand intensity. Two additional findings suggest potential mechanisms. EPI more readily influenced alcohol dependents with low AUDIT scores, and self-reported cue valence differed between groups. Together, these results suggest a widening of alcohol dependents’ temporal window following engagement of EPI. While our data suggest that EPI may be moderated by certain susceptibility criteria, exercises such as episodic future thinking could be easily adaptable as a potential therapeutic tool for use in rehabilitation programs. |
|
Does Drug Administration Affect Delay Discounting in Humans? It Depends on What's Being Delayed |
MATTHEW W. JOHNSON (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Human studies have tended to show that alcohol and other drugs do not occasion changes in delay discounting. These studies have assessed discounting using money reward outcomes. However, substantial evidence indicates that individuals are not characterized by a single, universal discounting rate. Rather, delay discounting rate is dependent on the outcome being discounted, with discounting rate differing due to outcome magnitude, and outcome valence (reinforce or punisher). Moreover, an emerging literature has shown commodity-specific relations to clinical disorders, with the discounting rate of clinically relevant outcomes, as opposed to money, showing a stronger relation to pathological behavior. Systematically extending such observations, this presentation will review recent studies showing that administering drugs of abuse (e.g., alcohol, cocaine) causes no change in the discounting of money, but causes significant increases in the discounting of condom use within casual sex scenarios. This finding is consistent with substantial evidence showing episode-level associations between consumption of these drugs and sexual risk behavior. These findings suggest that universal conclusions regarding delay discounting as a behavioral process should not be based exclusively on tasks using money discounting. Moreover, these data indicate studies should assess discounting of outcomes that are closely tied to the clinical behavior of interest. |
|
|
|
|
Basic and Applied Research on Response Dynamics: Implications for the Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Zurich D, Swissotel |
Area: EAB/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Laura L. Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Discussant: Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Laura L. Grow, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The results of basic research on the dynamics of responses during reinforcement and extinction can inform applied studies related to the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior (Notterman & Mintz, 1965). Response force is a clinically and socially relevant dimension of behavior, although few applied studies have been conducted on the force of responses during the assessment and treatment of problem behavior. This symposium will include four studies that are a combination of basic and applied studies related to the force of responses and behavioral variability during reinforcement and extinction. The first study is a basic study on the force of responses during periods of extinction among college students. The second and third studies evaluated the force of button pressing during continuous and intermittent reinforcement and extinction among individuals with developmental disabilities. The final presentation is an applied study that examined the rate and variability of response topographies during functional analyses of problem behavior. We will discuss the implications of the results in terms of the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior and areas for future research. |
Keyword(s): force, functional analysis, problem behavior |
|
Effort-Related Processes Modulate Extinction Bursts |
Jonathan W. Pinkston (University of North Texas), BRYANNA LILLY (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Previous research in the treatment of severe behavior problems has found the appearance of extinction bursts following the suspension of reinforcer delivery is less than common, and similar findings have been found in basic human operant research. In contrast, extinction bursts have been reported widely in animal research following suspension of reinforcer delivery, leading some to suggest a difference between humans and non-humans. We propose that extinction bursts, in fact, have not received a thorough functional analysis, and it may be premature to conclude lack of consistent findings with humans are due to species differences. The present study was designed to clarify the role response topography and stimulus modality may play in promoting extinction bursts. Twenty-five human participants watched a preferred video. Across groups, the audio or video stream was removed from playback, leaving the other stream intact. Participants could restore the video/audio stream by pressing a force-sensitive button, where either low (250 g) or high (750 g) forces were required to restore playback. At 20 and 30 minutes into the session, video/audio streams were removed, but participants could not restore playback for 20 s. The results showed that extinction bursting was more likely when baseline forces were lower and when audio streams were removed compared to the removal of video. The findings suggest that the wide variability in the observation of extinction bursts may be due to incidental differences in response topographies. Specifically, high-force topographies appear less likely to result in “bursting” during extinction. Also, reinforcer modality is shown to alter the likelihood and extent of extinction bursts. |
|
Force and Frequency of Button Pressing During Progressive Ratio Schedules and Extinction in Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
NABIL MEZHOUDI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica Del Carmen Garcia (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Chris Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Research on operant behavior often focuses exclusively on response frequency because it is a convenient measure and easier to quantify than are changes in other dimensions such as topography (form) or force. However, basic and applied research have consistently demonstrated that contingencies on response frequency also affect response force. This finding is particularly relevant for individuals who engage in severe problem behavior (aggression, self-injury, etc.), where the force of the response is a defining feature of the behavior and varying schedules of reinforcement and extinction are common in treatment. This study evaluated changes in the frequency, and the collateral effects on force, of reinforcing button pressing (as an analogue) during a progressive ratio schedule and then the cessation of reinforcement (extinction) for seven individuals diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD), who also engaged in severe problem behavior. Results suggest several commonalities with the published research, as well as some differences, and shed new light on how contingencies on response force affect the force of responding within the IDD population. |
|
The History of Reinforcement Affects the Force and Rate of Responses During Extinction |
OFELIA M. FLORES (University of British Columbia), Laura L. Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Previous basic studies have demonstrated how different schedules of reinforcement affect the rate and force of responses (Notterman & Mintz 1965). The results of basic studies on force are relevant for applied studies on the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. The present study evaluated the force and rate of button pressing during continuous and intermittent reinforcement and extinction. We conducted two experiments with three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders. In Experiment 1, two conditions were compared using a reversal design (i.e., intermittent reinforcement and extinction). In Experiment 2, three conditions were compared in a sequence using a reversal design (i.e., intermittent reinforcement, continuous reinforcement, and extinction). In summary, the results across both experiments demonstrated how changes in the schedule of reinforcement affected the rate and force of responses. The results will be discussed in terms of future applied research on the force of problem behavior during assessment and function-based intervention. |
|
Changes in Response Topographies During Sessions of Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior |
VARSOVIA HERNANDEZ ESLAVA (University of Florida), Jonathan K Fernand (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Functional Analysis (FA) methodology has become the hallmark of behavioral assessment and plenty of studies have been conducted to refine its procedures (Hanley, Iwata, & McCord, 2003). However, there is almost no research about changes in the variation of target responses as the assessment progresses. The purpose of the current study was to describe changes in the number and rate of aggression topographies observed during demand sessions of FA for four participants whose problem behavior maintained by escape. The results showed that for all participants the number of topographies decreased from the first to the last session. Also, the rate of responding for one particular topography either increased or remained at high levels after the first session while the remaining topographies of response decreased in rate. The implications of the decrease in variability in topographies of response when conducting FAs for problem behavior will be discussed as well as how this relates to research on modification of response classes. |
|
|
|
|
Evaluating Variations of the Good Behavior Game: Effects on Student Behavior and Integrity of Teacher Implementation |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom C, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales) |
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer L. Austin, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game is a classroom management strategy arranged around an interdependent group contingency for meeting classroom expectations. Despite the wealth of research demonstrating its powerful effects on improving student behavior, some teachers may be reluctant to implement the Game in their classrooms or fail to do so with integrity. Further, the effects of altering particular components of the game have not been fully evaluated. This symposium will present four papers aimed at exploring different aspects of the Good Behavior Game, in terms of effects on student behavior and integrity of teacher implementation. The papers also will examine the preferences of children and their teachers for various alternatives for playing the game. The first study will evaluate the effects of teacher- versus student-led versions of the Game. The second study will evaluate the effects of known and unknown criteria for winning the Game. The third study will evaluate the effectiveness of a “low effort” version of the Game, and the fourth study will evaluate a system for increasing teacher integrity of implementation via a faded feedback procedure. |
Keyword(s): classroom management, group contingencies, schools, treatment integrity |
|
Effects of and Preference for Teacher- Versus Student-Led Implementation of the Good Behavior Game |
JEANNE M. DONALDSON (Texas Tech University), Ashley Matter (Texas Tech University), Katie Wiskow (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a classwide group contingency that has been shown to reduce disruptive student behavior. Previous research has shown that teachers can successfully implement the GBG in their classrooms. Although students have successfully implemented other classroom-based behavioral interventions (e.g., peer tutoring, self-management), previous research has not examined student implementation of the GBG. The current study examined the effectiveness of the GBG in 1 first-grade and 3 kindergarten classes when implemented by an experimenter, the classroom teacher, and a student. In the 3 kindergarten classes, we also examined teacher preference for teacher-led GBG, student-led GBG, or no GBG using a concurrent chains procedure. In all classes, the GBG effectively reduced disruptive behavior regardless of who implemented the GBG. We did not observe differences in the level of disruptive behavior across experimenter-, teacher-, and student-led GBG conditions. Preference for who implements the game varied across teachers. One teacher preferred student-led GBG, one teacher preferred teacher-led GBG, and one teacher did not show a consistent preference. Results of this study suggest that students as young as kindergarten-age can effectively implement the GBG and that teacher preferences should be taken into account when determining how classwide interventions are implemented. |
|
Effects of Known and Unknown Criteria for Winning the Good Behavior Game |
EMILY GROVES (University of South Wales), Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales) |
Abstract: The good behavior game (GBG) is a classroom management intervention whereby children work toward meeting a particular criterion to “win” the game. Usually, the criterion for winning the game is communicated to the children at the outset. However, this may have a negative impact on children’s behaviour, particularly if they do not behave well at the start of the game (and therefore believe there is no way to still win the game). In the current study, we investigated the effects of stating the criterion for winning the game at the start of the game (i.e., known criterion) with announcing the criterion at the end of the game (i.e., unknown criterion), within an alternating treatments design. Results indicated that both the known criterion and unknown criterion conditions reduced target children’s disruption to levels within the range of their non-target peers. Teachers reported that they preferred playing the GBG with an unknown criterion, however the children’s preferences were mixed. Advantages and limitations to using unknown criteria are discussed, as well as areas for future research. |
|
Evaluation of a Low-Effort Classroom Management Procedure in an Alternative School |
P. RAYMOND JOSLYN (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is a well-documented classroom management procedure that is effective in reducing disruptive classroom behavior. Although it has been demonstrated to be extremely effective, some teachers and educators have reported that the game can be too disruptive and effortful to implement consistently in their classroom. In this study, a multiple baseline across classrooms design was used to evaluate a modified, low-effort variation of the GBG at an alternative school for children who engage in delinquent behavior. In this procedure, the experimenter explained simple rules to the class (i.e., you have to raise your hand and receive permission to talk or leave your seat) and informed them that he would be in the back of the classroom marking when rules were broken. Students were told that if they got fewer than a certain number of marks, they would win the game and receive an edible reinforcer. The experimenter then sat in the back of the class and monitored behavior intermittently. Every 5 minutes, student behavior was recorded for 30 seconds. Whenever a student broke a rule during the 30 second window, a mark was placed by their name in a book. Unlike the typical GBG, students were not informed when they broke a rule or what the mark limit was. Sessions lasted approximately 25 minutes with a total monitoring time of approximately 2 minutes per session. Substantial reductions in disruptive behavior were seen in all classrooms. Implications and future directions will be discussed. |
|
Impact of Faded Feedback on Implementation of the Good Behavior Game |
APRAL FOREMAN (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an effective class-wide behavior management strategy. However, the extent to which the GBG is implemented correctly in naturalistic contexts is unclear. The purpose of our study was to investigate how instructors naturalistically implement GBG, if feedback improves GBG implementation, and if improved implementation maintains over time. Instructors (lead classroom teachers or classroom assistants) in a special-education classroom for students with chronic or severe problem behavior participated. To investigate how instructors naturalistically implemented the game, we observed instructors implement the game without intervention from the experimenters (baseline). Then, if performance was consistently lower than 100%, we evaluated effects of written feedback in a reversal design. Once implementation was consistently at 100%, we systematically faded feedback to examine the maintenance of implementation over time. These data add to the existing literature by evaluating if fading the frequency of feedback may help to maintain accurate implementation across time. |
|
|
|
|
Novel Applications of Precision Teaching and Other Evidence-Based Practices With Typical Learners I |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom A, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Discussant: Charles T. Merbitz (Behavior Development Solutions) |
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The four presentations in this symposium illustrate how evidence-based practices in instructional design and Precision Teaching can be combined in new ways to teach core instructional objectives to typical learners of all ages, including elementary, middle school, high school, and college students. In the first presentation, Shiloh Isbell will describe her design of a web-based application to teach, reinforce, and build the fluency of organizational skills that are critical helping adolescents who are struggling in school. In the second presentation, Traci Cihon will describe the Teaching Science Lab (TSL), a teaching and research laboratory for designing and improving college teaching procedures at the University of North Texas (UNT). A core feature of the TSL process is using student data to inform subsequent revisions. In the third presentation, Andrew Kieta will describe the current procedures developed by the TSL for teaching a Behavior Principles course at UNT, including brief lectures with Active Student Responding (ASL), Thinking Aloud Problem Solving (TAPS), Precision Teaching, and an application of Goldiamonds Constructional Approach. In the fourth presentation, Sheila Habarad will describe the 3-Part Warm-Up, a synthesis of Direct Instruction and Precision Teaching to review and make fluent key prerequisite skills in learning elementary school mathematics. |
|
Designing a Computer Application to Teach and Reinforce Organization Skills in Adolescents and Young Adult Learners |
SHILOH ISBELL (Precision Learning Lab) |
Abstract: The standards-based education movement in the United States largely determines what will and will not be taught in our public schools. One area the Common Core State Standards do not address is the development of organizational skills, including how to study, take notes, manage time, schedule ahead, break assignments into parts, and keep materials organized. These are fundamental skills without which students cannot be successful, but which are assumed to be learned via osmosis. This presentation chronicles one year of development and implementation of a web-based application designed to teach and reinforce crucial organizational skills in adolescent and young adult students who are struggling in school. Aspects addressed include the rationale, collaborating with others outside the field of behavior analysis and education, the design process, problems with implementation and the debugging process, user feedback, scalability, and future goals. Eight months of learner data will be analyzed within a behavior analytic framework. |
|
Using Behavioral Technologies to Teach Behavior Analysis I: The Teaching Sciences Lab at University of North Texas |
TRACI M. CIHON (University of North Texas), Darren Bandy (University of North Texas), Erica Foss (University of North Texas), Andrew R. Kieta (University of North Texas), Rachel Metras (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Institutions of Higher Education have been increasingly encouraged to employ evidence-based practices in the classroom. However, many faculty members continue to rely on more traditional instructional methods, and even faculty members who are well versed in evidence-based teaching techniques often fall back on these traditional instructional methods. We will describe the Teaching Science Lab (TSL); a faculty-advised, course-based teaching and research laboratory consisting of undergraduate and graduate students in behavior analysis who study the application of behavior analytic approaches to college teaching, conducting research, and enhancing undergraduate and graduate student learning outcomes. The TSL is an example of how faculty members can integrate both teaching and research responsibilities while incorporating several behavioral technologies into undergraduate course design. This presentation will highlight the history, organization, current status, and future directions of the TSL with respect to the use of evidence-based practice in the college classroom, a pyramidal approach to staff training, and the current and future research agenda |
|
Using Behavioral Technologies to Teach Behavior Analysis II: Deciding What Works and What Doesn’t Work |
ANDREW R. KIETA (University of North Texas), Darren Bandy (University of North Texas), Erica Foss (University of North Texas), Rachel Metras (University of North Texas), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: As more and more students arrive to college unprepared for the transition from high school, arranging the contingencies for effective instruction in the college classroom are becoming increasingly difficult. The Teaching Science Lab (TSL) introduces behavior analytic technologies to the instruction of over 200 undergraduates enrolled in an Introduction to Behavior Principles course. The TSL introduced brief lectures with active student responding, Think/Talk Aloud Problem Solving, Precision Teaching (as applied to SAFMEDS), and the Individual Descriptive and Exploratory Analysis Project, (an extension of Goldiamond’s work to the college classroom setting to behavior change projects) in order to support students in achieving the course objectives and to develop effective tool skills for success in the college classroom. We will explain how a multi-level system of course objectives was used to design the first iteration of the Introduction to Behavior Principles course, and how student outcome data were collected and analyzed to inform subsequent course revisions. |
|
New Math Procedures: Using Multiple Channels for Larger Classroom Setting |
SHEILA M. CORNELIUS HABARAD (Simmons College/B. F. Skinner Foundation/Morningside Teachers Academy), Kristine F. Melroe (Morningside Academy), Kathy Fox (Haugland Learning Center) |
Abstract: Morningside introduced a new teaching procedure in the math block. This procedure is the 3-Part Warm-Up that begins prior to instruction. The series of warm-up requires the students to use a variety of channels to reinforce their learning Common Core math skills and concepts that are regularly encountered in their text books, curriculum based assessments, and state tests. The highly interactive warm-up utilizes multiple channels; see-say during board work, see/think-write/say while identifying non-examples from examples, and hear-write providing further practice with the same skill. The 3-Part Warm-up emphasizes the development of math language skills that are largely assumed or not taught. The procedure teaches critical discrimination skills that are often overlooked during instruction. We will further discuss how this warm-up has been introduced across a variety of classrooms, including both larger general education and special education. Video clips of classrooms in Ohio, Hawaii, North Carolina, and Morningside will be used. |
|
|
|
|
Procedures to Promote Success in Academic Content Areas |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: EDC |
Keyword(s): Academic Success |
Chair: Scott P. Ardoin (University of Georgia) |
|
Setting the Stage for Academic Success Through Antecedent Intervention |
Domain: Applied Research |
ALICIA KRUGER (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Elisabeth Kane (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Nicole C Bricko (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Edward J. Daly (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Natalie Hoff (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Whitney Strong (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Mackenzie Sommerhalder (University of Nebraska-Lincoln), Jill Holtz (University of Nebraska--Lincoln) |
|
Abstract: Antecedent control strategies are often neglected when behavior analysts select interventions. Consequences are certainly more powerful and cause behavior change. Yet, antecedent strategies set the stage for maximizing the effectiveness of those consequences by altering the reinforcing value of the consequences. Three strategies in particular (choice, preference, and indiscriminable contingencies) invoke motivating operations that are easily incorporated into intervention packages. Providing students a choice of task, sequence, or reinforcement serves as a motivating operation by altering existing reinforcement schedules, introducing variety across sessions, and accounting for momentary fluctuations in motivational levels. Indiscriminable contingencies, often presented as Mystery Motivators, create a schedule of reinforcement which explicitly signals reinforcement availability while masking the reinforcer or criterion for reinforcement. Reinforcer preference allows access to higher-preference consequences, which, when stated prior to task completion, can establish reinforcement as being more effective It is unfortunate that these motivating operation strategies have received little attention in the academic intervention literature, as they can boost intervention effects without adding much complexity to a treatment package. This presentation will review the literature and instruct participants in how to add elements of choice, indiscriminable contingencies, and preference to academic intervention packages. |
|
Think Aloud Problem Solving: Research in Reading and Content Area Skills |
Domain: Applied Research |
GINNY DEMBEK (Brooklyn College) |
|
Abstract: Students develop the ability to verbalize their thinking process through classroom problem solving experiences and everyday encounters. Verbalizing the problem solving process allows students to gain feedback. More emphasis has been placed on the higher order thinking process in the Common Core State Standards. Developing research supports the need for this instruction, such as Think Aloud Problem Solving, in younger students who struggle in problem solving skills (Dembek, 2015; Dembek & Kubina, 2014; Ferris & Fabrizio, 2009; Witcoski- Dembek & Kubina, 2012). Current single case design research has demonstrated improvements in problem solving skills and the ability to talk aloud with explicit lessons and structured practice. Acquisition was obtained through scripted lessons and frequency building (i.e., practice) strengthened the student’s verbal repertoire making the problem solving process a durable behavior. A multiple baseline design with five students with disabilities demonstrated an improvement in problem solving when compared to baseline. All students became more accurate in the problem solving task as shown in immediate changes upon the start of the intervention or accuracy improvement overtime. Maintenance in learning was demonstrated and generalization probes indicated improvement in student performance. Additionally, a changing criterion design with five students with disabilities demonstrated similar improvements. |
|
Meta-Analysis of Single-Case Research Design Studies on Instructional Pacing: Findings and Conclusions |
Domain: Applied Research |
MATTHEW TINCANI (Temple University), Marilyn De Mers (Temple University) |
|
Abstract: More than four decades of research on instructional pacing has yielded varying and, in some cases, conflicting findings. This presentation reports a meta-analysis of single-case research design (SCRD) studies on instructional pacing to determine the relative benefits of brisker or slower pacing. Tau – U, a non-parametric statistic for analyzing data in SCRD studies, was used to determine effect-size estimates. The article extraction yielded 13 instructional pacing studies meeting contemporary standards for high quality SCRD research. Eleven of the 13 studies reported small to large magnitude effects when two or more pacing parameters were compared, suggesting that instructional pacing is a robust instructional variable. Brisker instructional pacing with brief inter-trial interval (ITI) produced small increases in correct responding and medium to large reductions in challenging behavior compared to extended ITI. Slower instructional pacing with extended wait-time produced small increases in correct responding, but also produced small increases in challenging behavior compared to brief wait-time. Neither brief ITI nor extended wait-time meets recently established thresholds for evidence-based practice. Additional research to determine optimal parameters of instructional pacing given specific student characteristics, skills, and instructional arrangements is needed. |
|
Using Relational Frame Theory to Guide Instruction in Chemistry Concepts |
Domain: Applied Research |
KARLI SILVERMAN (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology) |
|
Abstract: In this study, we examined the effect of a match to sample preparation on the development of emergent derived relations of high school chemistry concepts with neuro-typical adults across a broad spectrum of education and experiences. We used relational frame theory to create a task to teach the number of valence electrons, atomic number, and location on the Periodic Table for a subset of elements. Relational frame theory has provided a framework within which methods to train and measure the emergence of untrained relational framing due to stimulus transformation ala Steele and Hayes. We trained with an automated computerized match-to-sample procedure that taught relations between elements, rules that govern the periodic table, and certain valence and atomic numbers using response contingent feedback. We then evaluated the emergence of non-trained relations using pretests and posttests. Using relational frame theory allowed us to increase learning efficiency in teaching chemistry concepts and the paper will end with a discussion of the relevance of this type of training and research to other educational applications. |
|
Keyword(s): Academic Success |
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Approaches to Process Safety: A Response to an Industrys Call |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
St. Gallen, Swissotel |
Area: OBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
Discussant: Von Meeks (Marathon Petroleum) |
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Ludwig, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The efficacious impact of behavioral approaches to reduce injury in industrial settings has been well documented. In light of this success, industry leaders have called on the behavioral science community to provide the same rigor and expertise to understanding and impacting behaviors related to catastrophic incidents that kill, maim, and effect communities; an area called Process Safety (Bogart, Ludwig, Staats, & Kretshmer, 2015). Specifically behavior analytic community has been challenged to a) research the behavioral root causes leading to variation threatening process safety, b) create and evaluate behavioral interventions to mitigate this variation, and c) identify the system factors that would influence the behaviors necessary to promote process safety. This symposium presents four papers responding to this call. These papers consider behavior analytic principles within the Process Safety domain while offering both direction for behavioral research on the emerging topics and offering various programmatic interventions targeting the reduction of Process Safety incidents in heavy industries. |
Keyword(s): Avoidance Behaviors, Behavioral Safety, Process Safety |
|
Complacency in Process Safety: The Problem of Maintaining Avoidance Behavior |
TIMOTHY D. LUDWIG (Appalachian State University), Cloyd Hyten (ADI) |
Abstract: This paper seeks to take a first step to identify the behavioral components active in process safety toward the ultimate goal of providing a scientific framework to generate applied efforts to build interventions and systems that contribute to process safety. Toward this effort we will first attempt to outline the different classes of behavior that contribute to process safety. We then will offer a behavioral definition of complacency by describing it as an operant problem akin to avoidance behavior. Behavioral variance related to complacency will then be discussed in the context of behavioral operations such as acquisition, training, rule governance and extinction. We will conclude with potential approaches to reduce complacency in process safety that consider pinpointing, competing contingencies, verbal behavior, and shaping situational awareness. |
|
Integrating Human Factors and OBM to Improve Process Safety |
MANUEL RODRIGUEZ (ABA Technologies, Inc.) |
Abstract: Behavior is involved in all aspects of work, from customer service, operating equipment, to leading the board of director. In the realm of safety, the importance of understanding human factors can aid in reducing and ultimately avoiding accidents and personal injury. According to the Health and Safety Executive of the United Kingdom, Human factors refers to environmental, organizational, and human factors which influence behavior at work in a way which can affect health and safety." In other words, human factors is concerned with what people are being asked to do (behavior), who is doing it (the individual and their role) and where they are working (the environmental conditions and under what organizational direction). This sounds like a job for OBM right? This presentation will provide a brief overview of human factors, the various topics that provide insight into the management of human factors in the area of process safety and conceptual and applied work integrating Organizational Behavior Management along the various topics. |
|
Establishing "Safe and Reliable Operations" One Perfect Day at a Time |
LAURA L. METHOT (CLG, Inc.), Amy Durgin (Continuous Learning Group), Brian J. Crowley-Koch (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Process Safety is a blend of engineering and management skills focused on preventing catastrophic accidents, particularly explosions, fires, and toxic releases, associated with the use of chemicals and petroleum products. Incidents are typically the result of multiple failures (e.g., single-point equipment failures, management inadequacies, knowledge deficiencies) and while process and technology contributes to failures, the biggest single root cause for failures is the human element. That is, behavior at the front and mid-lines, executive behaviors and decisions. At CLG weve done field research on the contributions of leadership behaviors to front-line safety performance and can demonstrate just how much leadership behavior matters. We havent teased apart the personal from process safety components, but we will make the argument that safety, both personal and process, to be most effectively managed as part of the safe reliable operations triptych. Furthermore, to pull safety out as a separate entity from operations fabricates a forced choice, often not consciously, by front line employees resulting in employees prioritizing behaviors that will maximize productivity while neglecting or inhibiting safety related performance. To support this position, we will present work from oil sands front-line supervisors through CLGs proprietary DCOM framework. |
|
A Look Behind the Curtain of Behavior-Based Safety: A True Story About Observations, Behavior Change, and Incident Reductions |
MARLIES HAGGE (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Western Michigan University), Kelsey Haverkamp (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Behavior Based Safety (BBS) applies various types of safety observation to improve occupational safety in business. The purpose of the following study is to examine and compare different observation foci: peer observation, self-monitoring and a combination of both options as well as supervisor information. In addition, data were collected by experimental observers to shed light on behavior change processes in applied settings. Participants were unionized employees of the facilities management department at a Midwestern University. Target behaviors included safe lifting and vacuuming. The dependent variables were incident numbers and safety performance percentages based on participant observations and objective observations. Discrepancies in reporting and relationships between the variables were investigated as well. The different observational methods were investigated via a multiple baseline design across groups. The results show that (a) regardless of checklist type the first condition after baseline and supervisor intervention were most effective at increasing safe behavior. (b) That participants over report their own safety performance in comparison to objective observations. (c) That the BBS process yielded incident decreases and modest safety improvements of 9%. Implications of these findings on importance of accuracy, training and culture |
|
|
|
|
International Solutions to Training and Supervision |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Regency Ballroom D, Hyatt Regency, Gold West |
Area: TBA |
Chair: Usifo Edward Asikhia (International Training Center for Applied Behavior) |
|
Developing Evaluation Competencies in Mexican High School Teachers |
Domain: Applied Research |
SEBASTIAN FIGUEROA-RODRIGUEZ (Universidad Veracruzana) |
|
Abstract: One of the most important goals set to implement Mexican Education Reform has been the teachers formation program. During the application of this program a lack of proficiency in the evaluation process was detected, specifically, in the use and elaboration of assessment instruments. This work presents a program developed to generate evaluation competencies in high school teachers in Veracruz State, Mxico. Each of the four stages of the program are evaluated via self and peers assessment with the porpoise that the instructor not only assesses the student's (teachers) performance, but also provides feedback or guidance to the teacher enabling them to improve their performance. It is also intendeted that the instructor's behavior is taken as a model in the formative assessment process in which they are being instructed. Since this is an ongoing program, some preliminary results showed that teachers are using what they have accomplished in the program based on their own assessments, to improve their performances in the evaluation process of their students.I |
|
Supervising the Supervisor: Accountability in Field Supervision |
Domain: Service Delivery |
MARY ANNETTE LITTLE (Lipscomb University) |
|
Abstract: Producing new behavior analysts who can provide quality, ethical services is critical in maintaining the credibility of the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. One way to ensure the production of high quality behavior analysts is to ensure that student candidates in the field receive high quality supervision of field experience. The Behavior Analysis Certification Board is attempting to increase the quality of supervision by requiring supervisors to complete a Behavior Analysis Certification Board Supervisor Training Curriculum and an on-line supervision module. The Behavior Analysis Certification Board Supervisor Training Curriculum promotes effective, evidence-based supervision (2012 Behavior Analyst Certification Board,® Inc.). Despite the efforts to ensure quality supervision, reports of ineffective supervision are still common in the field. The purpose of this presentation is to a process for creating professional learning communities for supervisors to create frequent evaluations, review, and improvement of supervision. This presentation is appropriate for BCBAs who are interested in or are currently supervising in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis.
Objectives:
-Review current requirements in supervision of field work for students seeking certification in applied behavior analysis.
-Provide a process for creating professional learning communities for supervisors to ensure accountability for providing high quality supervision. |
|
The Missing Link in RBT Training Protocol: A Focus on the Development, Choice, Maintenance, and Application of Culturally Friendly Behavior Intervention Tools in the African Continent |
Domain: Service Delivery |
USIFO EDWARD ASIKHIA (International Training Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Bosede Ehimen Asikhia (International Training Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
|
Abstract: In the year 2014, the BACB introduced the registered behavior technician training program with the aim of reaching out to a larger community of consumers with quality services. This training program is based on the registered behavior technician task list designed to meet the 40 hours training requirement for the RBT credentialing. The program is offered independent of BACB. The task list revolves around measurement, assessment, skill acquisition, behavior reduction, documentation and reporting, professional conduction, and scope of practice as a global guide for the training of RBT. Since its inception, a reasonable number of practitioners have been trained worldwide and RBT program has attracted a lot of demand globally with the resultant changes in the policy by BACB. One such policy change includes the proposal for taking international examination by the trainee after 40 hours mandatory training and competency assessment as well as mandatory supervision hours to assure continued competency. Experience with the training of about 200 RBT in Africa has shown that in order to sustain the quality of services sort after by BACB, the trainees will require the knowledge of the development, choice, maintenance, and application of culturally friendly intervention tools as applicable in a particular geographical location. The need to train the RBT on culturally sensitive instructional materials is imperative. |
|
|
|
|
|
Human-Animal Interactions and Animal-Assisted Interventions |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Zurich C, Swissotel |
Area: AAB/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell) |
Abstract: Although the benefits of Human-Animal Interaction (HAI) for both animals and humans are often reported in the media, systematic and experimental research is largely lacking in this field. Furthermore, behavioral research is even rarer. In a sequence of talks, we will explore the variables that improve the relationship between cats, dogs, and humans. Then, we will report on research in the use of Animal-Assisted Interventions (AAI) for special human populations. The first talk will assess the utility of therapy dogs as reinforcers in educational settings with children. The second talk will examine how human interaction and reinforcement histories of domesticated cats can alter cat sociability. Finally, the third talk will determine the utility of service dogs to reduce work stress in military veterans. This symposium highlights research that strives to bring together behavioral methodologies and HAI and AAI fields. |
Keyword(s): Cat behavior, Human-Animal Interaction, Therapy dog, Veterans |
|
Comparison of Contingent and Non-Contingent Access to Therapy Dogs to Improve Reading in Children |
ALEXANDRA PROTOPOPOVA (Texas Tech University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Texas Tech University), Katie Wiskow (Texas Tech University), Ashley Matter (Texas Tech University), Breanna Harris (Texas Tech University) |
Abstract: The aim of the project was to determine the benefit of access to a therapy dog as a reinforcer for educational task completion in children and to develop a screening assessment to predict this benefit. In Experiment 1, we conducted a preference assessment, in which various leisure items as well as a therapy dog were included in the stimulus array. In Experiment 2, in a single-subject multi-element design, we then determined the efficacy of a therapy dog in improving task-related behavior as well as mitigate associated stress. In Experiment 2, each child was randomly assigned to a sequence of conditions: contingent access to a therapy dog, non-contingent access to a therapy dog, contingent access to other preferred leisure activities, and contingent praise. The motivation to engage in the educational activity as well as behavioral and physiological markers of stress were assessed in all conditions. |
|
Factors Influencing the Social Behavior of Pet Cats |
KRISTYN VITALE (Oregon State University), Monique Udell (Oregon State University) |
Abstract: Although cats have coexisted with humans for thousands of years, relatively little scientific research has investigated how human interaction influences the social behavior of individual cats. This study examined if human familiarity or attentional state influences cat sociability- or the individual preference of a cat to seek contact and close proximity with a human. Twenty-three adult pet cats participated in a sociability test in their homes. Cats were presented with a familiar or unfamiliar human who was either inattentive or attentive. Data were analyzed using Fisher’s exact tests. Results indicate when the human was attentive the cats were more social. Significantly more cats spent time in proximity to the attentive unfamiliar and familiar human as compared to the inattentive condition. Additionally, pet cats displayed a large range of individual variability within each condition. This indicates other factors, such as lifetime experience or learning, may influence cat sociability. We are currently conducting positive reinforcement based kitten training classes to investigate how factors, such as training and additional socialization, influence the behavior of cats and their owners. This body of research demonstrates that human interaction can influence cat social behavior and other experiences, such as training, may influence an individual cat’s sociability. |
|
Returning Our Veterans to Employment and Reintegration: Work Stress and Assistance Animals |
ANNE M. FOREMAN (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Lindsay Parenti (West Virginia University), B. Jean Meade (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health), Matthew E. Wilson (West Virginia University), Oliver Wirth (National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention) |
Abstract: Veterans with post-traumatic stress disorder face barriers that can prevent them from successfully reintegrating into society and returning to work. Service dogs are increasingly used as an intervention to help ameliorate symptoms of psychiatric disorders, but there is a dearth of empirical evidence on their effectiveness. Nine male veterans with post-traumatic stress disorder who have service dogs were recruited to participate in a laboratory study. The magnitude and time course of their stress and startle responses before, during, and after a task designed to simulate different kinds of work-related stress were assessed. Stress and startle responses were measured using physiological, psychological, and behavioral metrics during baseline, task, and recovery periods. Across conditions, the veteran was alone, with his dog, or with an unfamiliar, friendly dog. The effects of the presence or absence of each dog was compared to the alone condition. Preliminary results suggest that familiar dogs produce greater reductions in stress responses when compared to unfamiliar dogs. These results contribute to our understanding of the therapeutic effects of emotional support and psychiatric service dogs. |
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior in Children With Autism: Variables That May Affect Acquisition and How Acquisition May Affect the Individual |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Columbus Hall KL, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Oliver Wendt (Purdue University) |
|
Neurophysiological Changes in Response to Intervention in Non-Verbal Individuals on the Autism Spectrum |
Domain: Applied Research |
Jane Yip (Purdue University), OLIVER WENDT (Purdue University) |
|
Abstract: Outcomes of interventions for individuals on the autism spectrum are primarily measured in terms of performance outcomes involving behaviors that are observed as external events by others. Internal events happening inside the head such as neurophysiological responses are seldom observed; what happens inside the brain has been erroneously believed to be "private events". This paper proposes that it is not only possible to observe such "private events", these events follows predictable physical laws much like the way behaviors obey natural laws. Neurophysiological events in the brain are concrete occurrences that not only immediately follows a stimuli but is the driver of observable behaviors. Just like a lack of a microscope does not qualify for the non-existence of micro-organism, a lack of recording equipment does not mean that what happens in the brain is explanatory fiction. In the new millennium, the onslaught of neuroscience has found its way into the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA). Using applied neuroscience methods, it is possible to record events that happens in the brain upon the delivery of a stimulus discrimination. Whereas the trajectory of a behavior can be traced to a series of cause and effect, the path of neurophysiological events accompanies the path of behavior the way the shadow follows the person. The invention of the telescope has opened up a new way of viewing the cosmos. By projection, it is expected that the interdisciplinary collaboration between neuroscience and service intervention in ABA can form new questions. This paper follows the intervention outcome of a research study conducted in the laboratory of Dr Oliver Wendt. He teaches communication to children on the severe end of the autism spectrum who are non-verbal or do not utter spoken words. During the study, the research subjects are taught to communicate via an in-house augmentative communication device, Speakall. As the intervention progresses, participants becomes proficient in using the device and are able to mand, tact, do intraverbal, carry out rudimentary conversations through dragging icons across a strip that emulate the PECS system. Some participants become able to "speak" or utter certain recognizable words. During this intervention, subjects were brain-mapped and their internal events are compared with their acquisition of language and communication. The results shows brain re-wiring in specific language circuits. |
|
Verbal Behavior of Minimally Vocal Children With Autism Across School Environments |
Domain: Applied Research |
M. Y. SAVANA BAK (Michigan State University), Josh Plavnick (Michigan State University), Julie L. Thompson (Michigan State University) |
|
Abstract: Many children with autism spectrum disorder who receive public education divide their school days between self-contained classrooms for academic and functional instruction and the general education classroom for social exposure and peer interaction. However, there is little research that provides information on how much language and social communication actually happens in the respective settings. This study tracked the vocal verbal behaviors of six Kindergarten to third grade children with moderate to severe autism spectrum disorder across the entire school day using a Language Environment Analysis Digital Language Processor. The Digital Language Processor data automatically recorded and disaggregated data on child vocal counts, adult vocal counts, and vocal interactions for 19 observation days distributed across the 2014-15 school year. Preliminary results indicate participants engaged in different levels of vocalizations between self-contained and general education environments with greater rates of vocalization in the self-contained classrooms when other instructional variables were held constant. The interaction and adult word counts during those periods were similar. The data suggests more consideration is needed to provide an environment that ensures optimal rates of verbal behavior for children with autism spectrum disorder. Results associated with other environments and instructional activities will also be presented. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Therapeutic Utility of Employment in Treating Drug Addiction |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Lucerne, Swissotel |
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Kenneth Silverman, Ph.D. |
Chair: Paul L. Soto (Texas Tech University) |
KENNETH SILVERMAN (Johns Hopkins University) |
Kenneth Silverman is a Professor of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences in the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. His research has focused on developing operant treatments to address the interrelated problems of poverty and drug addiction. His primary research has focused on the development and evaluation of abstinence reinforcement interventions for the treatment of heroin and cocaine addiction in low-income, inner city adults; the development of the therapeutic workplace intervention and the use of employment-based reinforcement in the long-term maintenance of drug abstinence and adherence to addiction treatment medications; and the development of computer-based training to establish critical academic and job skills that chronically unemployed adults need to gain and maintain employment and escape poverty. |
Abstract: Research on a model Therapeutic Workplace has allowed for the rigorous evaluation of the use of employment in the treatment of drug addiction. Under the Therapeutic Workplace, adults with histories of drug addiction are hired and paid to work. To promote drug abstinence or adherence to addiction medications, participants are required to provide drug-free urine samples or take prescribed addiction medications, respectively, to gain access to the workplace and/or to maintain their maximum rate of pay. Research has shown that this intervention is effective in promoting and maintaining abstinence from heroin, cocaine and alcohol and in promoting adherence to naltrexone in heroin-dependent adults. This presentation will review research on the Therapeutic Workplace and summarize major lessons that have been learned in conducting this research. In addition, the presentation will describe three models that could be used to maintain employment-based reinforcement in the treatment of drug addiction: A Social Business model, a Cooperative Employer model, and a Wage Supplement model. Overall, this program of research suggests that employment could be useful as a means of arranging and maintaining therapeutic reinforcement contingencies in the treatment of drug addiction. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts interested in the application of operant conditioning to the long-term treatment of drug addiction. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the features and key parameters of abstinence reinforcement interventions used in the treatment of drug addiction; (2) describe the features the therapeutic workplace intervention and employment-based reinforcement; (3) describe the effects of employment-based reinforcement in promoting abstinence from heroin and cocaine and adherence to addiction medication. |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Relaxation Training: Update, Applications, and Relevance to Applied Behavior Analysts |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Crystal Ballroom B, Hyatt Regency, Green West |
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Anita Li (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Behavioral relaxation training (BRT) is an evidence-based behavior analytic procedure used to train and assess relaxed behaviors. This symposium will describe: (a) recent research and applications of BRT in practice settings across the lifespan and with patients/clients of varying ages and conditions; (b) how teaching relaxation skills is a functional, self-management skill for many individuals; and, (c) the relevance of BRT to applied work with children and adults with ASD with anxiety and stress-related behavior. |
Keyword(s): BRT |
|
We've Come a Long Way, Baby: Behavioral Relaxation Training and Assessment |
Duane A. Lundervold (University of Central Missouri), SARAH CORWIN (University of Central Missouri) |
Abstract: The first reported use of behavioral relaxation training (BRT) and the behavioral relaxation scale (BRS), a direct observation measure of relaxed behavior, the occurred in 1983 (Schilling & Poppen), with the second edition of Behavioral Relaxation Training and Assessment published in 1998. An update, review and analysis of the applications of BRT across the lifespan and the use of the BRS will be presented. Discussion will focus on: (a) the applicability of BRT in addressing challenging behavior and anxiety and its relevance to establishing self-management skills; (b) how relaxed behavior, established through BRT, fits within function-based behavior analytic interventions; and, (c) what additional BRT- related research needs to be conducted. |
|
Addressing Severe High Risk Aggression in an Adult With an Autism Spectrum Disorder: Behavioral Relaxation Training (BRT) as Part of a Comprehensive Treatment Package |
John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services), ROBERT CORMIER (Benchmark Human Services) |
Abstract: The following talk will detail the treatment of severe self-injurious behavior (SIB) and property destruction in an adult with an autism spectrum disorder. The subject was a 43 year old male that had been residing in a locked forensic unit in a state operated facility prior to his transition to his present community based living situation. Upon his transition, he displayed outbursts of aggressive behavior on a daily basis. He was then trained in Behavioral Relaxation Training (BRT)(Schilling & Poppen, 1983) using a behavioral skills training approach. He was able to participate in the training and became proficient in the use of the 10 postures that BRT is comprised of. Consistent in-vivo practice and feedback resulted in his using the skills with minimal prompting. His displays of SIB and property destruction were decreased drastically as he acquired these skills. Data will be presented related to his acquisition of these skills and his subsequent decreases in aggressive responding. |
|
Behavioral Relaxation Training and Anxiety Reduction in a Child With Autism |
ALICE WALKUP (New Roads Consulting) |
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities (DD) may experience intense anxiety that interferes with their ability to perform everyday activities. Muscle tension, crying, and increased heart rate are responses that may occur alone or as precursors to more severe escape and avoidance-maintained behaviors, such as self-injury. While there are many treatment approaches marketed toward service providers and caretakers of individuals with DD, such as autism, few have established scientific evidence supporting their use with this population. Behavioral Relaxation Training (BRT) is a well-established, effective treatment for behaviors collectively referred to as anxiety. The present study was designed to reduce escape and avoidance-maintained responses in a child diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder in the home setting. Paraprofessionals were taught how to score relaxed behavior for each targeted response, and began implementing BRT sessions once inter-observer agreement was acceptable. Nine relaxed behaviors were trained and performance recorded; overall relaxation was also calculated. BRT was taught using behavioral skill training procedures (instruction, modeling, practice, and feedback). The child was able to successfully meet relaxation mastery criteria for each targeted behavior, as well as overall relaxation. |
|
|
|
|
Law Enforcement and Applied Behavioral Science: Cultivating Positive Police-Community Relations |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Montreux, Swissotel |
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas) |
E. SCOTT GELLER (Virginia Tech) |
JOSHUA KINSER (University of North Texas) |
BOBBY KIPPER (National Center for the Prevention of Community Violence) |
Abstract: The nurturing of positive relations between police officers and the citizens they serve will be addressed by describing a process that engages law-enforcement officers in the application of a behavior-based reward process in their communities. The initiation of this program was reported on Fox News (http://video.foxnews.com/v/4349936151001/beyond-the-dream-actively-caring-for-people/?playlist_id=926093635001#sp=show-clips) and described in an article published and distributed to every police department in the U.S. (Geller & Kipper, 2015).
Each panelist will give a brief description of a primary component of this ongoing process, referred to as Actively Caring for People (AC4P) Policing. Then the Chair will facilitate a question-and-answer session between panelists and the audience.
The first panelist, E. Scott Geller, will explain how AC4P Policing (www.AC4PPolicing.org) evolved from the AC4P Movement (www.ac4p.org) that began in 2007 after a gunman took the lives of 32 at Virginia Tech. Then, Bobby Kipper, a retired police officer who served for 25 years and founded the National Center for the Prevention of Community Violence (www.NCPCV.com) will show how this positive approach to policing has been spreading nationwide, and explain the strategies that contributed to this dissemination. Thirdly, Joshua Kinser will discuss plans to test the impact of AC4P Policing on both law-enforcement officers and citizens. |
Keyword(s): Actively Caring, Community Intervention, Humanistic Behaviorism, Positive Policing |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in Automatically Reinforced Self-Injurious Behavior |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom CD North, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer R. Zarcone, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The current symposium will discuss recent advances, and identify future directions with regard to the understanding and treatment of automatically reinforced SIB. The first presentation will summarize existing literature on automatically reinforced SIB, and describe a recently proposed model for subtyping this heterogeneous category. The second presentation will describe the results of a replication study applying the same subtyping criteria to published datasets of cases with automatically reinforced SIB, and discuss possible avenues for future research. The Discussant will comment on these findings as well as implications for clinical practice and research. |
|
Subtypes of Automatically Reinforced Self-Injurious Behavior |
GRIFFIN ROOKER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christopher Dillion (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alyssa Fisher (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Chloe J. McKay (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nabil Mezhoudi (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Review of behavioral literature on automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (SIB) reveals notable advances our ability to identify and sometimes treat this functional class of SIB. It has been suggested that automatically reinforced SIB involves biological variables, but our understanding of this is quite limited. Hagopian, Rooker, and Zarcone (2015) proposed and conducted a preliminary evaluation of a model for subtyping automatically reinforced SIB based on its sensitivity to changes in functional analysis conditions, and the presence of self-restraint. Subtypes differed with regard to the rate of SIB, presence of other problem behaviors and functions, competing stimulus assessment findings, and treatment outcomes. Differentiation in the functional analysis was highly correlated with response to first line treatments (r = 0.61), indicating that sensitivity of SIB evident in the functional assessment was also evident in the context of treatment. This model for subtyping will be discussed in the context of the larger literature on the assessment and treatment of automatically reinforced SIB, with specific regard to common assessment and treatment procedures. |
|
Subtypes of Automatically Reinforced Self-Injurious Behavior: A Replication Study |
LOUIS P. HAGOPIAN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Andrew Bonner (Kennedy Krieger Institute ), Alexander Arevalo (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The current study identified all cases of automatically reinforced SIB reported in the published literature since 1982. We identified 51 published datasets of automatically reinforced SIB that included sufficient data to enable us to apply the subtyping model described by Hagopian, Rooker, and Zarcone (2015). Findings from original study were largely replicated with published datasets. As reported in the original study, differentiation in the functional analysis was highly correlated with response to first line treatment (r = .71). Implications of these findings will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
Translational Research on Reinforcement and Related Phenomena |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Grand Suite 3, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Anna Garcia (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Anna Garcia, M.A. |
Abstract: The speakers in this symposium have taken translational approaches to answering applied questions regarding reinforcement and related phenomena. Although the populations or target behavior topographies addressed may not include immediate clinical targets in all three papers, all of the topics examined have important clinical applications. The following papers will be presented: Effects of Schedules of Reinforcement on Spontaneous Recovery, Sensitivity to Parameters of Positive Versus Negative Reinforcement, and Further Comparisons of Pairing Procedures Used to Condition Praise as a Reinforcer. |
Keyword(s): Pairing Procedures, Praise, Reinforcement parameters, Spontaneous recovery |
|
Effects of Schedules of Reinforcement on Spontaneous Recovery |
RYAN KIMBALL (Florida Institute of Technology/The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Michael E. Kelley (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment, Florida Institute of Technology), Clare Liddon (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Extinction of operant behavior is frequently accompanied by various unwanted side effects. One example is spontaneous recovery, the re-emergence of a response after having been extinguished. Although spontaneous recovery of responding can be a considerable problem in clinical settings, this relapse phenomenon has rarely been investigated in applied formats. The present study examined the effects of dense and lean variable interval (VI) schedules of reinforcement on the occurrence of spontaneous recovery in a translational format. Results of the current study were consistent with past research on spontaneous recovery. That is, relatively dense schedules of reinforcement produced greater levels of spontaneous recovery. |
|
Human Sensitivity to Parametric Manipulations of Positive and Negative Sound Reinforcement: Revisited |
Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), ANNA GARCIA (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Rachel Mottern (Vanderbilt University), Chelsea Marie Jennings (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that reinforcement parameters (e.g., rate, magnitude, and delay) can interact to influence choice. Furthermore, preliminary evidence exists suggesting that the effect of these interactions can differ across reinforcement processes (i.e., positive or negative) for some individuals. However, this finding has only been shown in one study and more research on the matter is warranted. Thus, the purpose of this investigation was to determine whether identical manipulations of identical parameters of positive and negative reinforcement would influence human response allocation in different ways. In Study 1 we identified preferred and aversive sounds whose contingent presentation (or removal) had similar reinforcing values (as determined via progressive ratio reinforcer assessments). In Study 2, we conducted concurrent operant parameter sensitivity assessments for both positive and negative reinforcers to evaluate whether sensitivity differed across processes. Findings have implications for assessment of positive and negative reinforcement sensitivities. |
|
Praise as a Conditioned Reinforcer: A Comparison of Two Pairing Procedures |
JEANINE R TANZ (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment at Florida I), Stephanie Wathen (Florida Institute of Technology/The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology), Aurelia Ribeiro (Florida Institute of Technology/The Scott Center for Autism Treatment), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Typical practice includes using praise as a consequence for desirable behavior. An implicit assumption is that social praise and other forms of social interaction function as conditioned reinforcers. If praise actually functions as a reinforcer, the contingent delivery of praise should increase the probability of and maintain consistent responding. However, there are several unknown questions that suggest praise may not function as a reinforcer as reliably and readily as practice might imply. In addition, it is important to identify a procedure that will be effective in establishing praise as a conditioned reinforcer for populations commonly used in applied behavioral research and for individuals for whom additional modes of reinforcement are necessary. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to compare two pairing procedures, stimulus-stimulus and response-stimulus pairing, in establishing praise as a conditioned reinforcer for simple target responses demonstrated by individuals with autism spectrum disorder. The pairing procedure included pairing a neutral stimulus (praise statement) with an unconditioned reinforcer (highly preferred edible) to determine if the neutral stimulus would take on the reinforcing properties of the unconditioned reinforcer, thereby becoming a conditioned reinforcer. |
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in the Study of Equivalence Relations and Stimulus Control |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Zurich FG, Swissotel |
Area: EAB |
Chair: Alvaro A Clavijo Alvarez (Universidad Nacional de Colombia) |
|
From Set to Graph Theory in Stimulus Equivalence: A Conceptual Timeline |
Domain: Theory |
CELSO SOCORRO OLIVEIRA (UNESP - Sao Paulo State University) |
|
Abstract: From 1982 to 2015, many concepts have been added to Stimulus Equivalence paradigm and they do not explain how a person can acquire so many words into his /her repertory. This paper presents a short review of such concepts, from Sidman & Tailby's sets that produced unexplained untrained relations among arbitrary elements emerging new equivalent classes, to the change of the paradigm with Fields, Verhave and Fath introducing the nodal distance and naming as node a bi-linked stimulus through training, and the MTS (Matching-To-Sample) graph operator of Oliveira. A net of nodes linked by trained relations may show special properties, such as weight, distance, density, among others. The papers on Stimulus Equivalence propose mostly the study on the limits of the network growth (changing number of nodes, changing the number of elements in each set, strength of the link on trained and untrained relations, etc.) and the hybrid experiments composing more than one of those characteristics. A discussion on the limits based on the strategies of teaching such as SaN and CaN, linear chains or mixed structures is also provided. This theoretical study concludes that composing and multiplication of such nets is still lacking of study. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluating the Efficacy of Staff Training Procedure |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Vevey 3 & 4, Swissotel |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: The training of staff in organizational settings is crucial to any growing business. Ineffective training may lead staff members to implement procedures with low procedural integrity due to a lack of knowledge or skills. Organizations have used various formats to effectively train individuals. The following three studies looked at the efficacy of various staff training procedures in organizational settings. The purpose of the first study was to analyze the effects of ASRs on initial SAFMEDS measures with thirty behavior line technicians receiving registered behavior technician training. The second study evaluated a treatment package implemented to decrease the number of staff and client injuries during one-to-one behavior intervention session in schools and home settings. The final study compared the application of guided notes, fully completed notes, and no notes used in the context of computer-based instruction in an organizational setting and evaluated scores on quizzes and trials to passing criterion. The results of each study are presented in this symposium. |
Keyword(s): ASRs, guided notes, SAFMEDS, staff training |
|
An Analysis of Types of Active Student Responding on Fluency Within SAFMEDS Following Online Registered Behavior Technician Training |
MARY ONEAL (Holy Angels), Todd Haydon (University of Cincinnati), Gregory Richmond Mancil (Louisiana Tech University) |
Abstract: Children with autism often become obsessed with just one or small set of items, which can relate to higher levels of challenging behaviors (Mancil, 2009). Thus, the purpose of this study was to examine the effects of pairing procedures between preferred items and novelty items and the effects on subsequent item engagement and challenging behaviors during operant play conditions. A multi-element design was used to compare engagement time and challenging behaviors between highly preferred items and novelty items. Data was collected via iPad during 5-minute sessions. Prior to pairing procedures, preference assessments were conducted keeping response effort levels equal across items to identify the highly preferred items. In addition, novelty items were identified for each participant and tested to ensure a zero level of engagement prior to pairing. Novelty items were paired with highly preferred items for each participant. Pairing procedures consisted of requiring the participant to engage with the novelty item with the highly preferred item simultaneously. Results indicate that participants engaged in play with novelty items for significantly higher periods of time and challenging behaviors decreased following pairing procedures with highly preferred items. This study potentially impacts planning for individuals with limited preferences and obsessive interests. |
|
An Evaluation of the Effects of a Treatment Package to Decrease the Number of Staff and Client Injuries in the Workplace |
MEGAN D. ACLAN (Intercare Therapy, Inc.) |
Abstract: Behavior based safety (BBS) focuses on reducing the number of injuries and illnesses in the workplace. Although the application of BBS techniques is commonly reported in the fields of aviation, transportation, and factories, the application of BBS techniques in behavioral agencies is limited. In the present investigation, a treatment package was implemented to decrease the number of staff and client injuries during 1:1 behavior intervention session in the school and home setting. There were 100 participants in the current study consisting of BCBA supervisors, mid-level supervisors, and behavior interventionists. The treatment package consisted of: didactic teaching, role play, modeling, and feedback on the policies and procedures to prevent injuries, systems of reporting incidents, and manipulating the environment to decrease future incidents to staff members throughout their tenure at their behavioral agency. Data were collected on the number of staff incidents before and after the implementation of the treatment package, as well as, the number of client injuries reported to the funding sources. |
|
An Evaluation of Guided Notes in Computer-Based Instruction |
DENNIS URIARTE (Florida Intstitute of Technology) |
Abstract: Guided notes are handouts that orient students to the key words in a lecture by providing a format that includes basic background information with standard cues and spaces for students to write significant points. The use of guided notes has been used in traditional classroom lectures, but to date, little research has integrated guided notes into computer-based instruction for organizations. The purpose of the current study was to extend the current research on guided notes by comparing its application to the use of fully completed notes and no notes in the context of computer-based instruction. Specifically, the study aimed to compare the first attempt quiz scores and trials to criterion of participants following the use of guided notes compared to quiz scores and trials to criterion following the use of fully completed notes and no notes. Generally, data paths for all participants indicated undifferentiated patterns of responding between all three conditions. Results of a social validity survey indicated that participants generally preferred when notes (either guided or fully completed) were provided |
|
|
|
|
Reinforcement, Error Correction, and Generalization: Effective Instruction in Applied Settings |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Columbus Hall CD, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Hazel Baker (Advances Learning Center and Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Hazel Baker, M.S. |
Abstract: Programming for effective behavior-analytic instruction requires practitioners to review research to make evidence-based decisions regarding implementation. This symposium will address three aspects of behavior-analytic instruction: selecting proper correction procedures, the effectiveness of varied reinforcer pools and programming for generalization of instructional materials. There is conflicting research guiding practitioners about choosing an effective error-correction procedure when instructing children with autism. This symposium will present research and provide a discussion of the possible reinforcing effects of different correction procedures to help further the research in this area. Assessing the effects of replenished versus unreplenished reinforcer pools has implications for applied settings with limited resources when working with adolescents with autism. Results showed that novel stimuli were preferred over stimuli available in the participants environment. These results have implications about how to allocate resources when considering purchasing new stimuli as potential reinforcers. The third symposium outlines clear recommendations for specific ways to promote generalization in taught skills and will evaluate the success of programming common stimuli to achieve generalization of social skills taught in a behavior-analytic clinic when working with children with autism. Data indicate that bringing stimuli into the teaching environment may not be sufficiently effective to generalize to a new environment. |
Keyword(s): Error Correction, Generalization, Reinforcer Assessment, Social Skills |
|
Error-Correction Procedures and Basic Principles of Behavior |
HAZEL BAKER (Advances Learning Center and Endicott College) |
Abstract: Error-correction procedures have been categorized into two categories. These categorizations of error-correction procedures examine if an active student response is necessary for efficient learning, or if the instructor modeling the correct response is sufficient. Results to date indicate that results are idiosyncratic, and specific to individual learner histories. This leads to a theoretical discussion of the maintaining function of error-correction procedures. Active student responding as described in the research requires a great deal of attention, and may be reinforcing the errors it attempts to correct. A teacher model of a correct response may result in removal of demands for a few moments, which could reinforce errors through escape. The literature on error-corrections will be reviewed with the purpose of analyzing the efficacy of error-correction procedures within the context of their potential reinforcing effects. This will guide future research by connecting error-corrections that are supported by literature to conceptually systematic principles of behavior. |
|
Assessment of Unreplenished vs. Replenished Reinforcer Pools |
MONICA SPEAR (Advances Learning Center) |
Abstract: Researchers have yet to identify the conditions under which people with autism spectrum disorders demonstrate restricted interests. This study will extend past research on preferences of children with autism by 1) examining participants’ preferences for unreplenished (familiar) play or leisure items versus items that are replenished frequently, 2) assessing whether participants who prefer replenished items select items with properties that are matched or unmatched to their most preferred unreplenished item, and 3) assessing whether participants who show an exclusive preference for unreplenished items will select replenished items during response-restriction and enhanced-replenished pool manipulations. Participants were four adolescents with autism spectrum disorders and a history of restricted interests. One participant selected both unreplenished (familiar) items and replenished (novel) items without further manipulations. The remaining three participants only selected replenished-matched leisure items after additional manipulations. Results are discussed in terms of the ethical and practical importance of assessing a range of potential reinforcers, particularly with clients who demonstrate restricted interests. |
|
Promoting Generalization of Social Skills Taught in a Small-Group Clinic Setting by Programming Common Stimuli |
ASHLEY RODMAN (Advances Learning Center) |
Abstract: Skills taught in a controlled setting with contrived reinforcement may not generalize to a natural setting without specific programming to achieve that goal. School-aged children with autism participated in this study during their enrollment in behavior analytic social skills groups. These social skills groups use the principles of applied behavior analysis to teach skills in a controlled setting that have not emerged in less-intrusive teaching environments. A generalization assessment in the participant’s natural environment was conducted following at least one semester of small-group clinic-based social skills instruction. Without explicit programming, participants demonstrated generalization of very few of the taught skills. Additional programming for generalization will be provided to promote generalization across the skills that were not demonstrated in the natural environment. The results will reveal if specific programming for generalization implemented in a structured teaching setting successfully promotes generalization in the natural setting. Future research could compare generalization strategies to assess which one is likely to be most efficient at promoting generalization. |
|
|
|
|
Don Baer Invited Presentation: Taking EIBI to School: A Review of School-Based Early Intensive Behavioral Interventions |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Grand Ballroom AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
CE Instructor: Ilene S. Schwartz, Ph.D. |
Chair: Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
ILENE S. SCHWARTZ (University of Washington) |
Dr. Ilene Schwartz is a professor in the Area of Special Education at the University of Washington and the Director of the Haring Center for Research and Training in Education at UW. She earned her Ph.D. in child and developmental psychology from the University of Kansas and is a board certified behavior analyst (BCBA-D). Dr. Schwartz has an active research and professional training agenda with primary interests in the area of autism, inclusive education, and the sustainability of educational interventions. She has had consistent research funding from the U.S. Department of Education since 1990 and serves on a number of editorial review boards including the Topics in Early Childhood Special Education and the Journal of Early Intervention. Dr. Schwartz is the director of Project DATA, a model preschool program for children with autism that has been in operation since 1997; and is currently involved in research projects examining the efficacy of the Project DATA model with toddlers and preschoolers with autism. |
Abstract: It is well documented that children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) benefit from early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI). The majority of programs for toddlers with ASD have been conducted in children's homes. Although there are some benefits to working in homes, there are a number of drawbacks such as isolation, cost, and lack of appropriate social and communicative models. The purpose of this presentation is describe the current state of knowledge about early intervention for children with ASD, including the results of two recently completed randomized clinical trials on school-based services. Implications of these results will be discussed as they apply to the basic dimensions of applied behavior analysis. |
Target Audience: Students, family members, researchers, school administrators, private practitioners providing EIBI to children with ASD. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to: (1) describe the benefits of school based EIBI services; (2) describe characteristics of high quality EIBI services; (3) discuss how the concept of social validity can be used to evaluate the effectiveness and sustainability of behavioral programming for young children with ASD and their families. |
|
|
|
|
Conducting Online Research Literature Reviews and Review of Literature on Functional Communication Training |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Columbus Hall AB, Hyatt Regency, Gold East |
Area: PRA |
Keyword(s): Communication Training, Literature |
Chair: Melissa L. Olive (Applied Behavioral Strategies LLC) |
|
Effectively Searching Online Literature Databases |
Domain: Service Delivery |
NICOLE L. BANK (The PartnerShip, LLC) |
|
Abstract: In an effort to help practitioners meet their obligation to stay in contact with the scholarly literature, The Behavior Analysis Certification Board® has made the Education Resource Information Center (ERIC)/ProQuest research database available to Board Certified Behavior Analysts. Although many master level providers are familiar with conducting literature searches, there are many “behind the scenes” tricks and techniques that could lead to more efficient searching. This presentation gives practitioners in-depth information about using ERIC including: the structure of the database, advanced use of Boolean terminology, using the ERIC thesaurus, use of search terms related to behavior analysis, and other search tips. Additionally, the BACB® suggests that ERIC, PubMed and Google Scholar can assist providers in contacting research literature. This presentation touches on a few techniques to searching behavior analytic literature in PubMed and Google Scholar. The presentation ends with a brief review of Google Scholar citation analysis and measuring the impact factor of key research articles. |
|
Functional Communication Training: What's Missing and What's Next? |
Domain: Applied Research |
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Applied Behavioral Strategies LLC), Keith Pirraglia (Applied Behavioral Strategies), Evangelina Baez (Applied Behavioral Strategies), Patrick O'Leary (ACES) |
|
Abstract: We reviewed over 100 studies of functional communication training (FCT) to summarize characteristics of research participants, study methodology, assessment techniques, intervention procedures and characteristics, and methods for studying maintenance and generalization. The results indicated that FCT has been studied most often with children between 6 and 12 years of age and with individuals who were diagnosed with mental retardation/intellectual disability. The majority of research has been completed utilizing single subject research designs with limited reports of maintenance and generalization. Finally, researchers or highly trained behavior therapists implemented the majority of study procedures which took place in highly controlled settings such as research laboratories, treatment rooms, and empty rooms adjacent to classrooms. Results will be described and implications for future research will be discussed. Strategies for improving service delivery will be provided. |
|
Keyword(s): Communication Training, Literature |
|
|
|
|
Roots of Behavior Analysis and the Road Not Taken |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Alpine, Swissotel |
Area: TPC/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Travis Thompson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Basic and applied behavior analysts often wonder how it happened that the field adopted one or another strategy and rejected others. Why do we hold some theoretical assumptions early with great tenacity without giving them much thought in our daily pursuits, but are reluctant to let them go, nonetheless. We treat some as fundamentally important, without considering where they came from, and asking whether they may possibly be misguided shiboleths. Understanding how those positions came to be, is fundamentally important in our decisions about the field's future. Which traditions and associated assumptions do we believe are essential to the corpus of the meaning of behavior analysis, and which are ephiphenomenal. This symposium examines those questions beginning with late 19th century physiology and early 20th century behaviorism. The speakers, all well known in their fields, examine what might have happened had the field led by young Fred Skinner taken a different road at the fork in the 1930s, and pursued one guided more by his physiology mentors, Crozier and Henderson. |
Keyword(s): behaviorism, philosophy, physiology, theory |
|
Conceptions of Behavior From Dewey to Skinner |
(Theory) |
JAY MOORE (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee) |
Abstract: This presentation reviews historical conceptions of behavior beginning with John Dewey's (1896) "The concept of the reflex in the description of behavior" and extending to Skinner's conception of operant behavior. Dewey argued that psychologists needed to take how reflex mechanisms contributed to the adaptation of an organism to its environment. Classical S-R behaviorism, such as found in Watson (1913), sought to be objective by rendering temporally extended sequences of behavior in terms of concatenated chains of S-R reflexes. E. B. Holt (1914) argued that classical behaviorism ignored that behavior was organized around achieving some terminal outcome. E. C. Tolman (1932), Holt's student in the Harvard Department, took Holt's message to heart and argued for a purposive orientation to behavior and a molar, rather than molecular level of analysis. However, Tolman continued the sense of antecedent causation that others had begun, inserting various intervening variables between stimulus and response in an effort to account for the richness and flexibility of behavior. B. F. Skinner, also a graduate of the Harvard Department, formally distinguished between respondent and operant processes. Respondent processes did indeed entail antecedent causation. In contrast, operant processes entailed selection by consequences. Intervening variables played no role in either case. |
|
John B. Watson's Influence on B. F. Skinner: Science, Philosophy, and Behavioral Interpretations |
(Theory) |
EDWARD K. MORRIS (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: In Psychology from the Standpoint of a Behaviorist, John B. Watson (1913) founded classical behaviorism as a system of psychology. In The Behavior of Organisms, B. F. Skinner (1936) founded a science of behavior and, nine years later, its philosophy radical behaviorism (Skinner, 1945). To date, the influence of Skinner’s predecessors in science and philosophy (e.g., Pavlov, Loeb, Bacon, Mach) on his science and philosophy is well documented, whereas the influence of Skinner’s predecessor in behaviorism (Watson) is not. Based on a systematic review of Skinner’s published works and citation practices, as well as relevant secondary and tertiary literatures, this presentation addresses Watson’s influence on Skinner. Specifically, it integrates a history of Watson’s influence with Watson’s influence on Skinner’s science (e.g., subject matter, research methods), philosophy (e.g., behaviorism, positivism), and behavioral interpretations (e.g., verbal behavior, emotion, private events), that is, collectively, on Skinner’s system. These findings are discussed in the context of Watson’s influence on Skinner relative to (a) Skinner’s predecessors in science and philosophy, (b) what might be surmised from the behavior-analytic literature, and (c) what is related in the secondary and tertiary literatures. |
|
An Alternative History of Behavior Analysis Evolving From Crozier and Henderson's Influence |
(Service Delivery) |
TRAVIS THOMPSON (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: Inspired by Harry Turtledove and H. G. Wells this presentation will discuss what might have happened had B. F. Skinner remained strongly influenced by his primary Harvard physiologist mentors, William J. Crozier and Lawrence J. Henderson. Skinners primary mentor, W. J. Crozier had two strengths; the first was strategies for investigating organ systems influencing important behavior of the whole organism. Crozier was especially interested in vision and discriminative behavior; his reasoning was guided by Darwinian premises, similar to later ethologists, namely that behavioral dispositions should be consistent with evolutionary function. His second strength was his canny, highly technical device-building skills, which he passed on to Skinner. Crozier designed and fabricated remarkable devices to solve complex behavioral measurement problems, such as invertebrate visual discriminations. Lawrence Henderson was both a molecular and a molar theoretical physiologist. He was especially interested in understanding how molecular variables and components, like blood cells, could be used to elucidate how groups of individual components functioned together to produce social actions. He created a Harvard discussion group of faculty members devoted to the Italian sociologist, Pareto. Hendersons nomogram for expressing relations among gases was influenced by Paretos chart from sociology and groups of people. This presentation will explore what might have occurred had Skinner more strongly pursued collaborations with these two important figures in early 20th century general physiology. |
|
|
|
|
A Call for Translational Research in Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Zurich E, Swissotel |
Area: TPC/EAB; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Marlene J. Cohen, Ed.D. |
Chair: Marlene J. Cohen (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
KIMBALLEE CHEUNG (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CYNTHIA BOYD (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CONNY M. RAAYMAKERS (Evidence Based Consultants) |
Abstract: The debate between basic and applied researchers has existed since the inception of our field. There are many valid arguments that address the strengths of both basic and applied research. However, debate does not yield outcomes other than the products of the discussions themselves. The panelists are doctoral students in the Applied Behavior Analysis Online Department of The Chicago School of Professional Psychology. They will present a brief review of translational research conducted across four different topic areas that have solved important problems. Their presentations will be followed by open discussion, which will be moderated by a discussant. As the field of behavior analysis continues to grow, so will the number of problems we need to solve. Collaboration among basic and applied researchers as well as interdisciplinary research can provide an avenue for a wider array of solutions in an increasingly complex world. This panel presentation hopes to motivate the development of additional translational research in behavior analysis. |
Keyword(s): translational research |
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Approaches to Evaluate and Address Memory Deficits in Older Adults |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM |
Michigan ABC, Hyatt Regency, Bronze East |
Area: VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Discussant: Claudia Drossel (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: The U.S. Census Bureau reports that between 2000 and 2010, the U.S. population segment aged 65 years and older have increased by 15.1%, notably larger than the 9.1% growth for the total U.S. population (Werner, 2011). The growth of the older adult population segment is projected to continue in the future, and at a substantially greater rate. It is also expected that the prevalence of Major Neurocognitive Disorder (NCD) will concomitantly increase alongside this graying of america. Language and memory difficulties are hallmark diagnostic markers for NCD. Both language and memory impairments can be conceptualized as stimulus control deficits. The two presentations describe methods to assess for and address stimulus control deficits in older adults. The first presentation evaluated methodologies for testing and training stimulus equivalence performance and compared this performance to participants' scores on various cognitive and functional impairment screening measures. Participants demonstrated higher levels of accurate responding on tests of direct and emergent relations when using a linear series training structure and non-arbitrary stimuli, however, lower levels of accurate responding were observed across methodologies in comparison to previous research. The Saint Louis University Mental Status Examination (SLUMS) was more sensitive to cognitive impairment than the Mini-Mental State Exam (MMSE). The second study used multiple probe tactics throughout spaced retrieval training to assess for tacting and delayed tacting of staff members in an assisted living facility. Results indicated that spaced retrieval alone did not produce improvements across all probe measures, and that modified procedures tailored to the observed deficits resulted in improved generalization. The results of these studies are discussed in the context of previous research on stimulus equivalence and spaced retrieval, and how the presence or absence of pre-requisite verbal skills can influence performance during these procedures. |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Gerontology, Spaced Retrieval, Stimulus Equivalence |
|
Evaluation of Equivalence Relations: Models of Assessment and Best Practice for Older Adults |
DAWN SEEFELDT (Southern Illinois University), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Due to changing age demographics in the United States, by 2050, an estimated 62.1 Americans will be over the age of 65 and the number of Americans with cognitive impairment, such as Alzheimer’s disease, will increase drastically as well (Alzheimer’s Association, 2014; Ortman, Velkoff, & Hogan, 2014). Once a diagnosis or behavioral indicators of cognitive impairment are present, it would be beneficial to apply a treatment package that promotes the maintenance or re-establishment of stimulus control in the environment. From a behavioral perspective, stimulus control aids in learning and memory through both respondent and operant conditioning. In the current study, stimulus equivalence training was completed and compared to cognitive and functional assessments scores with older adult participants with and without cognitive impairment as a systematic replication of Gallagher and Keenan (2009). Formation of equivalence relations after exposure to linear series (LS) training with 2 3-member stimulus classes across arbitrary, familiar, and stimuli from Gallagher and Keenan (2009) was compared via trials to criterion, accuracy per relation, and session length to scores on the Mini-Mental Status Exam (MMSE), Saint Louis University State Exam (SLUMS), and Barthel ADL Index. A classification analysis was conducted between MMSE and SLUMS scores. Several methodological changes were applied to a second study to examine the impact of increased programmed stimuli, training changes, and the use of one-to-many (OTM) and many-to-one (MTO) training structures with 3 3-member stimulus classes on equivalence formation. Composite performance scores were created for accuracy during LS, OTM, and MTO training. Non-parametric analyses were conducted between assessment and composite scores. The SLUMS and Barthel ADL Index were not correlated with any composite scores. However, MMSE scores and LS composite scores were correlated. The SLUMS was more sensitive to the detection of cognitive impairment as judged by classification and diagnoses. OTM and MTO composite scores also had a strong, positive correlation. Overall, more participants demonstrated higher levels of accurate responding during LS training than during OTM and MTO training. In contrast to previous research, only 25% of the sample demonstrated equivalence formation. Limitations and future research directions are discussed. |
|
Memory Deficits in Older Adults: Evaluating Spaced Retrieval With Multiple Probe Techniques |
CHRISTOPHER WALMSLEY (Western Michigan University), Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Difficulties in recognizing and remembering the names of individuals are a common behavioral symptom of major neurocognitive disorder. A number of behavioral strategies have been proposed to improve memory deficits, including spaced retrieval, an intervention that emphasizes delayed recall of target information. Unfortunately, many of the studies that report beneficial effects of spaced retrieval use a very limited range of outcome measures, thus calling into question the magnitude and generality of any reported memory improvement. This study reports on the impact of spaced retrieval using four older adults with cognitive impairment living in an assisted living facility. All participants demonstrated difficulty naming and recalling names of staff members at the facility who provided care. A multiple baseline across participants design with embedded probes was used to evaluate the effects of spaced retrieval on the acquisition, delayed recall, and generalization of naming a target staff member. Probe measures included a non-identity matching-to-sample task, naming in the presence of untrained photographs of the target staff member, and naming during brief video presentations of the target staff member. Non-example presentations were also interspersed. Spaced retrieval resulted in within-session increases in delayed recall for all participants, and also resulted in minimal evidence of generalization across probe measures, including live-person probes. Modified spaced retrieval interventions were then employed to address stimulus control deficits. These modified conditions resulted in further gains in delayed recall performance, as well as improved generalization across probes. These results are discussed in the context of previous research with spaced retrieval. Future directions are also discussed. |
|
|
|
|
EAB Monday Noon |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Travis Ray Smith (Southern Illinois University Carbondale) |
|
1. Point-After-Touchdown Conversions and Kicker-Style Selection Conform to Generalized Matching in College Football |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
STEVEN R BOOMHOWER (Auburn University), John Falligant (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: Coaches make a variety of complex decisions in American-rules college footballespecially related to point-after-touchdown (PAT) conversions and, historically, kicker-style selection. However, little research has characterized the pattern of these choices and whether they are sensitive to environmental manipulations, such as an increase in effort required to score. In the present study, the generalized matching law (GML)a model that predicts a linear relation between choices for two alternatives and the amount of reinforcement garnered from themwas applied to PAT conversions (1 point vs. 2 point) and kicker (soccer-style vs. conventional-style) selection using archived data from the National Collegiate Athletic Association. Overall, both PAT-conversion and kicker selection exhibited matching. Further, narrowing the goal-post width was associated with decreased preference for 1-point PAT attempts and enhanced sensitivity to increases in points scored from 1-point PAT attempts. This investigation provides support for the ecological validity of the GML. |
|
|
2. Resource Exploitation in a Modified Public Goods Game With Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LAUREN VANDERHOOFT (Reed College), Allen Neuringer (Reed College), Ana Carolina Trousdell Franceschini (University of Sao Paulo), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: Both human and nonhuman species are found to overexploit resources. This problem has been studied with either public goods games or diminishing returns paradigms. The first studies decision-making under different social environments, and the second studies effects of resource depletion. We combined these two paradigms within an animal model by using a diminishing returns procedure under competitive and noncompetitive social environments. Five pairs of female Sprague Dawley rats were run in adjacent operant chambers separated by a transparent barrier. Each chamber had two levers associated with either a fixed ratio schedule (FR) delivering one food-pellet reinforcer, or a geometric progressive ratio schedule (PR) delivering four reinforcers. Switching from PR to FR reset the PR to its lowest value. Subjects responded independently of each other in a baseline condition, and interactively in a social condition. Subjects generally switched at lower PR values in the social condition, but maintained stable reinforcement rates across both conditions. Of note was the emergence of free-riding behavior in the social condition, where one rat increased the PR value and relied on the partner to renew the resource, resulting in higher reinforcement rates for the free-rider. This behavior, representing resource exploitation, is common in the human situation. |
|
|
3. A Comparison of Two Reinforcement Assessments in the Madagascar Hissing Cockroach (Gromphadorhina portentosa) |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
AMY SIPPL (Saint Cloud State University), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: In this investigation, two reinforcer assessments were conducted in the Madagascar hissing cockroach (Gromphadorhina portentosa) to expand the current understanding of stimulus preference and reinforcer assessment in the species. In each assessment, low, medium, and high preference stimuli were delivered contingently on an FR1 schedule. Experiment I tested the operant response of ladder climbing in a multiple baseline across subjects design. Experiment II further refined the operant response to a ramp climbing task in an alternating treatments design. Findings demonstrate clear stimulus preference and reinforcement effects in two of four cockroaches tested. Results also indicate that even rudimentary protocols are successful in differentiating the reinforcing effects of preferred and non-preferred stimuli in invertebrate species. These findings support the continued refinement of stimulus preference and reinforcement efficacy procedures in experimental and applied behavioral research. |
|
|
4. Interactions Between Food and Water Deprivation Motivating Operations in Mice |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Christina M. Peters (University of Nevada, Reno), EMILY DANIELLE SPURLOCK (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: Motivating operations (MOs) are typically held to alter the extent to which specific stimuli function as reinforcing and/or aversive, which is correlated with changes in an organism’s behavior with respect to those specific stimuli as consequences. It is likely, however, that any given MO affects the reinforcing/punishing efficacy of a wide range of reinforcers and/or aversive stimuli. In the present study, we examined the effects of food deprivation, water deprivation, and concurrent food and water deprivation on rates of responding for food and water reinforcement with mice. During sessions in which responding was reinforced with food, mice responded less under concurrent food and water deprivation than they did when deprived of food only for an equivalent period of time. Mice also responded less for water reinforcement when deprived of both food and water than they did when deprived of water only for an equivalent period of time. These results suggest that food deprivation alters the reinforcing efficacy of water and water deprivation likewise alters the reinforcing efficacy of food. We will also present the results of an in-progress follow-up study investigating the motivational effects of response-independent food delivery on responding reinforced with water. |
|
|
5. Temperature Changes Produce Differential Effects on Learning and Performance in Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
NICOLE TAKLE (St. Cloud State), Benjamin N. Witts (St. Cloud State University) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: The effects of temperature on learning and performance in Madagascar Hissing Cockroaches (MHC) is yet unknown, as what research exists is limited and has produced mixed results. The present study compared MHC performance in place preference learning under hot, cold, and neutral temperature conditions. A conditioned place preference assessment was conducted using a progressive fixed time schedule. Reinforcement was delivered to subjects who were located in the correct, assigned zone in a two-zone apparatus. The time required within that zone before earning reinforcement was progressively increased by 5 s increments. The results showed that although both cold and hot temperatures affect behavioral performance, hot temperatures are much more detrimental to both performance and stability. |
|
|
6. The Role of Contingency Between Interlocking Behavioral Contingencies and Cultural Events |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
NATALIA SANTOS MARQUES (Universidade de São Paulo), Marcelo Frota Lobato Frota Benvenuti (Universidade de São Paulo) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: This study investigated the role of contingency between interlocking behavioral contingencies (IBCs) and cultural events (CEs). Three experiments were performed. The task consisted in using the mouse to click on an image presented on the computer screen. In the experiments 1 and 2, individual consequences were programmed for the clicking, cultural consequences were programed for an specific pattern of clicking. In experiment 3, only cultural consequences were programmed. Experiment 1 compared conditions in which CE was presented in a variable interval schedule (VI) against conditions in which it was presented in variable time schedules (VT). Experiment 2 compared VI conditions against VT and extinction (EXT) conditions. Experiment 3 replicated Experiment 2, without individual consequences programmed. The results of these experiments indicate variations of IBCs as a function of the schedules of CE presentations. Extinction effects were observed in EXT conditions and also in VT conditions. In addition, the results of Experiment 3 indicate that a programmed individual contingency is not necessary for the establishment of a metacontingency. |
|
|
7. Social Foraging: An Evaluation of Relationship Between Consumption and Agressive Patterns |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ROSALVA CABRERA (National University of Mexico), Martha Elisa Lopez (FES Iztacala-National University of Mexico), Abel Javier Zamora (FES Iztacala-National University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: In social foraging, groups of subjects are simultaneously exposed to searching, obtaining and consumption food setting. When several pieces of food are available in a patch, some members of group arrive to gain access and aggressive responses can be observed (Kaspersson, H?jesj? & Pedersen, 2010). This experiment evaluated the relationship between aggressive and consumption responses in groups of pigeons exposed to limited resource whose location was varied. Two groups of pigeons (n=5) were exposed during five sessions to a platform with 12 sealed deposits, only four deposits contained seeds. The piercing seal response delivered seeds and subjects could intake it. For G1, the deposits with food (useful) were located contiguous; for G2 the useful deposits were distant. Each session was composed by two trials; the location of useful deposits was varied in each trial. The sessions were video-recorded, a posteriori were recorded frequency of visits to useful deposits and frequency of aggressive responses (smack, peck about) to each subject. Both groups show that subjects recording higher consumption emit medium aggressive responses; subjects with medium consumption emitted aggressive response al higher level; subjects with lower consumption emitted aggressive responses at low level. Thus, the aggressive responses are related to consumption pattern. |
|
|
8. The Impact of Exchange Fixed Ratio Requirement on Token Accumulation in a Self Control Paradigm |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
L. B. MILLER (Reed College), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: Three pigeons were studied in a token-based accumulation paradigm. Tokens were presented response-independently about every 15 s, according to a variable time (VT) 15 schedule. A fixed ratio (FR) on an exchange-production key stopped the tokens from accumulating and started an exchange phase (signaled by flashing tokens). When pecked during the exchange period, each token produced 3-s access to food. After exchange of tokens, a variable-duration intertrial interval (ITI) occurred. This variable ITI ensured that each trial onset occurred 9 min apart, holding rate of trials constant at 10 per 90-min session. The main independent variable was fixed-ratio (FR) size on the exchange-production key, which varied from 25 to 75 across blocks of sessions. As shown in Figure 1, mean tokens accumulated per trial increased as a direct function of exchange-production FR for all 3 pigeons. These findings are consistent with previous research on the role of FR requirement in a related accumulation/self-control task, and provide a solid baseline against which to assess the role of concurrent behavior in a subsequent phase of the experiment. |
|
|
9. The Nostalgic Effects of Prior Reinforcement: Using “Preference” to Measure Selection by Consequence |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ERIC JAMES FRENCH (Central Michigan University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: The goal of the current investigation was to influence the reoccurrence of previously reinforced behavior at the trial by trial level. Using concurrent schedules, reinforced behavior has been demonstrated to become more probable during the following inter-reinforcer interval; however, in these preparations the reinforcer could function as a discriminative stimulus for the location of the upcoming reinforcer. In two experiments the discriminative properties of the previous reinforcer on upcoming consequences was controlled. Rats lever pressed for food under three-link chain schedules. In the first link, responses distributed between a left and right lever produced a transition to either a fixed ratio 1 on the center lever (Experiment 1) or a brief blackout (Experiment 2). Following completion of the second link, three consecutive responses on a target lever then produced a food pellet. In Experiment 1, the relative probability that either a left or right lever press in the first link would produce a transition to the second link was equal. In Experiment 2, only right lever presses produced a transition to the second link, and only left lever presses produced food. Despite offering no advantage in food production, responses in the initial links favored the lever that just produced food. |
|
|
10. Analysis of Qualitatively Varied Reinforcers Based on Behavioral Economics |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ALMA LUISA LÓPEZ FUENTES (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Alicia Roca (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Suzanne Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: During behavioral interventions, practitioners commonly use a variety of reinforces to maintain target behaviors rather than using a single constant reinforcer. However, in basic and applied research, comparing the effects of varied and constant reinforcers has produced mixed results. A probable explanation for such differences is that varied reinforcement is more effective than constant reinforcement only when the delivery of one type of reinforcer increases the reinforcing properties of another; a finding known as complementarity in behavioral economics. In contrast, when one reinforcer reduces the reinforcing properties of another, or functions as substitute, varied reinforcement is no different from constant reinforcement. This hypothesis was tested by comparing the effects of varied and constant reinforcement using complementary and substitute reinforcers on response rate and resistance to change in four adult participants diagnosed with development delays. After preference assessment, the favorite reinforcer, the second reinforcer, or the two were presented using a three-component multiple schedule. In successive conditions the reinforcers were complementary or substitutes. Varied complementary reinforcement produced higher responding than constant reinforcement in three participants but had no effects on resistance to change. These results partially support the notion that complementarity and substitutability play a role when varied reinforcement is used. |
|
|
11. Signaling Changes in Reinforcer Ratios Facilitates Adaptive Forgetting in Pigeons |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DANIEL BELL-GARRISON (West Virginia University), Elizabeth Kyonka (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Forgetting is often characterized as maladaptive, but when a cue no longer signals the consequences of a response, forgetting the previously learned stimulus-response discrimination is adaptive. Pigeons pecked for food in concurrent schedules. The relative frequency of reinforcement on each key changed across sessions. Initially, there was an overnight break in the middle of each session and new sessions began immediately after the end of the previous session. When the change from one session to the next was not signaled, responses maladaptively remained under the control of the previous session’s ratio of reinforcement. When the session change was signaled by changing the color of the keylights, control by the ratio from the previous session diminished. Without interference from past ratios, sensitivity to the ratio of reinforcement was greater in the signaled than the unsignaled condition. Subsequently, sessions were shifted such that there was no mid-session overnight break and only one session occurred per day. The change of session was signaled by overnight breaks. Response allocation adapted to the new schedule arrangement with minimal influence from previous ratios. This decrease in sensitivity to past ratios suggests that although visual cues can facilitate adaptive forgetting, time is a more powerful cue. |
|
|
12. No Sense of Stranger Danger: Rats Preferentially Respond for Unfamiliar Rats Compared to Familiar Rats |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
JASMINE HUANG (Reed College), Shirin Porkar-Aghdam (Reed College), L. B. Miller (Reed College), Emma Schweitzer (Reed College), Lauren Vanderhooft (Reed College), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Using a concurrent choice paradigm, three pairs of female Long Evans rats were tested in a within-subjects ABA design, with one subject as the focal rat, and the other as the harnessed rat. In the center chamber of a three-chamber apparatus, focal rats were trained to press one lever to access the left chamber, and another lever to access the right chamber. In the baseline condition, focal rats could choose to respond for their partner or an empty chamber and were run until behavior stabilized. In the experimental condition, focal rats could choose to respond for their partner or an unfamiliar rat until stabilization, which was followed by a return to baseline. In the first baseline condition there was a preference for the partner compared to the empty chamber, but a preference for the unfamiliar rat during the experimental condition. The differential responding for familiar and unfamiliar rats between conditions suggests that there is reinforcing value to novel social interaction. |
|
|
13. Effects of Reinforcement Parameters on Preference for an Increased Magnitude of Reinforcement in Pigeons |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
MIKE HARMAN (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: The magnitude of reinforcement is often studied as an evocative variable to responding in concurrent choice procedures. Matching is not typically observed in concurrent response procedures when the duration of reinforcement is manipulated as a measure of magnitude. The present study seeks to evaluate four methods of reinforcement with the purpose to empirically determine which method results in the closest approximation of matching preference to the relative duration of reinforcement. Pigeons were trained in a two-key, concurrent chains choice procedure with equal initial and terminal links. Across conditions, the durations of reinforcement in the terminal links were either equal (3-s vs 3-s) or unequal (3-s vs 6-s), and these durations were either uncued by hopper lights (both white) or cued (3-s: white; 6-s: colored). In some conditions the longer duration of reinforcement was delivered in successive periods of access to grain (2 x 3-s) and was either uncued or cued. Preference most closely approximated matching when: (a) the increased duration was delivered as successive periods of access equal to the decrease duration, and (b) the duration of reinforcement was cued. Taken together, the data suggest that differential hopper lights and interval chunking facilitated the discrimination of the longer reinforcement duration, and hence enhanced its control. |
|
|
14. A Duration Suite |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
THOMAS P. BYRNE (Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts), Haily Kelliher (MCLA), Monique Lemay (MCLA), Taylor Manning (MCLA), Sara Peck (MCLA) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Investigations of continuous dimensions of behavior have been relatively rare in the experimental analysis of behavior. We conducted a series of experiments with rats in which appetitive reinforcers were delivered for the duration of lever pressing rather than the occurrence of discrete responses. In the first experiment, rats responded on multiple fixed-duration schedules. Once responding stabilized, disruption was examined by programming both non-contingent food delivery and extinction. Similar to findings with variable-interval schedules, we found that behavior was most resistant to change in the presence of stimuli correlated with the richest schedules of reinforcement. In the second study, demand curves were generated by systematically increasing the duration of responding necessary to contact reinforcement. Data were orderly and well-described by Hursh and Silberberg’s essential-value equation. Finally, we incorporated duration into a delay-discounting model of self-control. Combining both effort and delay may provide an alternative model relevant to choices organisms encounter outside of the laboratory setting. |
|
|
15. Economic Satisficing:A Descriptive Tool for Concurrent Choices in Token Economies |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
ANA CAROLINA TROUSDELL FRANCESCHINI (University of Sao Paulo) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Satisficing is a concept borrowed from economics. It is based on the understanding that all behaviors are choices that require trade-offs between doing things the organism would rather not (pay money, make efforts, miss alternative opportunities) in exchange for obtaining desired things (reinforcers). Satisficing proposes that organisms behave as to obtain satisfactory amounts of the wanted item, by engaging in acceptable amounts of unwanted actions. The key is to determine how satisficing limits are set. Five rats were trained in a token economy to produce and accumulate LEDs (tokens) that could then be exchanged for a fixed volume of a sucrose solution. The initial (token production) link was a concurrent schedule with two response wheels; one under FR and the other under a mixed schedule of positive reinforcement and negative punishment. Both wheels required the same number of responses per reinforcement. Alternatively, rats could switch between the wheels and make combinations. Some combinations initiated the terminal link with lesser responses, thus minimizing effort. With repeated trials at higher schedules, between 70-90% of observed choices were among these satisficing combinations. |
|
|
16. Token Economies in Pigeons: Analyzing Economic Demand and Indifference Curves |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
SHIRIN PORKAR-AGHDAM (Reed College), Ana Carolina Trousdell Franceschini (University of Sao Paulo), Timothy D. Hackenberg (Reed College) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: The use of tokens is valuable in comparative behavioral economic studies as they act as a common currency to quantitatively measure preferences between qualitatively different goods. Six pigeons were trained to produce and exchange tokens in a closed economy for food and water concurrently. Each peck on a token-production key produced a white (generalized) token. When 30 tokens had been earned, an exchange period occurred, during which tokens could be exchanged for either food or water by pecking red (water) or green (food) keys. In the first experiment (reported here), prices for both food and water were equal at 3 tokens for each unit of good. Thus, pecking the red key removed 3 tokens and produced 3-s of water access; pecking the green key removed 3 tokens and produced 3-s food access. These conditions remained in place for 36 sessions to determine stable consumption patterns in a closed economy (food and water access limited to experimental sessions). These unconstrained consumption conditions provide an important first step in constructing demand functions for each good. Succeeding conditions will vary the price of food and water (number of tokens per unit of good) separately and together to determine indifference curves under budget constraints. |
|
|
17. Human Sharing Under Shortfall Risk: Does Sharing Depend on the Correlation in Gains? |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
CYNTHIA J. PIETRAS (Western Michigan University), Stephanie Stilling (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: This study experimentally investigated human sharing in a laboratory task that simulated environmental variability and resource scarcity (shortfall risk). The project sought to determine whether a risk-reduction model of sharing developed by evolutionary biologists (derived from a risk-sensitive optimization model known as the energy-budget rule) could predict human cooperative behavior. The model predicted that sharing should occur expect when the correlation between the earnings of the participant and partner was not highly positive. Twelve participants responded to earn points exchangeable for money when point gains were unpredictable. Failures to acquire sufficient points resulted in a loss of accumulated earnings (a shortfall). Participants were given the choice between working alone or working with (fictitious) others and then pooling and sharing accumulated earnings. The correlation of earnings between the participant and partner(s) was manipulated across conditions. Results showed that participants chose the sharing option when it was optimal to do so; thereby conforming to the predictions of the risk-reduction model of sharing. However, participants also shared under the positive correlation condition. Thus, participants continued to share although there were no specific benefits for doing so. These results contribute to the understanding of how environmental context and social stimuli influences cooperation and sharing in situations involving risk. |
|
|
18. Manipulating Response Rates With Percentile Reinforcement |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
KIMBERLY HENKLE (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Shaping is an omnipresent process that occurs during the lifetime of the organism and over the evolution of the species. As such, the process of shaping has been the subject of considerable amount of research, some of which has produced a systematic approach. Percentile schedules of reinforcement, for example, have provided researchers with a mathematical equation based on differential reinforcement and the probability of reinforcement. Most often this formula is used to increase some dimension of a response such a frequency or duration. Only a handful of studies have demonstrated the effectiveness of using the percentile schedule to decrease response rates. The present study examines the utility of manipulating response rates with the use of a percentile schedule of reinforcement (m=5, w=0.50) with college student performing a simple computer task using a multi-element design. Preliminary results suggest that percentile schedules of reinforcement are effective at not only increasing but also decreasing response rates. |
|
|
19. A Concurrent-Operants Method for Measuring Gain/Loss Asymmetry: I. Points vs. Coins as Reinforcers or Punishers |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DIEGO FLORES (Brigham Young University), Frank Robertson (Brigham Young University), Michael Seeley (Brigham Young University), Darin Costello (Brigham Young University), Marcia Ventura (Brigham Young University), Harold L. Miller Jr. (Brigham Young University) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: The SubSearch Game is a videogame in which the player uses a mouse to move a submarine icon on a computer screen in order to retrieve underwater objects. Barriers separating the objects make the task progressively more difficult. The screen is divided vertically in half, with each half containing its own submarine, objects, and barriers. The player can switch between the half-screens at any point. Occasionally, according to concurrent variable-interval variable-interval (VI VI) schedules, the retrieval of an object results in the delivery of points via an on-screen counter and simultaneously in the delivery of coins, which are the players to keep. Retrieval may also produce the loss of points (and the need to return coins to the dispenser) but only if the object is retrieved on the left half of the screen. No losses are scheduled on the right half. Participants played six sessions in which no coin dispenser was used. In two additional sessions (sessions 7 and 8) the coin dispenser was operational. The sessions consisted of six 6-min components in which the reinforcer ratio varied, as did the screen color. Punishers were delivered in half of the components on the left side of the screen. An analysis determined whether there was a significant difference between sessions with points only and with points and coins. Table 1 summarizes the results for 26 participants. The number of clicks was the dependent variable and the number of reinforcers the independent variable. The F-test table shows that the PNlogCLCRa measure of respondingwas significantly affected by punishment and the use of coins. |
|
|
20. A Concurrent-Operants Method for Measuring Gain/Loss Asymmetry: II. Risk-Averse Participants vs. Risk Seekers |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
DIEGO FLORES (Brigham Young University), Frank Robertson (Brigham Young University), Michael Seeley (Brigham Young University), Darin Costello (Brigham Young University), Marcia Ventura (Brigham Young University), Harold L. Miller Jr. (Brigham Young University) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: At the beginning of the experiment, all participants were requested to complete a brief questionnaire. The questionnaire was designed to indicate whether the participant was risk averse or risk seeking. Based on the questionnaire results, participants were assigned to two groups, and the results from each were compared in terms of performance in the SubSearch Game. An analysis determined whether there was a significant difference between the groups. The Sub Search Game is a videogame in which the player uses a mouse to move a submarine icon on a computer screen in order to retrieve underwater objects. Barriers separating the objects make the task progressively more difficult. The screen is divided vertically in half, with each half containing its own submarine, objects, and barriers. The player can switch between the half-screens at any point. Occasionally, according to concurrent variable-interval variable-interval (VI VI) schedules, the retrieval of an object results in the delivery of points via an on-screen counter. Points accumulated during each 36-m session are exchanged for money at its end. Retrieval may also produce the loss of points but only when the object is on the left half of the screen. No losses are scheduled on the right half. The sessions consisted of six 6-min components in which the reinforcer ratio varied, as did the screen color. Punishers were delivered in half of the components on the left side of the screen. The experiment consisted of six sessions. Only the results from the last three were included in the analysis. Table 1 summarizes the results for 26 participants. The number of clicks was the dependent variable and the number of reinforcers the independent variable. The F-test table shows that the PNlogCLCRa measure of respondingwas significantly affected by punishment and risk aversion. |
|
|
21. Increasing Sidman Avoidance Behaviour of Aversive Stimuli: An Animal Model |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
LISA HUNTER (University of Manitoba/ St.Amant), Karli Pedreira (University of Manitoba), Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba) |
Discussant: Laura Grow (University of British Columbia) |
Abstract: Avoidance is described as behaviour that prevents the occurrence of an aversive stimulus whereas, escape behaviour is described as a behaviour that results in the termination of an ongoing stimulus. There are two types of avoidance, both of which prevent an aversive stimulus from occurring. There is standard avoidance that involves a warning stimulus that signals an aversive stimulus will occur promptly. This type of avoidance is reinforced by the termination of the warning stimulus. The other form of avoidance is called Sidman or free-operant avoidance. This process does not include a warning stimulus and it is unknown what the exact reinforcing properties are that maintain it. Previous research determined that Betta splendens (Siamese fighting fish) do not engage in Sidman avoidance whereas other species including Carassius auratus (goldfish) do. This research looked at whether Betta splendens could be taught Sidman avoidance using prompting and reinforcement strategies. Experimenters established an increase in the frequency of independent crossovers between sides of the experimental tank to avoid an aversive stimulus, these avoidance responses were briefly maintained for two of the subjects and immediately decreased once reinforcement was removed for the third subject. |
|
|
|
|
EDC Monday Noon |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Deirdre M. Muldoon (University of New Mexico) |
|
22. Gamification Versus Individual Instruction |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
IVANA VUCIC (Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences), Lars Inge Halvorsen (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Discussant: Scott Beckett (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: In later years, the use of gamification has bloomed and many claim that this method works as an effective teaching tool. However, few studies compare gamification to more traditional learning methods. The purpose of the study was to investigate the effect of competition on learning and compare the effects to an immediate feedback procedure that is done individually. The participants participated in two similar learning situations with immediate corrective feedback: One in which the participants answered questions through the multiplayer game Kahoot and one in which they answered questions through a program that gave them immediate corrective feedback on each question. In the programmed setting subjects did not have the opportunity to view how other participants were performing. Both tests conditions included a pretest, three training sessions and a posttest. This allowed us to examine individual performances in each test setting and compare the effects of different phases across tests. Subjects used in this experiment are Bachelor and Master level College students attending Oslo and Akershus University College of Applied Sciences. |
|
|
23. Answer Key or Immediate Feedback, How Does It Affect Learning? |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
LARS INGE HALVORSEN (Oslo and Akershus University College) |
Discussant: Scott Beckett (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Feedback is an important component in learning and examining under which conditions subjects has the largest performance increases is important to increase the effectiveness in any educational setting. Feedback is used for correcting and improving performance, but does it matter how this is given and how quickly? Teaching systems like interteaching, precision teaching and personalized system of instruction all use different aspects of the feedback component but it is hard to determine the precise effects of this feedback. The experiments conducted here explores how an answer key and immediate feedback procedure affects learning and presents preliminary results on how learning over time has been affected. Subjects used are bachelor level college students at Oslo and Akershus University College. The results indicate that there is a slight difference between the two methods but also show that subjects in one procedure keeps repeating old mistakes made in the first condition. Procedures used are multiple baseline measures and a repeated design, in addition to this some subjects were tested after a period of 14 days providing an insight into how performance is affected by time. |
|
|
24. Lack of Generalization from Lab to Lecture in a Sensation and Perception Course |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
DEBRA J. SPEAR (South Dakota State University), Amber Wodzinski (South Dakota State University), Mary Berg (South Dakota State University) |
Discussant: Scott Beckett (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Laboratory courses are opportunities for students to engage in hands-on activities related to specific topics. In Psychology, laboratory sections are used to teach students methods and techniques important in conducting research, providing students the opportunity to collect and analyze data, and to teach concepts in an alternative method from the typical textbook and lecture. In courses of Sensation and Perception, laboratory sections provide students with opportunities to explore thresholds, methods of sensory assessment, and hands-on experience with measuring activity and limits of the sensory systems. Previous research shows that when the laboratory experiences are specifically integrated into the lecture section of the course, there is generalization from the laboratory to the classroom. The current study was an attempt to determine if similar generalization of information and techniques mastered in the laboratory would transfer to the classroom without that specific integration. Some students in the Sensation and Perception course completed the laboratory section of the course, while others did not. There was no explicit integration of the specific laboratory assignments into the lecture material. The results show that there was no significant difference in scores for students that completed the laboratory activities compared to those that did not complete these activities. Even when exam questions that specifically involved content used in the laboratory, average grades for students in the laboratory section of the |
|
|
25. Exploring Environmental Factors That Promote and Inhibit Novel Responding Within College Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDREW R. KIETA (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Scott Beckett (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: To date, no studies have investigated topographical variability or novelty with college students, yet such responding is a critical skill in the modern work place. This study used a reversal design to investigate if novel responding can be increased as a result of novelty specifying contingencies within college students using a simple shaping game apparatus. In the game, subjects used one hand to interact with a small object placed on the table in front of him or her. Pre-baseline training consisted of an errorless program designed to teach only a single initial topography which was repeated fifty times on an FR1 schedule. A reinforce all schedule was introduced to serve as a control. Variability specifying contingencies were introduced as the independent variable. Responding was only reinforced if topographies differed from previously exhibited forms. After a return to baseline, variability-specifying contingencies were reintroduced. After repeated reinforcement during the variability specifying condition, participants exhibited stereotypic responding during the baseline condition, questioning whether variability is an operant or a dimension of behavior that can be strengthened. Additionally controlling the response history limited the variable dimensions possible, suggesting that a broad topographical repertoires must be conditioned in order for participants to engage in variable dimensions of behavior. |
|
|
26. Effect of Positive:Negative Verbal Feedback on Performance as a Function of Task Difficulty |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CHRISTIAN SABEY (Brigham Young University), Cade T. Charlton (Brigham Young University), Shawn R. Charlton (University of Central Arkansas) |
Discussant: Scott Beckett (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Some scholars have suggested there is an optimal ratio of positive to negative verbal feedback during instruction. A wide range of ratios have been recommended including 8:1 (Latham, 1997), 4:1 (Daniels & Daniels, 2004), 3:1 (Sprick, Knight, Reinke, & McKale, 2006). Due to the dearth of empirical support for these ratios, the recommendations amount to little more than classroom lore. Recently, Sabey, Charlton, and Charlton (2015) demonstrated that a 1:1 ratio produced more accurate responding on a familiar, moderately challenging computational task. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of various ratios on the accuracy and persistence of participants’ responses as a function of task difficulty. All participants completed a multiplication task with either moderate or difficult questions and a ratio of positive to negative verbal feedback that was adjusted to maintain ratios of 1:4, 1:1, or 4:1 depending on assigned condition. 124 college students enrolled in a southeastern university participated in the study. A mixed method repeated measures ANOVA found statistically significant effects of difficulty, feedback level, and trial block. These data suggest that higher ratios of positive to negative verbal feedback have more pronounced effects on accuracy and persistence as task difficulty increases. |
|
|
27. Using Matrix Training to Establish the Alphabetic Principle, and Generalization to Reading, in Typically Developing Struggling Readers |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
CAROL CUMMINGS (The University of Kansas), Susan Loveall-Hague (University of Kansas), Kathryn Saunders (The University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Scott Beckett (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Previous studies, primarily with adults with intellectual disability, demonstrated recombinative generalization of onset and rime units using matrix training. Study 1 extends that work to typically developing children referred by teachers as having reading difficulties. Three 4-5 year old boys participated. Two 24-word matrices were each divided into 6 four-word sets containing all combinations of two onsets and two rimes (e.g. bed, bag, ked, kag). Using a computerized, matching-to-sample (MTS) task, we taught students to select printed words that corresponded to spoken-word samples, from a choice pool containing all words in a set. After mastering sets receptively, participants demonstrated generalization to reading the taught words, and also generalization to MTS with untaught sets. Study 2 was the next step in instructional programming, designed to teach abstraction of phonemes within the rime. Each word set contained one onset and four rimes. Unlike Study 1, the four rimes included all combinations of two vowels and two codas (e.g., bed, beg, bad, bag). One participant from Study 1 has completed Study 2, and showed generalization to untaught words. Generalization to untaught words demonstrates the alphabetic principlethe concept that the same sound in different words is represented by the same letter. |
|
|
28. An Overview of the Elements Used in the Gamification of Educational Courses |
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory |
JENNIFER HARDIN (California State University Northridge), Debra Berry Malmberg (California State University, Northridge), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge) |
Discussant: Scott Beckett (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: Gamification is a pedagogical technique that educators are using more often, especially as technology has allowed increasing access to online gaming tools (Dominguez et al., 2013). Researchers have found conflicting results regarding the effectiveness of the application of different elements of gamification (e.g., badges, choice, points; Hays, 2005). Challenges with the literature include inconsistent use of packages of elements and lack of clear operational definitions of elements. We conducted a literature review of studies that apply gamified elements to an educational setting. Due to the limited number of results, a broad search was made for articles using the key words “gamification” and “education”. Articles that did not contain an experimental group were excluded. For the remaining 17 articles, we compared the elements used in each study and examine the definitions and descriptions provided to better identify elements for comparison. Finally, we proposed operational definitions of these elements to be used in future comparisons. |
|
|
29. A Meta-Analysis of Single-Case Research Published in South Korea: Post-School Age Interventions for Individuals With Disabilities |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Jinhyeok Choi (Pusan National University), YOON SEON HAN (Pusan National University) |
Discussant: Scott Beckett (Jacksonville State University) |
Abstract: We conducted a meta-analysis to analyze research articles which (1) were published between 2005 and 2014 in South Korea, (2) employed a single-case study method, and (3) implemented a behavioral intervention on vocational skills for post-school-age students with disabilities. 16 experimental research were searched and selected from peer-reviewed journal articles listed on the Korea Citation Index. We reorganized the articles by four different categories: settings, dependent and independent variables, and research designs. Then, we analyzed the 16 articles in terms of both quality and interventions effect size factors. We calculated the Percentage of Non-overlapping Data (PND) for each articles so that we identified an intervention effect size for each article. For articles quality factors, we used the quality indicators within a single case research (Horner et al., 2005). The results showed that local community and vocational skills were addressed as a research setting and dependent variables in most articles. Community-based instruction was most frequently implemented as a independent variable. Moreover, approximately 50% of the articles employed a multiple probe design. The 16 articles achieved sufficient scores for 7their quality as a single case research in general. |
|
|
30. Implementation of Interdependent Group Contingency in Secondary Education Resource Classroom |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
REEVA MORTON (Mississippi State University), Kasee Stratton (Mississippi State University) |
Discussant: William Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Previous research has indicated that disruptive behavior in the classroom negatively impacts social and academic success (e.g., Campbell, 1995; Finn, Pannozzo, & Voelkl, 1995). Group contingencies are an effective strategy in decreasing problem behavior displayed by groups of students because it allows students to be reinforced on a group criterion (Litow & Pumroy, 1975). There is a lack of literature examining an interdependent group contingency, such as the Good Behavior Game (GBG), for children with disabilities, particularly at the high school level (Gresham & Gresham, 1982; Salend et al., 1989; Flower, McKenna, Bunuan, Muething, & Vega, 2014). This study analyzed the impact of the GBG in a special education high school classroom and compared the effect of student- and teacher- selected rewards on disruptive behavior. An ABAB design was implemented to evaluate disruptive behavior on one resource classroom. An alternating treatment design was used to evaluate the impact of student selected and teacher selected rewards on disruptive behavior. A frequency recording of problem behaviors was collected for each team. Results found no difference between student and teacher selected rewards; however, the results suggested an interdependent group contingency is effective in decreasing problem behavior in this population. |
|
|
31. Increasing On-Task Behavior in a Third Grade Classroom With the Good Behavior Game |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
BRITTANY PENNINGTON (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota) |
Discussant: William Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: This study investigated the effect of the Good Behavior Game (GBG) on on-task behavior for three students in a third-grade classroom, and the effect on latency to transition for all students in that classroom. The classroom teacher nominated the three participants as the most off-task in the class. Previous research has demonstrated the efficacy of the GBG at increasing on-task behavior, but few studies have shown what happens in other settings when the GBG is implemented in one setting. This study used a multiple-baseline across settings design, and showed that when the GBG was implemented in one setting, behavior improved only in the setting where it was implemented. However, when the game was moved into other settings, on-task behavior increased in those settings. Overall, findings support the use of the GBG for increasing on-task behavior and decreasing latency to transition, but suggest that teachers should only expect increased on-task behavior while playing the game. |
|
|
32. The Effects of Active Student Response Strategies on the Quiz Scores of Students Enrolled in a University Special Education Methods Course |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA L. YURICK (Cleveland State University), Maria Helton (Cleveland State University) |
Discussant: William Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Fifteen undergraduate and graduate students in a special education teacher preparation program participated in an alternating treatments design evaluation of the differential effects of response cards, guided notes, and traditional lecture on rate and accuracy of quiz scores. Data were collected on the rate of response, overall accuracy, one and two week maintenance of content, and social validity criteria. Preliminary results indicate that response rate and accuracy improved with the response cards and guided notes. There were additional benefits for maintenance of content. Recommendations for implementation are discussed. |
|
|
33. The Duration of Effects on Behavior and Academic Outcomes of Physical Activity for Students With ADHD |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
JEFFERY HART (Southern Utah University), David L. Lee (Penn State) |
Discussant: William Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of moderate to vigorous physical activity (MVPA) on the classroom behavior and academic engagement of early elementary children with attention deficit hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). A key extension of the current study was examination of durability of effects of MVPA and implementation of a “Booster” session to increase effects over time. Results of this study indicate MVPA provided at the beginning of the school day can reduce classroom behaviors associated with ADHD. MVPA was shown to have a modest impact on academic engagement for some participants. These improvements, in both behavior and academic engagement, dissipated over time and were not present 90 minutes after participating in the MVPA intervention. In an effort to address the dissipation of effects of MVPA over time, a “booster” MVPA session was evaluated. Results showed that a 3-5 minute booster session of MVPA performed 90 minutes after the initial 15-minute bout of exercise both maintained benefits for all participants and improved behavioral benefits for some participants. |
|
|
34. Teaching Organizational Skills to Undergraduates Using Self-Monitoring Techniques |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
ASHLEY BORDELON (Louisiana State University), George H. Noell (Louisiana State University) |
Discussant: William Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Homework, organization, and time-management skills are often a source of stress for undergraduate students. The type of homework given, self-management skills, and planning skill level combine to contribute to student success in school. Previous research has shown that the Homework, Organization, and Planning Skills (HOPS) program has been successful with teaching these skills to students with Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder; however, research has focused on middle school students. The purpose of the current study was to determine if the HOPS program was suitable for undergraduate students, based on pretest, posttest, and follow-up scores on the Learning and Study Strategies Inventory- Second Edition (LASSI) using a randomized waitlist control trial. The HOPS program was adjusted to focus on self-management skills. These adjustments included an increase in self-monitoring and performance feedback. Results indicated that scores on the LASSI improved for students, with significant results for several scales. Limitations of the study and future directions for research are discussed. |
|
|
35. When to Supervise? Treatment Integrity and the Temporal Position of Feedback |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (West Virginia University), Nicole Robinson (West Virginia University), Forrest Toegel (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University) |
Discussant: William Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Providing praise and corrective feedback is an essential component of staff training procedures. It is unknown, however, whether feedback is more effective in changing behavior if presented as an antecedent or a consequent of treatment implementation. We conducted brief behavioral skills training using a confederate to teach 4 teachers and 2 staff members to implement the function-based behavior-intervention plans (BIPs) of 2 clients at an alternative elementary school. Following training, we conducted 10-min observations in which we collected real-time treatment integrity data on BIP implementation with clients in the classroom setting. We used a multielement design to assess effects of antecedent or consequent feedback (i.e., a copy of the treatment-integrity checklist with global integrity score and a note with a corrective feedback and praise statement) on treatment integrity. Implementers either received feedback directly before an observation or directly after an observation (counterbalanced across behavior plans). Overall, antecedent feedback was slightly more effective than consequent feedback in increasing global BIP treatment integrity; however, there were individual differences in feedback effectiveness across participants. Supervisors might benefit from providing implementers with both antecedent and consequent feedback when observing BIP implementation. |
|
|
36. The Effect of Escalating vs. Fixed Reinforcement Schedules on Quiz Taking in an Undergraduate Course in Behavior Analysis |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA MAHONEY (Savannah State University), Alysia Potts (Savannah State University) |
Discussant: William Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Drug abstinence studies indicate that escalating reinforcement schedules maintain abstinence for longer periods than fixed reinforcement schedules. The current study evaluated whether escalating reinforcement schedules maintain more quiz taking than fixed reinforcement schedules. A secondary purpose was to improve student attendance. The study was conducted across three sections of an Introduction to Behavior Analysis course. In all sections, online quizzes were open to students with two or fewer absences. During baseline and for the control group, bonus points were distributed on random days for attending class. Following baseline, the fixed reinforcement section received 5 bonus points for each quiz completed while the escalating reinforcement section received 3 bonus points for the first quiz with an increase of 0 or 1 point for each consecutive quiz completed. On three quizzes the bonus points did not increase in order to keep equal the total number of points available across the semester. If a quiz was missed the number of bonus points was reset to the beginning value. Results indicate that the escalating reinforcement schedule maintained more quiz taking than the fixed reinforcement schedule. The control group took the fewest number of quizzes. Quiz access appeared to have no effect on attendance, however across the four course exams there was a correlation between the section with the most quiz takers and the highest average exam score. These results support the finding of contingency management for drug abstinence that escalating reinforcement schedules maintain longer periods of behavior than fixed reinforcement schedules. |
|
|
37. The Effectiveness of Guided Notes on Post-Lecture Quiz Performance in College Students |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
KIMBERLY PECK (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Andrew Bulla (Western Michigan University) |
Discussant: William Heward (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Instructional methods that promote active student responding (ASR) are prevalent; however empirically demonstrated effectiveness of these methodologies is more limited, especially in higher education. The current study examined the effectiveness of guided notes as a form of active student responding on the immediate recall of lecture information among college students. This study systematically replicates Austin, Lee, Thibeault, Carr, and Bailey (2002), by implementing fill-in-the-blank post-lecture quizzes in order to identify if students perform better when assessed by the same modality in which they were instructed. Guided notes were implemented via a multiple baseline design across four course sections of an undergraduate psychology course. Researchers found results consistent with previous studies, that while guided notes had high likability among students and instructors, they showed little to no positive effect on class quiz performance overall. These findings support that enriched educational environments that promote frequent response opportunities, ASR, and consistent feedback may not find utility in adding guided notes to their curriculum. However, these results lend more information about effectiveness of guided notes in particular educational environments, contributing to the available literature on effective instruction in higher education. This study supports efforts to optimize and individualize educational strategies used among college students. |
|
|
|
|
CSE Monday Noon |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Todd A. Ward (bSci21 Media, LLC) |
|
38. Alabama Parenting Questionnaire Validation in Mexican Population |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Judith Elisa Ferrer Alarc�n (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Juan Ismael Matías Mestas (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Carlos Omar Martínez Colín (National Autonomous University of Mexico), SILVIA MORALES CHAINE (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Richard Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Parenting styles are associated with child behavior problems such as aggression, opposition or rules violation. Parenting practices have influence in child behavior. The Alabama Parenting Questionnaire assesses parenting practices such as parenting positive or inconsistence discipline. Therefore, the aim of the present study was to evaluate the psychometric properties of Alabama Parenting Questionnaire adapted to Mexican population and compare parenting practices between socioeconomic level of the parents. We worked with 330 parents (M=36.9 years)of children between 3 and 12 years old, who belonged to a Treatment Community for Adolescents in conflict with law, a church, a community psychological service of a private university and a private religious school. We apply a version of Alabama Parenting Questionnaire (parent version of Shelton, Frick & Wotton, 1996) adapted to mexican culture. We performed a factor analysis with varimax rotation and one-way ANOVA to compare the differences between socioeconomic level. The analysis showed 4 factors (Inconsistent Discipline, Positive Parenting, Poor Monitoring and Involvement). There are no significance differences in parenting practices between socioeconomic level. The results show a valid Mexican version of the Alabama Parenting Questionnaire. In order to be representative, it is necessary to continue adapting the questionnaire with rural and urban population. |
|
|
39. Parenting Practices Related With Age, Socioeconomic,and School Level |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
DAVID AMAYA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Sandra Ferrer (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Richard Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The aim of this study was to compare parental practices in relation with school level ( Low school, Elementary school, Junior High School, High School and University), socioeconomic level (Incomes: E = $0-158.76, D= $158.82-399.94, D+=$400-682.29, C = 682.35 -2058.76, C+=2058.82-4999.94 )and; age of the parents (18-28 years, 29-40 years, 41-71 years). Participated 332 caregivers between 18 and 71 years old with. Participants answered the Parenting Practices Inventory (CPI) composed of six subscales (Punishment, Material Gains, Social Interaction, Norms, Social Gains and Limits), and the Child Management Skills Questionnaire (CMSQ) composed of four subscales (Ignore to promote appropriate behavior (ITAB), Praise, Clear instructions, problem solving and Rules establishment (CPER) and Social and academic interaction (SAI)). Results showed that parents between 29-39 years have lower percentage (M = 33.5) in Praise, parents with High School (M = 10.76) and Junior High School (M = 10.11) have higher percentage in ITAB. Parents with University (M = 28.28) and high school (M = 23.05) have higher percentage in the ICTE subscale. Parents with low school (M = 60.89), Junior High School (M = 50.56), income E (M = 56.83) and income C + (M = 51.39) reported more use of material gains. |
|
|
40. Applying Applied Behavior Analysis to Domestic Violence and the Extreme Household Dysfunction From Which It Eminates |
Area: CSE; Domain: Service Delivery |
RICHARD COOK (Penn State University) |
Discussant: Richard Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Application of ABAI to domestic violence and extreme household dysfunction. Domestic violence, and the even more prevalent morass of extreme household dysfunction from which much domestic violence arises, are widespread, socially significant problems, causing many injuries, deaths, disrupted marriages, broken homes, and, especially, scarred childhoods that then perpetuate problems to an exponentially greater number of persons and households for generations to come. They are also behaviors, and as such, can be addressed by the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis, and yet, inexplicably, arent, at least on any widespread scale, as evidence by the dearth of such presentations at previous ABAI meetings, and the absence of a category of submission for such. Repetitive, chronic dysfunctional behaviors, habits, set the stage for acute dysfunctional behaviors that can in an instant change the life trajectories of all family members. Principles of public health offer that traditional efforts such as awareness campaigns and educational programs are simply not very efficient, and often not effective, as means of controlling a public health problem.when compared with approaches that are powerful enough to solve it by directly changing behavior, and/or the environment (antecedent state). This poster will outline approaches to apply ABA principals at the individual, family, and community level. |
|
|
41. Parents Rearing Practices of Adolescents in Conflict With the Law |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
ALAN CRUZ (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Rebeca Maldonado (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Alejandra Rivera (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Richard Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Practical parenting parents of adolescents in conflict with the law some studies indicate that the conduct of minors is highly related to the conduct of their parents (Ayala, 2000). It has found that low levels of communication between parents and children, and the lack of supervision, is associated with the development of aggressive behavior (Cavell, 2000). The objective of the present study was to compare the parenting practices used by parents who have teenage children in conflict with the law and parents with children without conflicts of this type. 298 parents participated, 149 parents formed the group with one minor child offending and 149 without one offending child. Used inventory practices of breeding (IPC), (2013 Lopez) with a reliability of 92 to learn practices that parents were carried out with their children. The results showed significant differences in the sub scales of material gain (t = 4.22, sig:. 000) and limits (t = 2.11, sig: 0.035), parents of adolescents in conflict with the law showed higher score on the earnings scale materials and limits with an average of 20.26 and 20.79 respectively, with the above it can be concluded that limits laying down their children are different in groups like the material gains that they can grant to the conduct of their children, given these results is necessary to investigate other factors engaged by what can be related to other risk factors such as lower education level or household income. |
|
|
42. The Therapist's Behavior and Its Relationship With User's Attendance to Third Treatment Session |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
Judith Elisa Ferrer Alarc�n (National Autonomous University of Mexico), SILVIA MORALES CHAINÉ (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Richard Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The users leave the intervention before the first month of treatment, when they have not received the expected benefits with the procedures. In Mexico the 51.9% of drug users leave the intervention before three first sessions. Therapist�s behavior has influence in the user�s behavior. The aim of this study was to describe the relationship between the therapist�s behavior and user�s attendance to third session after a one session of brief counseling using motivational interviewing. We worked with 8 therapists (87.5 % female) aged 22 to 43 years old and 8 men aged 18 to 57 years old who used marijuana, cocaine or tobacco, at the public institution created to prevent drug abuse. We used a sequential behavioral coding system in motivational interviewing that includes 20 behavioral categories. We obtained a reliability of 0.87 through kappa index and we performed a sequential analysis. The results showed therapist�s behaviors consistent with motivational interviewing were more likely to be followed by user�s behavior change talk. With those users who stopped treatment therapists showed more inconsistent behavior with motivational interviewing. By understanding the behavior performed by the therapist and his connection with user�s attendance we will hope foster the behaviors that increase adherence to treatment. |
|
|
43. Effectiveness of Short Text Messages and Videos on Television and Media Technology on Parenting Strategies |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
ALEJANDRA LOPEZ MONTOYA (Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México), Diana Isabel Santos (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Brandon De Nova (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico), Silvia Morales Chaine (National Autonomous University of Mexico) |
Discussant: Richard Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Effectiveness of short text messages and videos on television and media technology on parenting strategies Behavioral training for parents has been recognized as the top intervention strategy for disruptive behaviors (Forehand, Jones, & Parent, 2013). Existing programs for the development of parenting skills are not readily accessible, due to time, effort, or cost demands (York & Loeb, 2014). That is why advances in digital information technologies are creating opportunities for behavior analysts (Dallery, Kurti & Erb, 2014). In parenting practices in particular, text messages sent to parents have shown to be effective in transmitting these skills (York & Loeb, 2014). Thus the aim of this study was to compare the effectiveness of short text messages and videos on television and media technology on parenting strategies for parents. One hundred and seventeen parents (93 women and 24 men), with an age range of 49 years, participated in the study; parents had at least a child between four and 12 years old. A pre-post experimental design was used. Parents answered the Parenting Practices Scale (IPC) and the Children Behavior Management Questionnaire (CHAMI), and were then randomly assigned to each of the following three groups: 47 to text messages recommendations, 34 to video recommendations and 36 to a control group which did not receive any recommendations. The initial results of single-factor analysis of variance showed no significant differences between groups before the procedure. It is expected to find significant differences from the effect of the technological resource used. |
|
|
44. A Behavioral Economic Analysis of the Relationship Between Diet and Exercise With Adolescents Who Are Obese |
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research |
NICOLE H. LUSTIG (The University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Jessica Detrick (University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Richard Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Obesity is a significant public health concern and socially significant problem. One way to conceptualize obesity is through an individuals choice-making regarding their consumption of foods and exercises. Behavior Economic Theory (BET) is an efficient methodology to assess choice making and describe relationships between co-occurring choices. The purpose of this study was to describe the relationship between diet and exercise, through the BET framework, in adolescent female who are obese within an ABC design. Using a concurrent schedules design, participants recorded daily perceived calories consumed and expended using an electronic self-monitoring program for baseline (Phase 1). After Phase 1, the researcher presented a choice between diet and exercise and developed a behavioral contract with goals addressing that choice for Phase 2. A subsequent behavioral contract was developed to target the alternative lifestyle change in Phase 3. The participants continued to record daily consumption and expenditure during Phases 2 and 3. The relationship between consumption and exercise the 3 of 5 participants was complementary. However, successful weight loss occurred for the participant with a substitutable relationship. Interobserver agreement was calculated for 34% of days and averaged 98%. |
|
|
|
|
PRA Monday Noon |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Mark D. Shriver (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
|
45. Does Cultural Difference Influence the Application of Discrete Trial Training? A Comparative Case Study Between Northern Ireland and Northern China |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
YINI LIAO (Queen's University Belfast), Karola Dillenburger (Queen's University Belfast) |
Discussant: Scott Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Discrete Trial Training (DTT) is an integral part of evidence-based early intensive behaviour intervention for young children on the autism spectrum. The 3-term contingency (i.e., Antecedent-Behaviour-Consequence, A-B-C) utilised in DTTs is the smallest learn unit and new skills are broken down into small teachable learning units. While the science behind DTTs is the same regardless where they are carried out, cultural difference may influence the actual execution of the DTT. The present study compared the use of DTTs by parents who took part in parent-training and professionals in Northern Ireland and Northern China. A total of 4 participants from Northern Ireland and 4 from Northern China (3 parents and 1 professional in each country) were observed across 6 sessions. A data collection model was developed based on the A-B-C learn unit to record treatment fidelity of parents and professionals during parent training. Findings showed that treatment fidelity increased across trials due to parent training and that the application of Discrete Trial Training was similar despite cultural differences. Findings are discussed in cross cultural comparison discourse. |
|
|
46. Teaching Research Staff Implementation of a Social Skills Intervention: An Extension of Behavior Skills Training |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
JESSICA DAY-WATKINS (Caldwell University), Ashley Pallathra (University of Pennsylvania), James E. Connell (Drexel University), Edward Brodkin (University of Pennsylvania) |
Discussant: Scott Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: The present study used behavior skills training (BST) to teach three adult participants (research staff) to implement a video modeling intervention aimed at teaching social skills to adult consumers with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). During baseline trials, participants were given access to written instructions before role-play with actors. During treatment, participants were given a video model with voice-over instruction, repeated role-play trials, and feedback following their performance. The training video depicted how to teach social skills by introducing a video model. All participant scores increased from baseline to treatment and generalization was demonstrated across novel social skills and with an actual consumer diagnosed with ASD. After training participants to use a video model with one social skill, they generalized use of the video model to teach as many as three additional novel social skills. In a separate study currently in progress, the same participants are training adult consumers with ASD to engage in the social skills described here. To our knowledge, this may be the first BST study to report effects on consumers’ behavior. |
|
|
47. A Consecutive Case Series Analysis of Multiple Schedules of Reinforcement Following Functional Communication Training |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
SHAJI HAQ (University of Oregon), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), John Van Remmen (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Scott Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Multiple schedules of reinforcement (MS), a common treatment adjunct following functional communication training, has been demonstrated to be effective for reducing problem behavior. However, the likelihood of positive outcomes is not clear, because publication bias (i.e., selectively publishing intervention studies with favorable results; Sham & Smith, 2014) may contribute its reported efficacy. This gap in the literature may be resolved by a consecutive case series analysis. This study systematically examined archived data from 159 patients who received treatment for problem behavior between 2009 and 2015 at an intensive, day-treatment facility. Multiple schedules were employed for 25% (n=40) of the cases examined. Results showed MS were used primarily to address problem behavior maintained by access to social positive reinforcement (i.e., tangible and attention; n=39). Successful implementation of the MS, as defined by >80% reduction of problem behavior and discriminated mands across reinforcement and extinction components, was observed for 43% of the cases (n=17) during initial implementation (i.e., before schedule thinning or other treatment modifications). Case demographics (e.g., age, sex, and clinical diagnoses) and other factors associated with treatment (e.g., duration of treatment, treatment modifications, overall success, generalization, etc.) will be presented. Treatment implications and future directions for research will be described. |
|
|
48. Treatment of Automatically Maintained Self-Injury and Self-Restraint in an Adult Residential Setting |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
GUIRLINE DERILUS (Bancroft), Paige Santhin (Bancroft), Brian M. Hinchcliffe (Bancroft), Lauren F. Troy (Bancroft) |
Discussant: Scott Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Conducting an efficient functional analysis of self-injurious behavior (SIB) is ethically and practically important to save time and minimize risk of injury. Querim et al. (2013) demonstrated that an extended alone condition can reliably determine when the function of a target behavior is automatic reinforcement. Further assessment of automatically-maintained SIB is, however, often required to inform a successful function-based treatment. A relationship between self-injury and self-restraint has been discussed by researchers, including Hagopian, Rooker and Zarcone (2015) who attempted to delineate subtypes of automatic self-injury. The current study attempts to extend the research by utilizing an extended alone functional analysis followed by a competing stimulus assessment to develop an effective function-based treatment of self-injury. The participant was a 21-year old male diagnosed with Autism who exhibited high frequency, high intensity SIB. The extended alone data showed a stable trend of responding, which indicated self-injury was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Interobserver agreement averaged 85%. The results of the subsequent competing stimulus assessment, conducted using a multi-element design, showed that self-restraint competed with self-injury. The importance of continuing to evolve the technology of functional analyses to inform function-based treatment of automatic self-injury will be discussed. |
|
|
49. Comparing Treatment Integrity of Prompts Used During Discrete Trial Training: Paper and Electronic Data Collection Systems |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
ASHLEY ABBOTT (The May Institute), Paul W. Heering (May Institute) |
Discussant: Scott Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the treatment integrity of prompting techniques when using paper and electronic data collection systems. The participants of this study were 2 behavior therapists working with 4 clients in the client’s homes. Data were collected over 4 to 6 months. The dependent variable of the study was the staff’s data based decision of which prompting technique to use based on criteria written into the skills acquisition programs. In the paper data collection phase, staff decided at the end of every session whether to move up, move down, or to stay at the current prompt level for the next session. Criteria within the programs were identical during the electronic data collection phase. However, during this phase the computer automatically determined whether to move up, move down, or to stay at the current prompt level. A percentage of sessions conducted at the correct prompt level was calculated. The results during paper data collection phase showed 90% accuracy (ranging from 85% - 100%) while during electronic data collection phase this number was 100%. Overall, the electronic data collection system eliminated the errors related to determining the correct prompt to use, thus eliminating wasted sessions. |
|
|
50. The Role of 'Having One's Own Way' in Maintaining Challenging Behavior |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
LAURA E. MULLINS (Regional Support Associates) |
Discussant: Scott Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Skinner described how "having one's own way" (1953, p. 79) can become a generalized reinforcer, yet few studies have identified its role in maintaining challenging behavior. This study reviews results of experimental assessments of challenging behaviors for a 20-year-old with Autism as descriptive assessments were inconclusive. A consequence-based functional analysis was developed to determine the function of task refusals (a precursor to aggression). Refusals were found to occur most frequently during conditions in which the participant engaged in a task of his choosing, while controlling for escape and attention. Type and difficulty of demands and activities chosen by the participant were not related to responding. Aggression only occurred during the condition in which choice was withheld suggesting an extinction burst when access to choice was withheld. A subsequent functional analysis was conducted to determine if choice of food prior to meals led to reduced frequency of food-seeking behavior. Fewer rates of behavior were observed in conditions in which the participant was able to choose food items regardless of preference indicating that being offered choice served as an abolishing operation. Assessment results were validated following a function-based intervention. This study supported access to choice as a generalized reinforcer maintaining challenging behavior. |
|
|
51. Treatment Integrity, Data Reliability, and Social Validity of Therapist-Collected Data During a Functional Analysis |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
JOSHUA LAFORTE (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University) |
Discussant: Scott Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that individuals are able to collect accurate data with procedural integrity while conducting preference assessments and treatment sessions (Najdowski et al., 2010). However, data collection by therapists is rarely utilized in a functional analysis (Iwata & Dozier, 2008). The current study assessed the accuracy, procedural integrity, and social acceptability with which therapists can collect data while simultaneously implementing a functional analysis. During baseline, participants implemented a standard FA while procedural integrity was scored. In the experimental phase, participants implemented an FA while simultaneously collecting data using a tally counter to record a student’s target behavior. Therapist collected data was compared to data collected by observers behind a one-way observation mirror. Results indicated that procedural integrity was not compromised as a result of therapist-collected data. Reliability data was lower, although the therapist collected data may have been more accurate than observer recorded data due to sight line limitations. |
|
|
52. Assessing Randomized Versus Fixed Order Item Pairs in a Paired Choice Preference Assessment |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
JENNIFER HACKNEY (Bancroft), Craig Strohmeier (Bancroft), Sonam G Dubal (Bancroft), Caitlin Parker (Bancroft), Tracy L. Kettering (Bancroft) |
Discussant: Scott Miller (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Preference assessments have been widely used to identify preferences and potential reinforcers for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). Fisher et al. (1992) reported randomization of item pairs when describing procedures for implementing a paired choice preference assessment; however, the effects of randomized versus fixed order item pairs has not been systematically examined in the applied literature. Therefore, the current study evaluated the effects of randomized versus fixed order item pairs during implementation of a paired choice preference assessment for an individual with IDD, admitted to a residential treatment facility for assessment and treatment of severe challenging behavior. Results of paired choice preference assessments, conducted with both randomized and fixed order item pairs, identified the same item as highest ranked for the participant during 3 out of 4 assessments regardless of item pair ordering. Additionally, repeated measures revealed similar levels of variability across and between fixed and random order pairing conditions. Results will be discussed in terms of increasing the efficiency of conducting preference assessments in applied settings. |
|
|
53. Evaluation of Stimulus Presentation Order on Rate of Acquisition |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
CHANA GEHRMAN (The Scott Center; Florida Institute of Technology), Jeanine R Tanz (The Scott Center; Florida Institute of Technology), Evelyn C. Sprinkle (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Ivy M. Chong Crane (The Scott Center; Florida Institute of Technology), Melinda Galbato (The Scott Center; Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Cheryl Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Match-to-sample (MTS) is one method commonly used to teach stimulus relations. The order in which stimuli are presented during MTS teaching has been shown to have an effect on rate of acquisition. Petursdottir and Aguilar (2015) compared acquisition under 2 conditions during auditory-visual MTS tasks with 3 typically developing children. During 1 condition the sample stimulus was presented before the comparison stimuli (sample first). During the 2nd condition the comparison stimuli were presented before the sample stimulus (comparison first). Presentation of the sample first resulted in more rapid acquisition for all 3 participants. The purpose of the current study is to extend the findings of Petursdottir and Aguilar (2015) to 1) assess a 3rd condition where the sample and comparison stimuli are presented together (simultaneous), 2) evaluate presentation order during visual-visual match-to-sample tasks, and 3) include participants diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The current study evaluates acquisition during 3 visual-visual MTS formats (sample first, comparison first, and simultaneous) using a multiple probe design. |
|
|
54. Using Fluency Training on Phonological Component Skills for Improving Articulation in Children With Autism |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India) |
Discussant: Cheryl Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Fluency Training emphasizes rate as a preferred response dimension ( Lindsey,1991) with evidence that learning to perform a component skill accurately at high rates could lead to faster acquisition of composite skills ( Binder 1996; Johnson and Layng,1994). Two participants, KS a girl aged 17 years and SV a boy aged 7 years with diagnoses of autism and severe phonological disorders participated in the study. Based on an assessment, discriminated echoic responding to the sounds of A and U was targeted and trained using Precision Teaching procedures and Standard Celeration Charting. The study used a Multiple baseline across subjects. For KS correct responding accelerated from baseline rate of 4 per minute to 60 per minute and probe for untrained composite skill of correct articulation of Consonant Vowel combinations revealed improvement from 20 per minute to 35 per minute. Five days into tintervention, SVs responding has high error rates. The study offers a limited evidence of effectiveness of precision teaching procedures in improving articulation in children with phonological disorders |
|
|
55. Teaching Functional Toy Play to a Child With Autism Using Total Task Presentation Method and Chaining |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India) |
Discussant: Cheryl Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Play deficits form core feature of autism. Children on the autistic spectrum disorder often exhibit stereotypic and repetitive behavior and fewer appropriate play behaviors. Indeed, these de?cits are central to the de?nition of autism (DSM-IV; APA, 1994). The present intervention aimed to teach functional play with toys to a 4-year-old boy with autism. A task analysis was conducted to break down the chain of responses involved in play with different toys. The child was taught to engage in functional play with the toys using discrete trial training (DTT) approach on the table top. Acquisition of the skill was facilitated by using physical guidance as a response prompt and later faded using most to least (MTL) prompting technique. The chain was taught using total task presentation method and a continuous schedule of reinforcement. Multiple baseline across behaviors (Different Toys) design was used in the study to demonstrate experimental control. Independent and appropriate functional play was acquired by the child with intervention with the toys selected for purpose of the study. Play behavior was generalized across similar sets of toys and other staff in the center. |
|
|
56. ABA Online: A Review of Applied Behavior Analysis Interventions Implemented via the Internet |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
LISA M STEDMAN-FALLS (University of Florida), Molly A Barlow (University of Florida), David J. Cox (University of Florida) |
Discussant: Cheryl Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Over the past several decades there has been dramatic growth in the development of effective ABA interventions for a variety of clinical populations. However, many barriers continue to limit access to behavior analytic services or impede effective implementation. In response, researchers have begun utilizing internet-based interventions as a method for reducing barriers associated with accessing in-person treatment. The purpose of this review was to outline trends in the use of internet-based ABA interventions and identify significant characteristics of identified interventions. We conducted an online search of articles published within six major ABA journals from January 1993 to December 2015, which resulted in 35 articles meeting inclusion criteria. Data were collected related to study characteristics such as prevalence of ABA internet-based interventions, delivery methods, and reported treatment efficacy. Overall, the number of articles published each year has increased at a rapid rate along with the number of unique authors. Our data also indicated the internet has been used to deliver a wide range of effective interventions to a variety of populations, and the number of participants has increased within and across studies. We conclude with potential benefits and disadvantages of using internet-based interventions and discuss potential avenues for future research. |
|
|
57. Using Classroom Coaching to Increase Teacher’s Implementation of Three-Step Prompting |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
ANGELYN RHAMES (River Edge Behavioral Health), Jennifer Trobaugh (Auburn University), Jennifer Nordal (Auburn University), Sacha T. Pence (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Cheryl Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Three-step prompting involves gradually increasing the intrusiveness of a prompt (e.g., vocal instruction, model, physical guidance) until compliance occurs. Three-step prompting can be used in the classroom to help a teacher follow through with directives and to improve classroom management and levels of child compliance. Behavioral skills training has been used to help increase teacher’s implementation of behavior-analytic skills, including behavior intervention plans. However, behavior skills training often involves having the teacher attend a training session for instructions, modeling, and role play before asking the teacher to implement the skills in the classroom. With the range of teacher responsibilities, this training model might not always be feasible. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of within-classroom training consisting of instructions, modeling, and feedback to increase undergraduate and graduate education majors’ use of three-step prompting. Within-classroom coaching improved performance for six participants and skills maintained at moderate to high levels over time. A pull-out training with instructions, modeling, and role plays was necessary for a seventh participant to acquire the skills. The participants were provided with a social validity questionnaire and overall reported that the skills were useful and the training was effective. |
|
|
58. Using a Component Analysis to Inform Fading of Protective Equipment |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
SARA RAZIA JEGLUM (University of Wisconsin-Madison/University of Iowa), Deva Carrion (University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Gunsung Lee (The University of Iowa) |
Discussant: Cheryl Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: When faced with automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior, it is essential to consider all factors that may contribute to its occurrence (i.e., whether it is positively or negatively reinforced). A possible barrier to these considerations is the presence of protective equipment. Many studies suggest that the presence of protective equipment serves as a discriminative stimulus (SD) for self-injurious behavior or other challenging behaviors. Tyler, a 17-year-old boy diagnosed with moderate intellectual disability, engaged in high rates of automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior (SIB) as indicated by a functional analysis. He wore seven types of protective equipment, which precluded movement and interaction with his environment. Tyler engaged in increased i increased rates of SIB and requested his equipment back when it was removed for various reasons (e.g. to eat, to hold his communicative tablet). Therefore, the authors conducted a component analysis to determine which articles of protective equipment resulted in the greatest increase when removed. This analysis guided treatment of Tyler’s self-injurious behavior and suggested an order of removal of protective equipment to promote engagement with his environment, thereby increasing his independence. |
|
|
59. Evaluation of a Sign Prompt, Tokens, and Token Fading to Increase Toilet Flushing |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
ISABELLE CARRELL (Mequon, WI), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
Discussant: Cheryl Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Previous research shows that sign prompts, such as traffic signs, alter behavior. However, adults who have an extensive history of engaging in behavior that corresponds to textual stimuli participated in sign prompt studies. Although signs with text are present in settings for younger children (e.g., a classroom), it remains unclear whether sign prompts have similar efficacy in younger populations. Other interventions, such as token economies can increase independent engagement in self-help skills in children. However, token economies could be faded to promote maintenance of behavior change and increase the feasibility of the intervention. The current project evaluated the efficacy of a sign prompt and tokens to increase the toilet flushing of a 7-year-old boy who frequently left the bathroom prior to flushing the toilet that contained urine or feces. We measured the frequency of clean toilet bowls defined as a bowl that contained no urine, feces, or toilet paper. The sign prompt did not produce a change in behavior from baseline. The introduction of tokens that were exchanged for back-up reinforcers lead to an immediate and sustained increase in clean toilet bowls. We will attempt to maintain high levels of clean toilet bowls while fading the delivery of tokens. |
|
|
60. An Evaluation of Single and Multicomponent Behavioral Skills Training Methods |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
AMANDA L. GIBSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Jordan Lill (University of Nebraska - Medical Center), William J. Higgins (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Discussant: Cheryl Young-Pelton (Montana State University in Billings) |
Abstract: Mounting empirical support for early intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) services has increased demand for these types of intensive, early treatments for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). EIBI helps children with ASD develop functional skills (e.g., communication, play) and has been shown to improve the overall level of functioning (Sallows & Graupner, 2005). The increased prevalence of ASD and a shortage of applied behavior analysts has created a serious problem for families seeking EIBI services. As a result, many caregivers are now being taught EIBI techniques and becoming active agents in their child’s ASD treatment. Behavioral skills training (BST) is commonly used to teach a wide variety of skills, including discrete-trial instruction (DTI; Lafasakis & Sturmey, 2007). In general, BST consists of four components: (a) instruction, (b) modeling, (c) rehearsal, and (d) feedback (Stewart, Carr, & LeBlanc, 2007). The present study compared the effectiveness of a single-component BST method (i.e., real time feedback) and a four-component BST method. We used a multiple-baseline-across-caregivers design to evaluate the effects of BST on caregiver implementation of DTI and unstructured play. Baseline consisted of written instruction for both groups. We observed robust and immediate improvements in performance across both BST protocols. Overall, the results showed that it took less time to conduct the single-component BST. Also, the single-component BST method required fewer sessions to achieve caregiver skill acquisition. We discuss the findings relative to the potential benefits of using a single-component BST method. |
|
|
|
|
VRB Monday Noon |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Barbara E. Esch (Esch Behavior Consultants, LLC) |
|
61. The Effects of a Speaker Immersion Procedure on the Emission of Vocal Verbal Operants for Individuals Diagnosed With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Allyson Abrams (Teachers College, Columbia University), SHAHAD ALSHARIF (Teacher College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Discussant: Joyce Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of a speaker immersion procedure on the emission of vocal verbal operants in non-instructional settings for four 7-year old males diagnosed with Autism. Data were collected on vocal verbal operants in three non-instructional settings (group table top activity, snack time, and lunch time) for 5 minutes in each setting. Furthermore, data were collected on the emission of mands under 30 establishing operations (EO) probe opportunities. The four participants received a 15-minute speaker immersion session daily until they responded to criterion. During speaker immersion sessions, the experimenter completed 60 learn units of interrupting ongoing activities to increase establishing operations for mands. Using a multiple baseline design across participants, the results showed that speaker immersion was effective in increasing verbal operants across all participants, as well as increasing mand production in the target form for each participant after the completion of the intervention. Follow up probes were conducted a month later and the data show that the participants verbal vocal operants and responses to EO opportunities maintained using the target form of the mand. |
|
|
62. A Review of the Efficacy of Lag Schedules and Verbal Behavior Variability |
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory |
KAITLYNN GOKEY (Florida Institute of Technology), Joshua K. Pritchard (Florida Institute of Technology), Alison M. Betz (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Joyce Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
Abstract: A common feature of autism is rote or stereotypic responding. Variation in verbal behavior is critical to successful conversations and naturalistic repertoires. Recent research suggests that lag schedules, in which a response is only reinforced if it varies from a set number of prior responses, may be able to promote variation in responding and the production of novel responses. However, there may be limitations to the application and efficacy of the lag schedule in clinical practice, including the creation of higher order stereotypy and rigid patterns in speech. The present paper reviews recent literature on lag schedules in verbal behavior training, identifies areas of the greatest potential, , and identifies avenues for future research with lag schedules. In addition, the authors will suggest alternatives to make lag schedules more effective, or alternate strategies that may be more successful. |
|
|
63. The Effect of an Auditory Match-to-Sample Protocol on Echoics, the Emergence of Advanced Listener Literacy and Induction of the Naming Capability |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
REBECCA HOTCHKISS (Teacher's College at Columbia University), Leanna Mellon (Teacher's College at Columbia University) |
Discussant: Joyce Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
Abstract: The discrimination between positive and negative exemplars of the phonemic combinations in words result in more accurate speaker behavior as well as fluent listener behavior (Chavez-Brown, 2005; Choi, 2012; Greer & Ross, 2008). The purpose of this study was to conduct a systematic replication of the auditory match-to-sample (MTS) intervention developed by Choi (2012) and evaluate its effect on echoic responding, advanced listener literacy and the induction of Naming. Two kindergarten students in a self-contained special education classroom were chosen to participate in the study because they emitted a high number of echoics that lacked point-to-point correspondence between hearing and saying, as well as a low number of correct responses to instructions requiring responses to spoken antecedents in the presence of visual distractors. The auditory MTS protocol was used to teach the students to discriminate between positive and negative exemplars of different sounds and words by matching the target sound to the matching exemplar in the presence of a rotating-non-exemplar. The basic auditory MTS focuses on discriminations between sounds and words as well as discriminations between single words while the advanced auditory MTS was utilized for finer discriminations between rhyming words and phrases with only one word differences. The results from the study found that the auditory MTS protocol was effective in enhancing echoic responding to one to four-syllable common English words, developing advanced listener literacy when presented with visual distractors, and inducing the listener component of the Naming capability for novel stimuli. |
|
|
64. Derived Relational Responding and the Emergence of the Elementary Verbal Operants: The Relationship Between PEAK-E and the VB-MAPP |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
JORDAN BELISLE (Southern Illinois University), Caleb Stanley (Southern Illinois University), Jomi Hirata (SIU), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Joyce Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
Abstract: Contemporary approaches to human language and cognitive development present an opportunity for a synthesis of new data emergent from stimulus equivalence and relational frame theories with existing theories of verbal behavior proposed by Skinner. The present study evaluated the derived relational abilities of 86 individuals with autism between the ages of 5 and 22 using the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Equivalence Module (PEAK-E) pre-assessment, as well as their corresponding results on the Verbal Behavior Milestones Assessment and Placement Program (VB-MAPP) as a measure of elementary verbal operant behavior. The results of the study suggested that participant results on the PEAK-E pre-assessments were strongly related to their results on the VB-MAPP. Further, most participants achieved the highest possible score on the VB-MAPP once they demonstrated transitive relational responding. The implications of the results both in terms of a theory of language development in children with autism and the treatment of associated limitations experienced by this population is discussed. |
|
|
65. The Emergence of the Listener and Speaker Components of Naming in Typical-Developing Toddlers in an Early Intervention Classroom |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Jeanne Marie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University), CESIRA K. FARRELL (Fred S. Keller School/Teachers College Columbia University), Stavra Romas (Fred S. Keller School) |
Discussant: Joyce Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of a stimulus pairing Naming experience on the emergence of the listener and speaker components of Naming in 1 to 3 year old students in an Early Intervention Integrated classroom. We conducted a concurrent multiple probe design counterbalanced across 2 different conditions (book and iPad) and 2 different target sets (food and animals). Participants included 4 typically developing females who were selected for the study because they did not possess the listener or speaker components of Naming. Furthermore, we conducted our study in order to investigate how typically developing toddlers acquire language. Each participant was exposed to 4 sets of 4 stimuli each. During the stimulus pairing procedure the experimenter tacted and pointed to the stimulus on either the I-Pad or book and the participant shared in joint attention for 1-sec or more. Following 2-hours probes were conducted to test for the emergence of listener and speaker components for the target stimuli. Results showed no significant differences across conditions or stimuli. However, the stimulus pairing Naming experience was effective in inducing the listener component of Naming for 3 of the 4 participants and the speaker component in 1 participant. Increases in speaker responses differed across conditions; however speaker responses generally emerged following the second session. We conducted another probe post-3 weeks using the original condition for each participant. Results demonstrated that all 4 participants met criterion for the listener component and 1 participant met criterion for the speaker component. |
|
|
66. Relational Training of Contextual Cues and Self-Rule Formation in Simulated Slot Machines |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
ROCCO G CATRONE (SIU-Carbondale) |
Discussant: Joyce Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
Abstract: Between 1% and 1.4% of people who engage in gambling behaviors lead to disordered or pathological gambling (Whiting & Dixon, 2015), while 44% of all money spent on legal gambling is done so with slot machines (Choliz, 2010). Various behavioral concepts have been theorized as a possible source of gambling addition such as losses disguised as wins (LDWs), near-miss, gamblers’ fallacy, illusions of control, and verbally constructed self-rules related to these topics. The current study sought to extend the previous research on condition discrimination in altering slot machine preference while also analyzing the effects of vocalized self-rules during slot machine selection. Conclusions are drawn regarding results comparing cumulative selection to various vocal statement categories. Limitations are expressed and future research is suggested. This study was an initial step into a behaviorally complex concept in an effort to observe the verbal behavior of its participants as they responded to the on-screen stimuli. |
|
|
67. Teaching Sustained Referential Behavior to a Young Child With Autism |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
VANESSA WILLMOTH (University of Nevada, Reno), Kristen Green (University of Nevada, Reno), Ainsley B. Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Joyce Tu (Center for Behavioral Sciences, Inc.) |
Abstract: J.R. Kantors Psychological Linguistics describes a natural science approach to studying linguistic behavior and interactions. The current study utilizes this theoretical approach to examine the development of referential linguistic interactions in a young child with autism enrolled in an early intensive behavioral intervention program. Specifically, tutors were first trained in a procedure to teach the child to initiate a referent. Then, a changing criterion design was used to teach the child to sustain referential behavior for an increasing number of interactions. On the basis of Kantors Psychological Linguistics, Bijou et al.s set of procedures developed for identifying and analyzing referential interactions was used to train tutors to identify referential linguistic behavior, and record and measure the interactions between the tutor and child. Generalization probes were also conducted to determine the extent to which improvements in referential interactions observed in treatment occurred in other settings and with other people. |
|
|
70. Exploring a Sentence-Completion Strategy With the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
LISA LOGTERMAN (Southern Illinois University), Andrea Davidson (Southern Illinois University), Sunni Primeaux (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Chad Drake (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Kate La Londe (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Perceptions of race have generated an extensive amount of empirical attention in psychology, mostly through the use of self-report measures that involve well-known shortcomings when a behavioral approach is desired. In recent years, racial evaluations have been addressed with a variety of behavioral tasks that are otherwise known as implicit measures, including the Implicit Association Test. A recently-developed implicit measure known as the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) is a behavior analytic alternative that has demonstrated utility in measuring racially stigmatizing attitudes. To date, the stimulus selection strategy for the IRAP has followed a straightforward approach involving response options for trials such as true/false, similar/different, and agree/disagree. The current study examined a modified IRAP configuration designed to assess racial attitudes with a new and unique approach to response options. More specifically, the IRAP was designed to present trials that omitted response options and instead relied on a sentence-completion approach to trials. This IRAP was administered along with established self-report measures of racial attitudes, providing a basis for re-evaluating convergent validity in comparison to the results obtained with existing studies. |
|
|
71. Effect of the Autoclitic Training in Stimulus Equivalence Tasks |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
MARCIO FELIPE TARDEM (Universidade de São Paulo/ Conselho Nacional de Desenvolvimento Científico e Tecnológico), Marcos Roberto Garcia (Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Paraná), Joao Juliani (Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Paraná), Caio Cavazzani (Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Paraná), Maicon Almeida (Pontifícia Universidade Católica do Paraná), Henrique Silva Ferreira (Instituto de Psicologia e Análise do Comportamento) |
Discussant: Kate La Londe (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Several researches have suggested a relation between verbal behavior and stimulus equivalence. For instance, verbal behavior may act as a facilitator in class formation of stimuli equivalence. We aimed to verify if autoclitics training facilitate the formation of the stimulus equivalence classes and its speed. Two experiments were conducted. During Experiment I, six participants (4 to 5 years old) were asked to talk about a set of daily pictures that could be combined, then, during pre-test, three of them, experimental group, were taught to use the autoclitic goes with when describing a new set of pictures, the other half, control group, was not taught to use autoclitics. Finally, all of them have gone through stimuli equivalence tests with familiar pictures and a post-test describing the same set of pictures from pre-test. Experiment II followed the same procedure, but, arbitrary stimuli were used during stimulus equivalence test. All participants from the experimental group formed stimuli equivalence classes (requiring 4 to 8 blocks, in Experiment I and 8 to 13 blocks in Experiment II). But, only two participants from the control group formed equivalence classes (8 blocks on Experiment I, 17 blocks on Experiment II). The data indicates that autoclitic may increase equivalence class formation and its speed. |
|
|
72. Effects of Dictation Taking and Spelling Responses in Children |
Area: VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
ANDREA MAZO (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Samuel Nathan Krus (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Samantha Smalley (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Stephanie Ann Lo (Southern IL University Carbondale), Ruth Anne Anne Rehfeldt (Southern Illinois University) |
Discussant: Kate La Londe (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Several studies have demonstrated that conditions can be arranged to promote increases in a nontargeted verbal operant following instruction of another verbal operant. Furthermore, Palmer (2010), stated that in order to fully understand behavior at the covert level, we must expand our repertoire of experimental and analytical tools. One way to expand our experimental procedures is to use covert indicators to measure overt processes. In this study we will use a multiple baseline design with embedded probes to evaluate the effects of an instructional protocol on 2 nontargeted verbal repertoires (taking dictation and vocal spelling) in children ages 6-7. The children will be divided into two groups. The first group will be instructed in taking dictation with vocal probes to test for the emergence of vocal spelling of the words. The second group will be instructed in vocally spelling the words with written probes to test for the emergence of written responses. In addition, covert indicators will be operationally defined and measured throughout the study for each child. We hypothesize that each child will demonstrate the emergence of nontargeted verbal operants. In addition, we hypothesize that we will develop a measure to indicate covert thinking at the overt level. |
|
|
73. Examination of Auditory and Visual Stimuli on the Accuracy and Latency to Respond in a Mental Arithmetic Task |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
BRITTANY BENITEZ (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Samantha Bergmann (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Brittany LeBlanc (University of Wisconsin Milwaukee), Mike Harman (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Maryam Ayazi (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Ella M Gorgan (UW-Milwaukee), Zhanxu Liu (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
Discussant: Kate La Londe (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: According to Skinner (1957), the time period between the statement of a math problem and the overt response to the problem is comprised of covert behavior. A speaker must serve as his/her own listener in order to edit his/her verbal behavior and produce a response. The introduction of competing stimuli may interrupt self-editing and covert problem solving and influence the accuracy or latency of a response due to deficient or defective feedback (p. 179; p. 384). The purpose of the current study was to provide preliminary support for this hypothesis. We presented mental arithmetic tasks in this study, and undergraduate students served as participants. The experimenter presented 20 trials of addition problems vocally in Experiment 1 and both vocally and visually in Experiment 2. Ten trials were accompanied by the presentation of an audio recording of numbers (experimental), and 10 were not (control). The results of Experiment 1 showed decreased accuracy and longer latencies to respond during experimental trials compared to control trials. The presence of visual stimuli in Experiment 2 was associated with improved accuracy. Accuracy was higher in control trials in Experiment 1 and overall in Experiment 2, providing evidence for Skinner’s hypotheses related to verbal thinking. |
|
|
74. Shaping Verbal Behavior Increases the Use of Specific Praise by General Educators |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
MARNIE NICOLE SHAPIRO (The Ohio State University), Ziwei Xu (The Ohio State University), A. Charles Catania (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Michael Kranak (The Ohio State University), Elle Smith (The Ohio State University) |
Discussant: Kate La Londe (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Shaping verbal behavior can impact not only verbal behavior (i.e., what people say about what they do), but also nonverbal behavior (i.e., what people actually do). We extended this line of inquiry to socially significant behaviors in applied settings. A multiple-baseline design across participants examined the effect of the verbal shaping of questionnaire responses on general education teachers’ responses to that questionnaire and the collateral effects on their spoken interactions with their students. We differentially reinforced questionnaire statements favoring teachers’ behavior-specific praise and found that specific praise increased while reprimands decreased as teachers interacted with their students. Shaping verbal behavior therefore appears to be a viable option for adding desired behaviors to teachers’ repertoires. Our findings imply that practitioners should arrange contingencies for teachers’ verbal behavior about how they interact with their students rather than for the interactions themselves. This issue provides a direction for future research related to verbal shaping in applied settings. |
|
|
75. Calculating the Verbal Behavior Stimulus Control Ratio Equation |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
LEE L. MASON (University of Texas at San Antonio), Alonzo Alfredo Andrews (University of Texas at San Antonio), Stephanie Curtis (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Discussant: Kate La Londe (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: The verbal behavior stimulus control ratio evaluation (VB-SCoRE) is a novel outcome measure to analyze the convergence of stimulus control over functional speech. Lerman, Parten, Addison, Vorndran, Volkert, and Kodak (2005) described the use of an analog verbal operant analysis to identify the antecedents and consequences controlling the verbal behavior of children with language deficits. As with functional analyses of problem behavior, pre-intervention verbal operant analyses are increasingly being employed to help identify deficits in verbal behavior and guide treatment. Spawned from this line of research, the VB-SCoRE is a novel behavior metric that is sensitive to change over time. The VB-SCoRE posits each of the four primary verbal operant assessed through such analyses (mands, echoics, tacts, and sequelics) against one another for a comparison of relative response rates. The aggregate ratio is then converted into a single statistic to quantify the individual's verbal repertoire, therefore allowing SCoRE data to be collected and analyzed repeatedly over time. Accordingly, the VB-SCoRE may be employed to monitor performance and assess treatment efficacy of individuals with autism and other language disorders. |
|
|
|
|
DDA Monday Noon |
Monday, May 30, 2016 |
12:00 PM–2:00 PM |
Riverside Exhibit Hall, Hyatt Regency, Purple East |
Chair: Andrew W. Gardner (Northern Arizona University) |
|
76. An Analysis of Protective Equipment and Blocking on Self-Injurious Behavior and Self-Restraint |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
SAMANTHA R. YOUNG (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lauren Veirs (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Molly K Bednar (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: Protective equipment is often used to keep individuals who engage in severe self-injurious behavior safe. Previous research has shown that the use of protective equipment during a functional analysis can suppress responding (e.g., Borrero, Vollmer, Wright, Lerman & Kelley, 2002; Moore, Fisher & Pennington, 2004; Le & Smith, 2002), and the systematic removal of specific forms of protective equipment can lead to increased rates of specific topographies of self-injury (Moore, Fisher & Pennington, 2004). The purpose of the current study was to systematically evaluate the effects of protective equipment on self-injury while blocking versus not blocking self-restraint for two individuals admitted to an inpatient unit for the assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. The current study replicated previous research by demonstrating the suppression of responding following the application of protective equipment, and the emergence of specific topographies of self-injury following the removal of specific forms of protective equipment. Results extended previous research by demonstrating that a social function could be identified during a functional analysis with protective equipment, and showing that blocking self-restraint did not lead to increase in self-injury for these two individuals. |
|
|
77. Instructional Programming to Prepare Children With Multiple Disabilities to Take a Hearing Test |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CAROL CUMMINGS (The University of Kansas), Kathryn Saunders (The University of Kansas), Dean C. Williams (University of Kansas), Yusuke Hayashi (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: The purpose of this technology-transfer research program is to develop instructional programming for teaching nonverbal children with intellectual disabilities to complete a behavioral audiometric evaluation in an audiology clinic. The training is designed to teach children who are unable to follow spoken instructions to press a button only when they hear a tone (a successive discrimination). The end goal is to produce a program that can be used outside the clinic to prepare children prior to an audiology appointment. The computerized program guides the operator in the presentation of tones and reinforcers, and collects data on performance. The poster describes the process of development, and presents data from participants exposed to the most refined version of the procedures. The participants were six nonverbal boys with intellectual disabilities; four were of unspecified origin, one had Down Syndrome, and one had additional handicaps including blindness and motor control problems. All had suspected hearing loss but were unable to complete a behavioral hearing test. Training occurred over four to seven sessions across children. Three of the children subsequently generalized to the clinic when tested by an audiologist each successfully completed a standard exam. |
|
|
78. An Evaluation of Response Fading Combined With Positive Reinforcement on Consumption of Non-Preferred Foods |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
VALORI N. BERENDS (Seattle Children's Hospital and The Autism Center), Danielle N. Dolezal (Seattle Children's Hospital and The Autism Center; College of Education & Department of Special Education at The University of Washington), Amber Persons (Seattle Children's Hospital and The Autism Center) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: One approach to the treatment of feeding difficulties in community settings is gradual exposure to target food types, often embedded within play, targeting an increase in acceptance. Though commonly employed, the mechanisms underlying this approach and its utility in achieving desired outcomes have not been systematically evaluated in children with restrictive eating. The purpose of this study was to evaluate a response fading procedure of successive bite approximations, with and without positive reinforcement, on the acceptance of novel food types in a young man with restrictive eating. A multielement with reversal design across measures of food refusal, acceptance and mouth cleans was utilized to evaluate the different approaches. The participant was a young male with diagnoses of autism, avoidant restrictive food intake disorder and disruptive behavior disorder. He consumed a very narrow range of food types. Target foods were selected by parents using items commonly available at home and nutritional evaluation. Foods were categorized by preference using parent report and child consumption. Results indicate that response fading alone was successful in increasing consumption of medium preference foods only. When response fading was combined with positive reinforcement, acceptances of low preference foods increased. Advantages and outcomes of the approach are discussed. |
|
|
79. Identifying Response Class Members Using a Progressive Lag Schedule of Reinforcement |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHANIE LIOLLIO (Georgia State University/Marcus Autism Center/Chil), Sarah J. Miller (Marcus Autism Center/Children's Healthcare of Atla), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center/Children's Healthcare of Atla), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center/Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center/Children's Healthcare of Atla) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: Lalli and Mace (1995) conducted an analysis to identify behaviors maintained by the same source of reinforcement (i.e., within the same response class). After identifying that one topography of problem behavior was maintained by escape, the authors ran a series of sessions in which escape was provided for one topography of problem behavior while other topographies were placed on extinction. After varying which behavior was reinforced, they demonstrated that each behavior occurred when it was the only behavior reinforced with escape. Although the procedures were successful, it took a total of 155 sessions to identify all members of the response class. The purpose of the current study was to extend this research by increasing the efficiency of the procedures through a trial-based approach. A progressive lag schedule of reinforcement was utilized in which the first instance of a topography was reinforced and subsequently placed on extinction for the remainder of the trial. Data were collected on the latency from the start of the session to the occurrence of each topography. Results showed that several topographies were in the same response class for both participants, and this was identified efficiently in a total of three hours for both participants. |
|
|
81. Impacts of Quality Assurance Measures (O. Reg. 299/10) for Adults With Intellectual Disabilities: Preliminary Outcomes of a Community Partnership on the Use of Intrusive Interventions |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Karen Chartier (Lake Ridge Community Support Services), Maurice Feldman (Centre for Applied Disability Studies, Brock University), Melissa Legree (Social Edge Training for Life Inc.), Tanya Makela (Lake Ridge Community Support Services), Olivia Ng (Grandview Kids), NICK MCGOWAN (Lake Ridge Community Support Services) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: The Province of Ontario (Canada) recently legislated quality assurance measures governing the design and implementation of Behavior Support Plans for challenging behavior in individuals with intellectual disabilities receiving residential and day supports. The purpose of this presentation will be describe key features of the quality assurance measures and present preliminary outcomes of implementation of the quality assurance measures on the use of intrusive interventions and group home staff perceptions. The results showed a reduction in challenging behaviours, and intrusive interventions for persons with intellectual disabilities. Practical and ethical implications of the quality assurance measures will be discussed. |
|
|
82. Unintended Manipulation of Motivating Operations for Competing Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MARCELLA HANGEN (University of Maryland, Baltimore County/Kennedy Krieger Institute), Marissa Erin Daly (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Cara L. Phillips (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: A multi-component treatment was developed to decrease inappropriate sexual behavior (ISB) emitted by a 16-year-old male diagnosed with an intellectual disability. In baseline, all attempts to engage in ISB were blocked. Treatment included honoring requests for private time. After the implementation of the ISB treatment, an increase in problem behavior was observed during bedtime hours. It was hypothesized that allowing access to sexual behavior during the day effected the motivating operation (MO) to engage in that behavior at bedtime. An MO is a condition that alters the momentary effectiveness of a reinforcer or punisher and alters the frequency of a specific behavior. Specifically, allowing the individual to engage in sexual behavior during daytime hours acted as an abolishing operation (MO) for sexual behavior at bedtime, leading him to re-allocate responding to problem behavior. This MO manipulation was evaluated in a reversal design. In baseline (for ISB), low rates of problem behavior were observed during bedtime hours. After the implementation of treatment, an increase in problem behavior was observed. When private time was again restricted, problem behavior decreased. These results suggest that an MO to engage in sexual behavior was present and competed with engaging in problem behavior at bedtime. |
|
|
83. Using Syringe-to-Cup Fading to Increase Cup Drinking in a Child With Pediatric Feeding Disorder |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MOLLY CARTER (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University), Alison Kozlowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: Treatments for drink refusal often use nonremoval of the cup which prevents escape from drinking. However, escape extinction procedures may become ineffective if a child refuses to open his or her mouth for the drink to be deposited. Groff, Piazza, Volkert and Jostad (2014) utilized a syringe as an alternative utensil to address this problem and successfully used syringe-to-cup fading to increase cup drinking in a typically developing four-year-old boy with 100% gastrostomy tube dependence. The current study replicated the results of Groff et al. (2014) with some modifications by utilizing a syringe-to-cup fading intervention for the treatment of cup drinking refusal for a three-year-old boy with autism and bottle dependence. A syringe was first used to increase liquid acceptance. Next, a syringe-to-cup fading procedure was implemented along with cup drinking escape extinction probes. Acceptance increased from 0% during baseline to 93% during the last three therapist-fed sessions of treatment, and refusal decreased from 3.4 rpm during baseline to 0.0 rpm during the last three therapist-fed treatment sessions. Although acceptance decreased to 70% during the last three caregiver-fed treatment sessions, all drinks continued to be consumed and refusal remained at 0.0 rpm. Treatment effects continue to be maintained three-months post-treatment. |
|
|
84. Increasing Pizza Box Assembly Using Task Analysis and a Least-to-Most Prompting Hierarchy |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
WILLIAM J. SWEENEY (The University of South Dakota), Erin F. Stabnow (LifeScape) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to determine whether a least-to-most prompting hierarchy was effective in teaching students with cognitive disabilities to increase the number of task-analyzed steps independently completed in folding a pizza box as a potential pre-vocational task. An additional and related purpose of this study was also to determine whether a least-to-most prompting hierarchy was effective in improving these students productivity while decreasing the level of least-to-most prompts required for these students to completed task-analyzed steps of a pizza box assembly task. Task-analysis procedures for the pizza box assembly task were implemented throughout the entirety of the study. The intervention (i.e., least-to-most prompting hierarchy) was expected to increase the number of task-analyzed steps each subject was able to complete independently while decreasing the level of least-to-most prompts required for each subject to complete the task-analyzed pizza box assembly task. The experimental design used in this student was a multiple-baseline design across subjects to analyze the effectiveness of the implementation of a least-to-most prompting hierarchy. Results of this study indicated that the use of a task analysis and a least-to-most prompting hierarchy was effective in teaching individuals with cognitive disabilities pizza box assembly skills. |
|
|
85. Measuring the Complexity of Treatment for Challenging Behavior Using the Treatment Intensity Rating Form |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ANDREW BONNER (The Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer R. Zarcone (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer Ninci (Texas A&M University), Christopher M Dillon (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Chloe J. McKay (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Nicole Lynn Hausman (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: The Treatment Intensity Rating Form (TIRF) is a 10-item scale with three categories: pharmacological interventions, behavior supports, and protective equipment. The TIRF was scored using the treatment plans of 74 individuals with an intellectual disability and hospitalized for the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior including self-injurious behavior (SIB). We compared individuals whose SIB was maintained by social reinforcement (e.g., access to attention or toys/activities) or for whom SIB was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Individuals with SIB maintained by automatic reinforcement were further subtyped into categories based on distinct patterns of responding during the FA, and the presence or absence of self-restraint based on the model proposed by Hagopian, Rooker, and Zarcone (2015). The purpose of this poster is to report the intensity of behavior supports and protective equipment required to produce clinically significant reductions in SIB, as captured in the TIRF, with respect to each of the three subtypes as compared to individuals with socially maintained SIB. Results indicate that the automatic reinforcement group had higher overall TIRF scores then the social reinforcement group. Further, when the automatic reinforcement group was delineated by subtype, Subtype 1 had the highest mean TIRF scores on the subscale addressing behavioral supports. Individuals who engaged in self-restraint (i.e., Subtype 3) had higher mean scores on the protective equipment subscale. |
|
|
86. The Effects of Advance Notice on Problem Behavior Occasioned by Interruptions of an Ongoing Activity |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
STEPHANIE VASQUEZ (Florida Institute of Technology/weBehave), Yanerys Leon (Florida Institute of Technology), Adam Thornton Brewer (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that interrupting or transitioning away from an ongoing activity may occasion problem behavior. Researchers have evaluated the effect of advance notice in this context; however, findings have been inconsistent. In this study we conducted an assessment and treatment of problem behavior occasioned by interruptions of ongoing activity emitted by a 7-year old girl with autism. First, we conducted a trial-based functional analysis during typical instructional activities (e.g., math and writing worksheets, identifying objects, arts and crafts). The participant exclusively engaged in problem behavior during the test condition when interrupted from an ongoing activity. Following the assessment, we evaluated the effect of advance notice on a) problem behavior and b) compliance. During the advance notice condition, following one minute of engagement with a predetermined activity, the experimenter presented materials of an incompatible activity and delivered the advance notice instruction. Engagement with the incompatible activity produced descriptive praise. Alternatively, problem behavior resulted in continued access to the original activity (i.e., extinction was not programmed). Results of the treatment evaluation indicated that advance notice decreased the level of problem behavior and increased the percentage of trials with compliance to terminate the initial task and begin the new activity. |
|
|
87. Effectiveness of Preference Assessment Procedures Across a Population of Individuals With Severe Problem Behavior |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
ERICA LOZY (University of Maryland Baltimore County), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica Del Carmen Garcia (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Noor Javed (Kennedy Kreiger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: Preference assessments are designed to identify an individuals hierarchy of preference among a selection of various stimuli. Research has demonstrated that preference rankings obtained via this assessment procedure predict reinforcer effectiveness. However, in some cases, these assessments are ineffective at determining an individual's preference, and no study to date has examined the effectiveness of preference assessments in a large sample of individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. The purpose of this study was to examine the outcomes of preference assessments in 183 patients (admitted to a hospital unit for the treatment of severe problem behavior) and determine how often preference assessments needed to be repeated or modified to be effective. Results indicated that preference assessments were revised or repeated for 55 individuals (approximately 30% of cases). The most common reasons for repeating or modifying preference assessment procedures were: a) within-session satiation/habituation during the preference assessment, b) to identify more items that may be reinforcers for other treatments/assessments, and c) interference due to maladaptive behavior. Common and effective strategies for conducting or refining preference assessments are discussed. |
|
|
88. Understanding Early Intervention Service Providers' Perspective of Parent Involvement in Naturalistic Behavioral Communication Intervention |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
MOON YOUNG CHUNG (University of illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Hedda Meadan (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign), Gakyung Jeong (University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign) |
Discussant: Amanda Laprime (The Center for Children with Special Needs: The Center for Independence) |
Abstract: In early intervention (EI), parents are especially important because the time they spend with their children can lead to many teaching opportunities. Parents can provide information regarding important family values and routines; they can also identify children's strengths and preferences. Thus, increasing parent involvement in their children's intervention and services is critical for successful development of young children with disabilities. However, service providers' personal perspectives may work as a discernment variable through which they reject or accept certain practices based on their beliefs (Campbell & Halbert, 2002). In the U.S., the studies investigating service providers' perspective of parent involvement in naturalistic behavioral communication intervention context are limited. The purpose of this study was to understand early intervention service providers? perspectives on parent involvement in naturalistic behavioral communication intervention. The questionnaire was sent to speech and language pathologists (SLPs) and developmental therapies (DTs) who provide early intervention service in Illinois. In addition to demographic questions, the questionnaire included questions about practices of involving parents and perceptions of parent involvement. Statisical analyses were used to describe the findings and examine relations between EI service providers? perceptions and practices. The research findings and the implications for both research and practice will be discussed. |